^RIC M. FISHER
^Howw SHUXif^
IIOUTB 2. BOX 60S
TlMOSCKt CAUO»
Vol. XXV January, 1949 No. 1
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
MICHELBACHER, THE ECOLOGY OF THE SYMPHYLA 1
ESSIG, APHIDS IN RELATION TO QUICK DECLINE AND
TRISTEZIA OF CITRUS 13
RINDGE, OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF
CHLOROSEA BANKSARIA SPERRY 24
TILDEN, NOTES ON PARASITES OF CERTAIN MICROLEPIDOPTERA 27
FENDER. STUDIES IN THE CANTHARIDAE III 29
FENDER, APHODIUS RECTUS MOTS IN OREGON 32
LANHAM, NOTES ON THE GROUP OF ANDRENA CARLINI COCKERELL
WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM CALIFORNIA 33
HAGEN, TWO NEW ICHNEUMONID HOST RECORDS 35
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, PROCEEDINGS 36
San Francisco, California
1949
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Lins^ey, R. L. Usincer E. S. Ross
Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly In January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
'insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communicatkms should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
.San Francisco 18, California
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cen^s. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV
Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California
1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.
February, 1942 ..... S0.2S
“ “ ' “ .75
.35
.20
.15
.20
Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942...-
Coleoptera: Buprestidac, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942
Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942
Symphyla, by A. E. Micbelbacber. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942
Diptera; Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942..
2 .
3.
4.
5.
6 .
7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50
Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNIA
o
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
9
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES
WEED KILLERS
SOIL & SPACE
FUMIGANTS
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoflace at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.
Xhe Pan-Pacific Entomologist
VoL XXV, No. 1 January, 1949
THE ECOLOGY OF SYMPHYLA*
BY A. E. MICHELBACHER
University of California, Berkeley
Introduction
The class Symphyla has held the interest of naturalists since
about the middle of the eighteenth century. Most of the early
studies were concerned with taxonomy, anatomy and phylogenetic
relationships of the group. While these subjects still attract at-
tention, important papers dealing with the economic and eco-
logical aspects have appeared. However, the class is a small one
and, generally speaking, its study has been neglected. Greatest
interest in the group has been stimulated by the fact that many
investigators believe Symphyla to be a type similar to that from
which the insects have arisen. Comparative studies have shown
that symphylans have many characters in common with the
lower insects.
The ecology of the group is poorly known, and is difficult to
study because of its soil-inhabiting nature, small size, and the fact
the individuals are fragile and easily injured. The subject is one
that challenges the imagination and because the field has been
only lightly touched, it offers a fertile subject for investigation.
In this discussion the present knowledge concerning the general
ecological aspects of the group is considered. If emphasis of the
large number of gaps in our knowledge of the group should
stimulate further ecological studies, its purpose will have been
served.
Description and Life History
Symphylans are small, white, soft-bodied, centipede-like or-
ganisms, with 12 pairs of legs, although in some the first pair is
reduced to wart-like structures. They are regarded as having 15
body segments, and the genital opening is just anterior to the
fourth pair of legs. They have prominent antennae and at the
♦Presidential address read before the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Decem-
ber 18, 1948.
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
posterior end of the body there is a pair of funetional spinnerets.
Depending upon the speeies, they measure from about 2 to 9 mm
in length.
Symphylans reproduee from eggs and the newly hatehed indi-
vidual has 6 pairs of legs although Tiegs (1945) reported Han-
seniella agilis Tiegs as having 7 pairs. Molting oeeurs from time
to time and an additional pair of legs is added with eaeh subse-
quent molt until the full eomplement of legs is obtained. During
this developmental period, body segments, seuta and antennal
segments are added. At least with Scutigerella immaculata (New-
port) molting eontinues at intervals during the entire life of the
organism, and a single individual has been known to east its skin
as many as 52 times. To a eertain point, at least, the individuals
inerease in size with eaeh molt, and segments are added to the
antennae. Members of the group are long lived and, in the labora-
tory, reared specimens have survived for more than four years.
Reproduction is most active during the spring and summer. The
population starts to increase in the early spring and under favor-
able conditions continues upward through the summer. As repro-
duction ceases, the population starts to decline, and usually
reaches its lowest ebb in the late winter or just before reproduc-
tion gets well under way in the spring.
Distribution
Symphylans are widely distributed in nature. They are found
under many climatic conditions, and are likely to be encountered
everywhere except in the arctic regions. However, they appear
to be most abundant in the warmer temperate and tropical re-
gions. Some species are adapted to desert areas, others to humid
regions. They occur in cultivated as well as uncultivated soils.
Some prefer grassland, others forested or shrub-covered terrain.
They are likely to be encountered from below sea level to at least
an elevation of about 10,000 feet. At Point Reyes, Symphylella
essigi Michelbacher has been collected in fair abundance at about
high tide level. Actually there are species which occur in local-
ities well below sea level, for Scutigerella palmonii Michelbacher
was described from specimens collected in Palestine on the bank
of the River Jordan near its emergence from the Sea of Galilee,
which is more than 600 feet below sea level. Scutigerella im-
maculata (Newport) and Symphylella suhterranea Michelbacher
both occur sympatricly in the delta region of the Sacramento
JANUARY, 1949]
MICHELBACHER-SYMPHYLA
3
River which ranges from less than 10 feet above to 15 feet below
sea level. Symphylans are also found well distributed in the high
mountains of California, and in Europe both Verhoeff (1933)
and Friedel (1928) have reported collecting Scutigerella immacu-
lata (Newport) at an elevation of 3000 meters.
Some species are found most abundantly in the surface soil,
some appear to prefer the decaying forest litter and the soil j ust
beneath it; still others are adapted to a wide range of movement
in the soil, and some appear to prefer the subsoil. They are
found in all soil types, which range from sands to clays and peats.
Symphylans apparently are unable to construct their own run-
ways in the soil, therefore soil texture and structure greatly in-
fluence their distribution and abundance in localized areas. In
general, they are to be found in greatest numbers where the soil
structure is open. F or this reason, uncultivated or undisturbed soils
offer a more favorable environment for the development of most
species than that encountered where cultivation is practiced. This
is particularly true of those species which prefer the surface soil
and it is possible that cultivation will so modify the environment
of those species that inhabit the decaying forest litter and the
soil just beneath it to a point where the species will no longer
be able to survive.
Cultivation destroys the countless number of runways made by
natural agencies such as decaying roots, and small soil-inhabit-
ing organisms. Further, it alters the natural porousness and open-
ness of the soil structure by producing changes in the crumb
structure.
The changes produced by cultivation also probably exert an
influence on those species of symphylans that range through the
entire soil horizon and into the subsoil. However, most of these
species are well adapted to living under conditions of soil culti-
vation and are often found present in cultivated fields in large
numbers.
The symphylan that has received the most attention is Scuti-
gerella immaculata (Newport). This species ranges from just
under the surface of the soil to a depth of 414 feet. It is well
adapted to living in the subsoil, and in cultivated fields this zone
furnishes a most favorable retreat. A large portion of its life is
spent here, as is attested by the tremendous number of molted
skins found in the runways. This species also ranges freely
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
through the cultivated zone, and its movements are little hampered
unless this soil horizon is thoroughly packed. It will move into
the cultivated soil and destroy germinating seeds. However, if
at planting time a tractor wheel passes over a row and thoroughly
firms the soil, the germinating seed frequently escapes injury,
due to the fact that the movement of the organism is greatly inter-
fered with.
Symphylella suhterranea Michelbacher is another species that
is little affected by cultivation. Only rarely has it been taken in
the first six inches of soil. It prefers the deeper soil and is likely
to be found in most abundance below the 12 inch level, and there-
fore lives in a region seldom interfered with by cultivation.
Populations
The determination of symphylan populations is very difl&cult.
Because they are so fragile and easily injured, it is difl&cult to
recover them when a Berlese funnel is used. Because of this, a
water flotation method of separation was developed (Michel-
bacher 1938). With this method it was determined that about
70 per cent of the individuals in a sandy silt soil could be
recovered. On two occasions the efficiency of the above two
means of separation were compared. In each survey 12 soil
samples were run by each of the methods. In the first experi-
ment a total of 157 symphylans were recovered by the water
flotation method as compared to 17 for the Berlese funnel, and
in the second, the ratio was 214 to 54. These tests definitely
showed that the water flotation method was superior to the Ber-
lese funnel. However, where a separation is desired from a sample
containing considerable decaying forest litter or similar material,
it is very possible that a Berlese funnel would give a more satis-
factory separation because the debris contained in such samples
would certainly interfere with the efl&ciency of the water flotation
method.
Numerous population studies using the water flotation method
have been conducted in the delta region of the Sacramento River
and in greenhouses. In a field devoted to the production of field
and truck crops the population of Scutigerella immaculata (New-
port) was calculated to be 22,700,000 and that of Symphylella
suhterranea Michelbacher 2,705,000 per acre. In an adjacent field
where the seasonal population trends were being followed, the
JANUARY, 1949] MICHELBACHER-SYMPHYLA
5
peak population of Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) eneoun-
tered was 8,000,000 while that for Symphylella subterranea Mich-
elbaeher was 4,915,000. These last populations were determined
from samples taken on July 16.
Large populations of Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) are
frequently found in greenhouses. In one where snapdragons were
being seriously injured by this symphylan the population on an
aere basis was found to be 90,300,000. All the above populations
were ealeulated from the aetual number of symphylans obtained
from the samples, and no faetor was applied for the probable
number of individuals not reeovered. Similar substantiating
studies were eondueted by the author where large populations of
Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) were found to oeeur.
The populations reported above are larger than those en-
eountered by most investigators who have eonsidered symphylan
populations. However, large populations were reported by Van
Zwaluwenburg (1931) who earried out investigations in the
Hawaiian Islands. The speeies involved were Symphylella neo-
tropica (Hansen) and S. simplex (Hansen). These symphylans
averaged about 90 per surfaee square foot in a growing eane field
as against 150 in a fallow series. This on an acre basis is equiv-
alent to 3,920,400 and 6,543,000 respectively.
Although found in lesser numbers, Symphylans have figured
in many investigations that have involved population studies of
the invertebrate soil fauna. Among those reporting their presence
are Morris (1922, 1927), Thompson (1924), Edwards (1929),
Sawa (1930), Starling (1944) and Pearse (1946). The investi-
gations were conducted under several environments which in-
cluded pasture, grass, arable and forested land. Thompson (1924)
in his investigations found that Symphyla constituted 86 per cent
of the total Myriapoda population. Edwards (1929) also found
them to be much more abundant than all the other myriapods
combined. Other workers have found them to be less abundant
than some of the other myriapods. Among these Starling (1944)
reported Symphyla as constituting 9.2 per cent of the population,
while Pearse (1946) reported them as composing 32.9 per cent
of the myriapod population.
Based on population studies and observations it appears that
symphylans are not rare as stated by Ross (1948) but are prob-
ably the most abundant of all the myriapods as far as the number
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
of individuals are concerned. Certainly they are found in large
numbers wherever favorable environments are encountered.
Although individuals are found in abundance, the number of
known species of Symphyla is not over 100. This paucity of
species is due, at least in part, to the fact that the group has been
badly neglected. In conducting surveys, undescribed material is
frequently encountered, and it is but a matter of time before the
number of named species will be greatly increased.
Some species have a rather wide geographical distribution.
Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) probably has the widest
known distribution, although some records that pertain to it ap-
ply to closely related forms. In my own experience this was true
of certain specimens identified as Scutigerella immaculata (New-
port) from various points in Europe which have proved to be
new species.
Some species are widely distributed in California. Among
these are Scutigerella immaculata (Newport), Hanseniella van-
dykei Michelbacher, Symphylella essigi Michelbacher, and Geo-
philella americana (Hilton) , but present knowledge indicates that
the distribution of many species is extremely limited. A number
described from California are known only from the type locality.
These include Scutigerella linsleyi Michelbacher, Symphylellopsis
alba Michelbacher, S. oviceps Michelbacher and S. longiseta
Michelbacher.
Some genera apparently have a wide geographical distribu-
tion, without being represented by many species. For example,
Geophilella as known at present is represented by but two species.
One of these was described from Europe and the other from Cali-
fornia. Although widely separated the two species are extremely
closely related, which would indicate that the genus is probably
conservative. The same appears to be true of Symphylellopsis
which contains but four species, three from Europe and the other
from California. Here again the species are all very closely related,
and show no marked divergence.
Food
The food habits of symphyla as a group are poorly known.
On the whole they feed on a vegetable diet although some species,
at least, will feed on animal matter. The subject is certainly in
need of thorough investigation and a complete knowledge of the
exact type of food preferred by the several groups of Symphyla
must await these studies.
JANUARY, 1949] MICHELBACHER-SYMPHYLA
7
Food habits are best known in the ease of Scutigerella im-
maculata (Newport) . Newport (1845) and Latzel (1884) believed
they fed upon the smaller soil-inhabiting arthropods. Williams
(1907) thought that Protozoa which swarm over the decaying
materials of a forest floor probably made up the major portion
of their food. Later investigations have established that they are
primarily vegetable feeders. They feed upon the roots of many
of the higher plants, and even the foliage of some, if it is avail-
able. Michelbacher (1938) successfully reared them on the leaves
of lettuce. There can be but little doubt that under moist condi-
tions, and where the leaves of such plants as lettuce are in contact
with the soil, Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) will come to
the surface to feed. In such an environment they can sometimes
be found just beneath the soil surface, or even beneath a leaf. Al-
though Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) probably prefers suc-
culent vegetation, they do feed on lower forms of plant life. Mich-
elbacher (1938) noted that they fed heavily on compressed yeast,
and believed that they fed on the unicellular green algae as well
as fungi which grew on the substratum of the rearing dishes. He
also noted that Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) ate any indi-
viduals that died and observed them feeding on injured speci-
mens. The apparent ability of Scutigerella immaculata (Newport)
to feed on the soil microflora probably accounts for their living
in the absence of apparent food as has been observed by a number
of investigators, including Wymore (1924) Friedel (1928) and
Almeida (1930).
Higher plants certainly influence the distribution of Scuti-
gerella immaculata (Newport) in the soil. They are attracted to
growing vegetation, and population studies and other observa-
tions have shown them to be most abundant about growing plants.
They will come up to just beneath the surface of the soil to feed
on germinating seeds and young seedlings or recently transplanted
plants, and occasionally, as already noted, they come to the soil
surface to feed on leaves in contact with the soil. About growing
plants they are found most abundantly within, the top six inches
of soil, while away from them they are found in greatest numbers
in the deeper soil or subsoil.
Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) has feeding and non-feed-
ing phases. These are associated with the molt and the non-feed-
ing phase occurs during the critical premolting and molting per-
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
iod. Most food is consumed during the early period of each feed-
ing phase.
Other Syniphyla also feed on higher plants. Rand (1926)
reported Hansenieila unquiculata (Hansen) as being injuri-
ous to sugar cane, and Takashima (1938) has also reported
Hansenieila sp. as attacking this crop. However, there appears
to be many symphylans that do not feed on living higher
plants, and various investigators have believed their food to be
decaying organic matter or humus. Although this may be the
case, it seems more probable that they actually feed on the micro-
flora and the saprophytic growth that arises from the humus
and other organic material.
It has been shown that living higher plants exert no noticeable
effect on certain speeies. This was clearly indicated in population
studies that involved Symphylella subterranea Michelbacher (Mi-
chelbacher 1939) . Samples of soil were taken along rows of grow-
ing plants and a similar set in the eenter of the space between
rows. In the samples taken in the rows, 273 individuals were re-
covered as compared to 274 for the interspaces. Further, there
was no evidence that the plants were attracting individuals to the
surface layer of soil. From the above observations it appears cer-
tain that the principal food of this species must be something
other than higher plants. In another laboratory conducted experi-
ment it was found that Symphylella essigi Michelbacher did not
appear to feed on lettuce, but fed heavily on compressed yeast.
Moisture
Moisture is one of the most important environmental factors
affecting symphylans. They have relatively soft bodies, and are
unable to withstand dessication. They apparently do best in moist
soils, where the humidity is close to 100 per cent. Their distri-
bution in the soil is largely influenced by the moisture content of
the soil. Members of the elass are most easily found when the sur-
face soil is moist. Searching for them usually becomes more dif-
ficult as the soil dries out, and becomes discouraging when it has
dried to a point where it is hard to work. Unless the soil can be
easily handled and broken up for examination, the presence of
symphylans is hard to detect. Due to their small size and fragile
bodies, they are easily crushed or killed and difficult to find es-
pecially when searching for them under adverse conditions.
Of the symphylans studied, the moisture relationships of Scuti-
JANUARY, 1949] MICHELBACHER-SYMPHYLA
9
gerella immaculata (Newport) are best known. To a large extent
this species moves up and down with the soil moisture, although
some individuals are always likely to be encountered in the sub-
soil. They are, however, likely to be most abundant in the soil
level which has a moisture content most favorable for the growth
of plants. They will move into drier soil and have been encoun-
tered in such situations feeding on fleshy roots. They probably
visit these locations just long enough to feed, after which they re-
treat to the deeper soil where moisture conditions are more ideal.
The ability of Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) to live over a
wide range in soil depths enables it to meet easily, changes in the
soil moisture content. From its base in the deep subsoil Scutiger-
ella immaculata (Newport) can move with ease to any horizon nec-
essary to meet its need. An interesting vertical distribution of Scu-
tigerella immaculata (Newport) was encountered in a field in late
spring where a recent rain had wet the surface soil to a depth of
four or five inches. The soil below this was dry for a depth of
about 12 to 18 inches, beyond which it was moist. Symphylans
were found in abundance in the surface and deeper moist soil,
but none were encountered in the dry layer between.
Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) as well as other symphy-
lans is not easily wet with water. Water is repelled and if trapped
in the soil, they are enclosed in a tiny air bubble which affords
them considerable protection from flooding. In these small air
pockets the symphylans remain dry and can withstand submer-
gence for a day or two to several weeks or longer. The length of
time that they can survive depends largely upon the depth of water
and temperature. In general, the period of survival decreases as
the temperature rises. At low temperatures the survival period
decreases as the depth of water is increased.
One point of interest is that if an air pocket containing a sym-
phylan comes to the surface of the water it can be broken leaving
the creature in a perfectly dry condition.
When land is flooded, Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) will,
if possible, move up through the soil ahead of the rising water
table, but will stop and be trapped by the rising water just under
the surface of the soil. Where the soil is uneven they may congre-
gate in large numbers just under the soil surface on the high
spots. If these high spots are disturbed just before or after being
flooded, symphylans will come floating to the surface of the water
by the thousands. From limited observations it appears that most
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
species of symphyla are unable to move up ahead of a rising
water table with the same ease as does Scutigerella immaculata
(Newport). This is certainly true of Symphylella suhterranea
Michelbacher and is probably the case within all the genera where
the individuals are not capable of rapid movement.
It is doubtful whether all symphylans are capable of moving
as deep into the soil as does Scutigerella immaculata (Newport).
If they are greatly restricted in their movement, the question
arises as to how they survive when the soil dries out. This can
not be answered at present but to speculate, it is possible that some
may encyst as do certain of the millipedes. Certain habits and ac-
tions of Hanseniella vandykei Michelbacher lead to the belief that
this might be the case.
Reaction to Light
4
Symphylans are eyeless and although negatively phototropic
they tolerate light of low intensity. In laboratory breeding cul-
tures of Scutigerella immaculata (Newport), which were stored
on a shelf where the light intensity was low, individuals would
come to the surface of the soil section and lie there perfectly mo-
tionless. They also did not hesitate to come to the soil surface
to feed on lettuce placed there for food. However, they do try to
avoid light of high intensity. This response is probably one of
the main reasons that accounts for their stopping just beneath the
surface of the soil when a field is flooded. Apparently they would
rather face submergence than light of high intensity.
In the absence of eyes, symphylans apparently rely upon the
sensory organs of their antennae to guide them through the soil.
The function of the spinnerets is not known. Some investi-
gators, including Williams (1907b), Riley (1929), and Filinger
(1931) believed that Scutigerella immaculata (Newport) lined
their runways with silken threads,, but this hardly appears to be
the case. It is possible that some of the workers mistook fungus
mycelia for silken threads.
Temperature
Symphylans are markedly affected by temperature. It influences
their development and every phase of activity. Because of the
insulating effect of their soil habitat they can tolerate a wide
range in air temperature.
JANUARY, 1949] MICHELBACHER-SYMPHYLA
11
Investigations which have been conducted indicate that for
normal activity the optimum temperature of their environment is
beta ween 12 and 20° C.
Conclusion
Only a brief review has been presented concerning the ecology
of symphyla. The picture is still very incomplete and there are
many gaps to be filled. Although there are many obstacles to be
overcome in attacking the problem, it appears that these are not
insumountable. Advances in rearing technique should go far in
paving the way for additional studies. Because the field has been
so poorly investigated, it offers a fertile opportunity for further
study. Initiative and a well planned program should reap a rich
reward.
References
Almeida, E. S. de
1930. Nota sobre a Scutigerella immaculata Newp., Miriapode
depredador das culturas horticulas. Arq. Secc. Biol. Parasitol.
Mus. Zool. Univ. Coimbra 1 (Fas. 2) :93-103.
Edwards, E. E.
1929. A survey of the insect and other invertebrate fauna of
permanent pasture and arable land of certain soil types at
Aberystwyth. Ann. Appl. Biol. 16:299-323.
Filinger, G. a.
1931. The garden centipede, Scutigerella immaculata Newport.
Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 486:1-33.
Friedel, H.
1928. Okologische und Physiologische Untersuchungen an Scuti-
gerela immaculata (Newp.) Ztschr. wiss. Biol. Abt. A (Mor-
phologie u.Okologie der Tiere). 10(4) :738-97.
Latzel, R.
1884. Die Myriapoden der osterreichischungarischen Monarchie.
Band 2. XII -f 414 p.
Michelbacher, a. E.
1938. The biology of the garden centipede, Scutigerella immacu-
lata. Hilgardia Jour. Agr. Sci., Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. 11(3):
55-148.
1939. Seasonal variation in the distribution of two species of
Symphyla found in California. Jour. Econ. Ent. 32(1) :53-57.
Morris, H. M.
1922. The insect and other invertebrate fauna of arable land
at Rothamsted. Ann. Appl. Biol. 9:282-305.
1927. The insect and other invertebrate fauna of arable land
at Rithamsted. Part II. Ann. Appl. Appl. Biol. 14:442-64.
Newport, G.
Monograph of the class Myriopoda, order Chilopoda. Linn. Soc.
London, Trans. 19:265-302, 349-439.
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
Pearse, a. S.
1946. Observations of the microfauna of the Duke Forest. Ecol.
Monogr. 16:127-150.
Rands, R. D.
1926. Root diseases of sugar cane in Louisiana, U. S. Dept.
Agr. Department Gir. 366:1-19.
RiLEt/, H. K.
The greenhouse centipede. Indiana Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 331:1-14.
Ross, H. H.
1948. A textbook of entomology. 532 p. 434 illus. John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York City.
Sawa, R.
1930. A preliminary sutvey of the arthropodan fauna of the
University Farm of Komaba. Jour. Col. Agr., Imp. Univ. Tokyo.
10(5) :329-45.
Starling, J. H.
1944. Ecological studies of the Pauropoda of the Duke Forest.
Ecol. Monogr. 14:291-310.
Takashima, H.
1938. Notes on a Formosan Symphyla Hanseniella (Hansen-
iella) sp. which damages the sugar-cane. The Zool. Mag. 50(3) :
145-46.
Thompson, M.
1924. The soil population. An investigation of the biology of
the soil in certain districts of Aberystwyth. Ann. Appl, Biol.
11:349-94.
Tiegs, 0. W.
1945. The post-embryonic development of Hanseniella agilis
(Symphyla). Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. 85(2,3) :192-328.
Van Zwaluwenburg, R. H.
1931. In Williams, F. X. The insects and other invertebrates of
Hawaiian sugar-cane fields. 400 p. 187 figs. Hawaiian Sugar
Planters' Assoc., Honolulu.
Verhoeff, K. W.
1933. Symphyla. In: Bronns, H. G. Klassen und Ordnungen des
Tier-Reichs. Band 5, Arthropoda, Abt. 2 (Myriapoda) Buch 3,
Lief. 1, p. 1-120.
Williams, S. R.
1907a. Habits and structure of Scutigerella immaculata (New-
port). Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc. 33 (9) :461-485.
1907b. Notes on Scutigerella immaculata, its eggs and larva.
Seventh Internat’l. Zool. Cong. Proc. (Cambridge, Mass.) p.
656-59.
Wymore, F. H.
1924. The garden centipede, Scutigerella immaculata (New-
port), a pest of economic importance in the west. Jour. Econ.
Ent. 17(5) : 520-26.
JANUARY, 1949]
ESSIG-CITRUS APHIDS
13
APHIDS IN RELATION TO
QUICK DECLINE AND TRISTEZIA OF CITRUS
BY E. O. ESSIG
University of California, Berkeley
The role of aphids as transmitters of plant virus diseases is
becoming more important as a better understanding of these dis-
eases is developed. Other plant troubles involving grafting and
budding and the difficulties of combining two varieties or types of
closely related plants as one are also entering into the complex.
Just what the insects do in such cases is a problem that may re-
quire years of investigation.
The mysterious disease called “quick decline” of citrus in
California and the so-called “zonafe chlorosis” or “tristezia” of
Brazil are thought to incriminate aphids as possible carriers and
vectors.
The tristezia in Brazil is believed to be carried by the black
citrus or camellia aphid, Toxoptera aurantii (Boyer de Fons-
colombe) , and the brown citrus aphid. Aphis citricidus (Kirk-
aldy). In South Africa, where a similar disease of citrus occurs,
this latter aphid is known as Aphis tavaresi Del Guercio, but it
is definitely a synonym of A. citricidus, which in its present role
is fortunately a more descriptive name.
It is the purpose of this note to call attention to the aphids
rather than to their possible role as transmitters of plant virus
diseases.
Although these two species, representing different genera, are
rather readily identified alive in the orchard as well as mounted
specimens in the laboratory, yet they are really quite different
anatomically and may be easily separated.
The most important and unusual character common to these
two citrus-infesting species, not found in any other known aphids,
is a net-like pattern (figs. 1, 3) on the venter of the abdomen on
segments V, VI, and VII and especially under the bases of the
cornicles. It may oceupy much of the underside of one or more
segments. This design consists of a matrix of somewhat parallel
lines that branch, curve, and coalesce to form variously shaped
linear and angular areas. Under high magnifications the posterior
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
margins of the fine lines appear toothed, like a saw (fig. 3).
This network is easily visible on eleared speeimens under high
magnifieation. It has been noted by Theobald ( 1917, fig. 3 ; 1929,
fig. 14), Blanchard (1925, fig. 5) [Chitizination on venter, not
dorsum], Reiniger (1942) and Zimmerman (1948), who showed
enlargements of the gross areas.
Differences
Aphis citricidus
(fig. 1)
1. Stigma of forewing pale
2. Cubital or media vein 2-forked
3. Antennal segment III all
black
4. Antennal segment III with
10-20 scattered sensoria. An-
tennal segment IV with 2-4
sensoria
Toxoptera aurantii
(figs. 2, 3)
1. Stigma of forewing conspicu-
ously black
2. Cubital or media vein usually
1-forked (rarely 2-forked)
3. Antennal segment III pale
with extreme tip black
4. Antennal segment III with
6-8 circular sensoria in
straight line. Antennal seg-
ment IV without sensoria.
The Brown Citrus Aphid
Aphis citricidus (Kirkaldy)
Myzus citricidus Kirkaldy 1907
Aphis tavaresi Del Guercio 1908
Aphis citricola van der Goot 1912
(fig. 1)
This dark tropical species was originally described in the genus
Myzus by Kirkaldy (1907:100) from specimens taken on Citrus
on the Island of Oahu, Territory of Hawaii. The following com-
ments accompanied the description: “it is probably an intro-
duction from China, and is very common on Citrus all over the
Hawaiian Islands.” As Aphis tavaresi it was named by Del Guer-
cio (1908:143) on Citrus spp. collected in the region of Zambezi,
Africa, by J. S. Tavares. Van der Goot (1912:273) also de-
scribed the same species under the name Aphis citricola. His speci-
mens were collected on Citrus in Chile by R. Paessler.
This is a relatively large dark brown or almost black species
that may readily be confused with such other species as Aphis
gossipii Glover, A. cooki Essig, Toxoptera aurantii (B. de Fonsc.)
that also commonly occur on citrus.
It is reported to be the vector of the virus disease known as
tristezia in Brazil.
JANUARY, 1949]
ESSIG-CITRUS APHIDS
15
HOST PLANTS
The brown citrus aphid has been taken chiefly on the various
species of Citrus, but it has also been reported as feeding on the
following plants : Azalea, Cudrania triscuspidata, Diospyros kaki.
Ficus carica, Poncirus trifoliata, Pyrus communis {?), Toddalia
asiatica and Trema orientalis.
Fig. 1. Aphis citricidus (Kirkaldy). Anatomical eharacteristios of
the alate and apterous forms. (Drawing by Frieda Abernathy) .
DISTRIBUTION
The distribution of the brown citrus aphid is more strictly
tropical than that of the black citrus aphid. It does not appear to
have been as widely disseminated by commerce which may be
accounted for by its less omnivorous habits and more restricted
range of host plants.
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
The following localities have been noted:
AFRICA: Belgian Congo, British East Africa, Cameroun, French
Congo, French West Africa, Gold Coast, Italian Somaliland,
Kenya, Morocco, Mozambique, Nairobi, Nyasaland, Rhodesia,
Tanganyika, Uganda, Union of South Africa.
ASIA: Ceylon, China (Chekiang, Fukien, Kaingsu, Kwangtung),
Cyprus, French Indo China, India (Bengal, Madras, Mysore),
Java, Loochoo, Japan, Malaya, Okinawa, Sumatra, Taiwan.
AUSTRALIA: West Australia.
CENTRAL AMERICA
EUROPE: Italy, Malta, Sicily, Spain.
NEW ZEALAND
PACIFIC AREA: Fiji, Territory of Hawaii, (Hawaii, Hilo, Kaui,
Oahu, Maui), Mauritius, Samoa.
SOUTH AMERICA: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, Trinidad.
The Black Citrus Aphid
Toxoptera aurantii (Boyer de Fonscolombe) 1841
Aphis camelliae Koch 1843
Toxoptera aurantiae Koch 1856
Aphis coffeae Nietner 1880
Ceylonia theaecola Buckton 1891
Toxoptera theohromae Schouteden 1906
Aphis citrifoliae Shiraki 1913
(Figs. 2 and 3)
This medium-sized black species is characterized by white
markings on the legs and antennae, the very prominent black
stigma, usually the single-branched media or cubital vein of the
forewings, and the net-like markings on the venter of the abdo-
men beneath the cornicles.
It is primarily a tropical and subtropical species extending its
range into the warmer temperate regions in greenhouses, lath-
houses, residences, and even out of doors in very favorable lo-
calities.
Although this species was used in a large number of tests in
California by Dickson, Flock, and Johnson (1948) no transmis-
sion of quick decline has so far been observed.
According to Posnette (1944) it also transmits the swollen
shoot disease of cacao in the Gold Coast Colony.
This species is highly susceptible to parasitism by Aphidius
confusus Ashmead and related braconids in California and the
JANUARY, 1949]
ESSIG-CITRUS APHIDS
17
mummied bodies of the hosts may be found in great numbers
on the curled leaves of the new trminal growth of the host plants.
HOST PLANTS
The black citrus aphid has a wide range of host plants and is
especially abundant on and injurious to the various species and
Fig*. 2. Toxoptera aurantii (Boyer de Fonscolombe) . Anatomical
characteristics of the alate and apterous forms. (After Zimmer-
man, 1948).
varieties of Cacao, Camellia, Citrus and Ficus. A list of hosts
include: Acronychia pedunculata, Alhizzia odoratissima, Algaia
odorata, Alnus cor data, Anona squamosa, Antigonum, Apocynum,
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
Ardisia sieholdi, Artahotrys odoratissimum, Artocarpus integri-
folia (A. Integra), Berheris tenuifolia, Bidens pilosa, Butea fon-
drosa, Callophyllum inophyllum. Camellia caudata, C. drupifera,
C. japonica, C. oleiferum, C. thea, Camomilla, Cassia glauca,
Chincona, Citrus aurantifolia, C. aurantium, C. limonum, C. max-
ima, C. medica, Cladium, Cojfea arahica, C. liherica, Cratoxylon
polyanthus, Cydonia japonica, Distylium stellare, Ehretia huxi-
folia, Eugenia aquea, E. sandwicensis. Eucalyptus rohusta, Evo-
dia aromatica. Ficus aukeotsang, F. ampelos, F. aurantii, F. fovo-
elata, F. hispida, F. ohscura, F. pumila, F. retusa. Gardenia flor-
ida, G. jasminoides, Helicia, Hibiscus arnottianus, H. rosasinen-
sis, H. tiliaceus. Ilex anomala, 1. aquifolium, 1. rotunda, Illicium ani-
satum, Ixora macrothyrsa, Lagerstroemia indica, Lansium domes-
ticum, Litchi chinensis, Loranthus, Macadamia, Macaranga tanar-
ius. Magnolia grandiflora, Mangifera indica, Masea sinesnsis, M.
tenera, Morus alba, Murraya exotica, Musea lanceolata, Myrsene
lessertiana, M. sandwicensis, Nephelium lappaceum, Nesaea myr-
tifolium, Odina wodier, Oxalis, Panax, Pelea, Pellionia, Pittos-
porum glabrum, P. tobira, Plieogynium solandri, Pyrus commun-
is, P. serotina, P. sinensis, Quercus, Randia spinosa, R. sinensis,
Rhamnus alaternus, Sageretia theezans, Salix babylonica, S. war-
burgii, Sapota achras, Saraca declinata, Scaevola chamissoniana,
Schima noronhae, Scolopia crenata, Severinia buxifolia, Straussia,
Styrax japOnicum, S. suberifolium, Symplocos sessili folia, Thea
caudata, T. sinensis, Theobroma cacao, Trema amboinensis, Trach-
elospermum jasminoides, Uvaria narum, Vaccinium varingiae-
folia, Vanda, Viburnum odoratissimum, V. tinus, Xylosma race-
mosum var. Kwangtungensis, Zelkova schneideriana ( ? ) .
Distribution
The distribution of the blaek eitrus aphid eomprises the tropi-
eal, sub-tropieal and warmer temperate regions of the world
wherever its important host plants oeeur. It is also a greenhouse
inhabitant in the temperate regions. The following distributional
list is probably only an indieation of its true geographieal range:
AFRICA: Belgian Congo, Freneh Congo, German East Africa, Gold
Coast, Italian Somaliland, Cameroun, Kenya, Morocco, Nyasa-
land, Sao Tome, Tanganyika, Uganda, Union of South Africa.
ASIA: Caucasus, Ceylon, China (Chekiang, Fukien, Kwangtung),
French Indo China, Georgia, India (Assam, Madras), Java,
JANUARY, 1949]
ESSIG-CITRUS APHIDS
19
Fig. 3. Toxoptera aurantii. Top — net-like structures on venter of
abdomen; bottom — enlargement of same to show saw-toothed
structures. (Drawing by Frieda Abernathy).
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
Malaya, Palestine, Philippine Islands, Sumatra, Taiwan, Trans-
eaueasia, Turkey.
AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Queensland, Vietoria, West Aus-
tralia.
EUROPE: Italy, Malta, Spain.
NEW ZEALAND
NORTH AMERICA: Barbados, California, Cuba, Dominica, Florida,
Guatemala, Mississippi, Montserrat, Puerto Rico, Santo Do-
mingo, St. Thomas, Windward and Leeward Islands.
PACIFIC AREA: Fiji, Guam, Hawaiian Islands (Kauai, Oahu, Mol-
okai, Maui, Hawaii), Samoa.
Bibliography
Anderson, T. J.
1915. Report on the Entomological Laboratory for the year end-
ing 31st March, 1914. Ann. Rept. Dept. Agr. British East Af-
rica, 1913-1914:52-83.
Baker, A. C.
1920. General classification of the Hemipterous family Aphididae.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 826, Prof. Paper :51, pi VI, DD, EE.
Blanchard, E. E.
1925. Aphid notes V. Physis 8:20-22, fig. 5.
Boyce, A. M.
1948. Insects and mites and their control. In The Citrus In-
dustry, Vol. II, Production of the Crop. Univ. of California
Press, Berkeley, Calif, p. 735.
Boyer de Fonscolombe
1841. Des pucerons qui se trouvent aux environs D’Aix. Ann.
Soc. Ent. France X:178.
Clausen, C. P.
1931. Insects injurious to agriculture in Japan. U. S. D. A. Cir.
168:38, 42, 77.
Costa Lima, A. da
1942. Insectos do Brazil. 3 tomo. Homopteros, p. 140.
Dickson, R. C., R. A. Flock, and M. McD. Johnson
1948. Orange tree quick decline. Calif. Agr. 2(12) : 3, 13, 3 figs.
Del Guercio, G.
1917. Contribuzione alia conoscenza degli afidi. Redia 12:217-
221, tav. II, figs. 22-27.
Essig, E. 0.
1911. Aphididae of Southern California VIII. Plant lice affect-
ing citrus trees. Pomona Jour. Ent. Ill (4) :601-603, fig. 196.
1913. The black citrus plant louse. In Injurious and beneficial
insects of California. Mthly. Bui. Calif. State Comm. Hort.
Suppl. pp. 86-88, fig. 68.
JANUARY, 1949]
ESSIG-CITRUS APHIDS
21
1915. The black citrus plant louse. In Injurious and beneficial
insects of California. Ed. 2:78, fig. 60.
1926. Aphidoidea. In Insects of Western North America. Mac-
millan, N. Y. pp. 248, 789, 813.
ESSIG, E. 0. , AND S. I. Kuwana
1918. Some Japanese Aphididae. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4,
VIII (3) :80.
Fawcett, H. S., and J. Klotz
1948. Diseases and their control. In The Citrus Industry, Vol.
II, Production of the Crop. Univ. of California Press, Berkeley,
Calif, pp. 584-586 (Tristezia and Quick Decline).
Fennah, R. G.
1942. The citrus pests investigation in the Windward and Lee-
ward Islands, British West Indies, 1937-1942. Trinidad Imp.
Coll. Trop. Agr., 1942:1-66, 9 pis.
French, C.
1893. The orange aphis, {Siphono'phora ? sp.) In A Handbook
of the Destructive Insects of Victoria, pt. 11:70-74, Col. pi.
XXIV.
Girola, C. D.
1917. Osservatorio Autonomo di Fitopathologie. Turin Mthly.
Leaflets nos. 1-12, Jan-Dec. :l-48.
Goot, P. van der
1912. Uber einige wahrscheinlich neue blattlausarten aus der
sammlung des Naturhistorischen Museums Hamburg. Mitt.
Natur. Mus. Hamburg 29:273-275, fig. 1.
1915. Over der Biologie der Gramang - Mier {Plagiolepis long-
ipes Jerd.). Meded. v. h. Proefst. Midd-Java. Salatiga No. 9:
1-60.
1917. Zur kenntniss der Blattlause Java’s. Contrib. Fauna Indes
Neerlandaises. I fasc. 111:1-301, 52 figs.
1918a. Notes on oriental Aphididae. Tijd. Ent. 60 :112-127, 5 figs.
1918b. Aphididae of Ceylon-Spolia Zeylanica, Colombo XI:70-75,
2 figs.
Gowdey, C. C.
1917. Report of the Entomologist. Ann. Rept. Uganda Dept.
Agr. for year ending 31st March, 1919:48-53.
Hall, W. J.
1932. Some Aphidae of Southern Rhodesia with descriptions
of five apparently new species. Stylops 1(3) :55-56.
Hoffman, W. E.
1937. Kwangtung Aphididae including host plants and distri-
bution. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 16 (2) :276-277, 284-285.
1942. Bugs or Homoptera. Lingnan Nat. Hist. Surv. and Mus.
Lingnan Univ. Spec. Publ. (9) :14, 19, 21.
Kellogg, C. R.
1928. China Jour. VIII (4) :196.
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
Koch, C. L.
1907. Die Pflanzenlause, Aphiden, getreu, nach derm leben
abgebildet und beschreiben. Nurnberg, Lotzbeck, p. 254, figs.
329, 330.
Kirkaldy, G. W.
1907. On some peregrine Aphidae in Oahu, Honolulu. Hawaiian
Ent. Soc. Proc. 1:100.
Look, W. C. and Ethel Lucas McAfee
1944. New host records of Aphids in Hawaii. Proc. Hawaiian
Ent. Soc. XII (1) 107, 110.
Mason, P. W.
1927. Aphididae. In Fauna Sumatrensis. Supplementa Entom.
15:87, 88.
Mimeur, J. M.
1932. Notes d’entomologie Agricole et forestiere du Maroc. Mem.
Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc. No. XXXI :126.
Moreira, C
1925. Pulgoes do Brasil. Min. Agr. Indust. Comm. Inst. Biol.
Defesa Agr. Bol. 2:22-23, figs. '
Nietner, T.
1880. The coffee tree and its enemies, p. 12.
Phillips, W. J., and J. J. Davis
1912. Studies on a new species of Toxoptera. U. S. D. A. Bur.
Ent. Tech. Ser. 25:8.
POSNETTE, A. F.
1943. Control measures against swollen shoot virus disease of
cacao. Trop. Agriculture 20(6) :116-123, 1 fig., 8 refs.
POTIGETER, J. T.
1923. The Aphididae of the Union of South Africa. Abstract
of Dissertation. Mimeographed by Ohio State Univ. p. 11 (Not
published).
Quayle, H. j.
1938. Insects of Citrus and other sub-tropical fruits. Corn-
stock Pub. Co., Ithaca, N. Y. pp. 58, 61, 277.
Reiniger, C. H.
1942 (1941). Contribuicao ao estudo dos possiveis insetos
vetores de virus dos “citri no Brasil.” Bol. Nac. Agron. 1941 (2)
art. 6:225-245, 6 pis.
Rivnay, E.
1937. Moisture as the factor affecting wing development in the
citrus aphid, Toxoptera aurantii Boy. Bui. Ent. Res. 28:173-179,
7 figs.
SCHOUTEDEN, H.
1906. Un nouvel ennemi du cacaoyer en Afrique. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belgique. L: 37-39.
Shiraki, T.
1913. Agricultural Experiment Station Formosa. Spec. Rept.
8:112, 123.
JANUARY, 1949]
ESSIG-CITRUS APHIDS
23
SiLVESTRI, F.
1940. Aphididae. In Compendio di Entomologia Applicata. Tip-
ografia Bellavista, Portici, Italy, pp. 463-464, fig. 430.
Swain, A. F.
1919. A synopsis of the Aphididae of California. Univ. Calif
Publ. Ent. Tech. Bui. 111:129, 179.
Symes, C. B.
1924. Notes on the black citrus aphis. Rhodesia Agr. Jour. XXI.
5 and 6) :612-626, 725-737, 2 pis.
Takahashi, R.
1920. Dobuts Zasshi XXXII-197.
1921. 1931. Aphididae of Formosa. Taihoku Agr. Exp. Sta.
1:42-43, 48, 1921; 11:94-96, 1923; IV: 57, 1925; VI, 47, 49, 1931.
1926. Some Aphididae of Sumatra, pt. 2, Treubia 8:462.
1927. Thirteen species of Aphididae collected by Prof. C. R.
Kellog in China. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 17(90) :238-
239.
1928. A list of the Aphididae of China. Nat. Hist. Soc. Fukian
Christian Univ. Proc. 1:26, 27.
1936. Some Aphididae from South China and Hainan (Hom-
optera), I. Lingnan Sci. Jour 15(4): 599.
1941. Some injurious insects of ag'ricultural plants and forest
trees in Siam, and Indo-China, I. Aphididae. Govt. Agr. Res.
Inst. Taiwan, Nippon (Japan). Rept. No. 78:12-13.
Theobald, F. V.
1913-1914. African Aphididae. Bui. Entom. Res. 4:323, 332-333,
figs. 12-13.
1917. The aphid of tea, coffee and cacao {Toxoptera coffeae
Nietner). Bui. Ent. Res. 7:337-342.
1927. The plant lice or Aphididae of Great Britain. London
11:319.
1929. Some aphids from Southern India, with descriptions of
six new species. Entom. 62:200, fig. 14.
Timberlake, P. H.
1924. Notes on Hawaiian Aphidae, with list of food plants
(Homoptera). Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. V :454-5.
Tseng, Shen, and Chia-Chu Tao
1936. A list of the Aphididae of China with description of four
new species. Ent. Lab. Coll. Agr. Nat. Univ. Szechuen. Con-
trib. 1: p. 133 (From reprint).
Wu, Chenfu F.
1935. Aphididae. In Cat. Insect. Sinensium, 11:149.
Yen, Chia-Hsien
1931. A preliminary list of East China Aphididae. Peking Nat.
Hist. Bui. VI pt. 2:65, 66.
Zimmerman, Elwood C.
1948. Superfamily Aphidoidea. In Insects of Hawaii, 5 (53-131,
figs. 25-85) : pp. 73, 74-76, 99, 100, figs. 33, 58.
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF
CHLOROSEA BANKSARIA SPERRY
(Lepidoptera : Geometridae)
BY FREDERICK H. RINDGE
University of California, Berkeley
Chlorosea BANKSARIA Sperry
Chlorosea nevadaria, Packard, 1876, Mono. Geom., p. 378 (in part) ;
Front, 1932, Macrolep. World, 8:42 (not Packard, 1874).
Chlorosea hanksaria Sperry, 1944, Can. Ent., 76:36.
This beautiful moth is widespread throughout the Pacific
States from British Columbia to southern California and is of
rather common occurrence in much of its range. Nevertheless,
its life history does not appear to have been published.
A single larva of this species was obtained April 12, 1948,
from beating Ceanothus thyrsiflorus Esch. in the vicinity of Kings
Mountain, San Mateo County, California, at approximately 2000
feet altitude. This caterpillar was reared in the laboratory on
the above food plant, pupation occurred April 29, and the adult
emerged May 16, 1948.
Antepenultimate instar. Head width 0.8 mm., height 0.7 mm.,
length 0.3 mm. No further observations made.
Penultimate instar. Head rather small, the thorax and abdomen
with prominent lateral projections on the segments. Head slightly
bilobed, coarsely rugose, purplish-brown, with light brown on ocellar
region and front of lobes. Labrum and antennae light green. Width
1.0 mm., height 1.1 mm., length 0.6 mm.
Thorax with very prominent dorsal and lateral protuberances.
Prothorax anteriorly with very high median conical pair of pro-
jections, extending dor so -anteriorly over the head, and with smaller
pair laterad of these; two smaller pairs of protuberances poster-
iorly along dorsum, the posterior of these being quite small and
inconspicuous. Mesothorax with three pairs of median humps
dorsally, the anterior two rounded swellings, the posterior a
prominent pair of protuberances. Metathorax with single pair of
small median lobes. Dorso-lateral margins of meso- and metathorax
produced into prominent lateral extensions. Dorsally dark green,
with purplish cast; all projections, swellings and lateral extensions
purple; spiracular swellings orange-yellow. Laterally and ventrally
light green. Legs purplish. Surface of thorax and abdomen heavily
JANUARY, 1949]
RINDGE-CHLOROSEA
25
granular, the granules with whitish cast, especially on sides of
body. Setae on thorax and abdomen small, colorless.
Abdomen dorsally with anterior mid-line paired swellings on
each segment, these being quite small and inconspicuous on anterior
segments but increasing in size posteriorly, on last segment very
high and conspicuous. Lateral margins of each segment produced,
into long prominent extensions extending laterally and upwards
but not beyond anterior margins of segments, being most produced
at anterior margins of segments and most prominent on segments
two, three, four and five; on posterior three segments reduced to
large rounded swellings. Dorsally dark green, slightly lighter than
on thorax; tips and margins of lateral extensions purple, as are
the mid-line paired swellings, these latter becoming' more prom-
inently marked with purple posteriorly, so that the last four seg-
ments are purple dorsally. Laterally, green as above except! pojst-
eriorly on last three segments, these being purplish and including
both prolegs. Ventrally, deep purple on segments three and four,
bordered laterally by broad band of white granules. Spiracles liglht
orange-yellow. Inter segmental membranes yellow-green. Anal plate
greenish with slight pinkish-purple cast posteriorly.
Ultimate instar. Appears as before. Head width 1.5 mm., height
1.7 mm., length 0.8 mm.; subrectangular, only slightly bilobed, with
anterior surface flattened. Setae small, inconspicuous; second
posterior setae near vertex; second adfrontal setae on same level
as first posterior setae; first adfrontal setae equidistant from sec-
ond adfrontal and first posterior setae, closer to these than to
frontal setae; anterior setae form slightly more than a right angle;
ocellar setae form right angle; six ocelli well developed.
Body lighter green, matching the Ceanothus leaves; head and
legs reddish brown; thoracic markings reddish; abdominal mark-
ings red-brown with purple cast. All setae very small, inconspic-
uous. Prothoracic setae la, Ib, Ha from large dorsal reddish pro-
tuberances; Ilb from posterior base of protuberance bearing Ila;
IV and V below spiracle. Mesothoracic setae la from dorsal
reddish protuberance, Ib laterad of this; remainder of setae from
lateral projections. Meta thoracic setae similarly arranged.
Abdominal setae I from, anterior protuberances except on first
segment, II from inconspicuous base; on segments six and seven I
and II more laterad than on preceding segments; setae I on eighth
segment mounted on very prominent spine directed posteriorly; III
dorso-anterior to spiracles on segments two to seven, while on seg-
ments one and eight they are dorsad; setae IV and V at extreme
ends of wide lateral projections; VI posterior; VII and VIII in
usual positions. Spiracles on second, third, fourth, fifth, seventh
and eighth segments on dorsal surface; those on remaining seg-
ments on lateral surface.
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
The larva has the trembling or quivering motions as has been
noted for others in this subfamily in the genera Nemoria (Corn-
stock and Dammers, 1937; Comstock and Henne, 1940; Comstock,
1945), Synchlora (Comstock and Dammers, 1937) and Cheteoseelis
(Hulst, 1888).
Pupa. Light green, more or less concolorous with food plant;
head regions and posterior part of abdomen ventrally shaded with,
yellow-green; wing cases and appendages rugose. Cremaster of
eight curved spines, subequal in length, arising' from lateral mar-
gins of last segment; the latter ventrally with, surface thrown up
into numerous ridges. Spiracles elongate, slightly shaded with
yellow-brown. Length 14 mm., width 4 mm. A day or two before
emergence the abdominal spots of the adult show through very
plainly, and the antennae and other appendages become darker
along their margins. Pupation occurred on the food plant, in a
delicate webbing between adjacent branches and leaves.
The larvae of Chlorochlamys chloroleucaria (Guenee) and
Nemoria ruhrifrontaria (Packard) have been described and il-
lustrated in detail by Dethier (1942) . The larva of Chlorosea hank-
saria Sperry may be distinguished from them by the following
characters: Front of head more square and broader; first and
second adfrontal setae equidistant from first posterior setae; third
anterior setae on same level with first adfrontal setae, as are the
second adfrontal setae and the first posterior setae; anterior setae
almost form a right angle. The larvae of Chlorochlamys are with-
out the prominent lateral thoracic and abdominal projections and
so are immediately distinguishable. Chlorosea and Nemoria may
be further differentiated in the body regions by the very small
and inconspicuous setae of the former; and that the lateral ab-
dominal processes do not extend caudad of their respective seg-
ments, and are truncate anteriorly, usually extending anteriorly
at right angles from the mid-line when viewed from above.
Bibliography
Comstock, J. A.
1945, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 44:20-21.
Comstock, J. A. and C. M. Dammers
1937, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 36:71-78.
Comstock, J. A. and C. Henne
1940, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39:78-79.
Dethier, V. G.
1942, Can. Ent., 74:231-233.
Hulst, G. D.
1888, Ent. Amer., 3:193.
JANUARY, 1949]
TILDEN-PARASITES
27
NOTES ON PARASITES OF CERTAIN MICROLEPIDOPTERA
(Gracilariidae)
BY J. W. TILDEN
The following leaf-mining Lepidoptera together with the enu-
merated parasites were reared in eonneetion with the obtaining of
material for a morphologieal problem.
The author is indebted to Dr. C. F. W. Muesebeek of the
National Museum for determination of the parasites, and to Dr.
Annette F. Braun of Cineinnati, Ohio, for the determination of the
food plant variant of Lithocolletis agrifoliella Braun.
Lithocolletis nemoris Wlsm. This speeies is the eommon leaf
miner of Vaccinium ovatum Pursh. The mines on the upper sur-
faee, and at first are flat and nearly spherical, becoming tentiform
at last. Finally the entire upper surface of the leaf is mined and
at pupation the upper epidermis of the leaf is thrown into three
or more folds. Pupation is in a flattened coccon attached to the
floor of the mine. The epidermis of the leaf may be removed, in
most instances, without disturbing the cocoon. In many cases the
lateral edges of the leaves are distorted and approach one another,
so the leaves containing cocoons are trough shaped. This appears
to be due to the drying of the upper epidermis after it becomes
separated from the underlying tissues.
This species is heavily parasitized. Three genera of hyme-
nopterous parasites were reared:
1. Apanteles sp., apparently undescribed. One parasite occurs
per host larva, and upon reaching its growth, exits from the host
and spins a pale yellowish cocoon in the mine but at some distance
from the dead host. Upon emergence it exits from the leaf by a
small circular hole in the upper epidermis of the leaf.
2. Zagrammosoma n. sp. (Eulophidae) . This parasite emerged
shortly after the material was brought into the laboratory and no
notes were obtained.
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
3. Chrysocharis n. sp. (Eulophidae) . The larvae of this spe-
cies feed externally on the host and occur in fours. The growth is
very rapid and in one case the larvae, which were very small when
first noted, cast the meconium and pupated within four days. The
pupae range from metallic blue to steel green in color, darkening
to nearly black before emergence. The pupae are able to with-
stand considerable dessication, and will emerge normally even when
the entire upper epidermis of the leaf is removed for observation.
Lithocolletis agrifoliella Braun. This was at first thought to be
a new species, since it was reared from Castanopsis chrysophylla
A. D.C. var. minor Benth. Dr. Annette F. Braun, however, regards
it as a food plant variant of agrifoliella Braun, from the typical
form of which it differs mainly by reason of a darker and richer
coloration. This variant commonly mines the leaves of Castanopsis
in the Sierra Morena (King Mountain) region of San Mateo
County, California, forming upper surface mines of a similar form
to those normally found on Quercus agrifolia Nee. This appears
to be the first record of Lithocolletis agrifoliella Braun from Casta-
nopsis.
This moth is parasitized by an undescribed species of Chryso-
charis which closely resembles that found parasitizing nemoris.
This parasite likewise occurs typically in fours, and may be the
same species, since both hosts are found in the same area. The
pupal stage is quite long, in sharp contrast to the larval stage,
which is short. Pupation occurs in the mine of the host, but the
larvae crawl to various parts of the mine before pupation. Four
larvae which pupated on March 26, 1947, emerged as adults on
May 16, a period of fifty-one days. The adults emerge from the
mine by cutting minute holes in the upper epidermis of the leaf.
Gracilaria reticulata Braun. This is locally the commonest Gra-
cilaria on Quercus agrifolia Nee, although it appears from rearings,
that it is not the only species found on this oak. The mines are
mostly on the under surface and near the edges, and are accom-
panied by considerable distortion of the leaf. Pupation may be in
the mines, but more often the larvae let themselves down by silken
threads and pupate in the duff below the tree.
From this moth was reared an unidentified Gelis sp. No notes
were obtained.
JANUARY, 1949]
FENDER-CANTHARIDAE
29
STUDIES IN THE CANTHARIDAE III
( Coleoptera)
BY KENNETH M. FENDER
McMinnville, Oregon
When revisional work on the Cantharidae was begun some
years ago, the author little realized the task he had assigned him-
self. It was thought at the time that the genus Cantharis was the
only one of the larger genera requiring truly analytieal study.
Mrs. Fender (Dorothy McKey-Fender) was kindly permitted to
aeeept this task. With the aid of Fall’s work with Podahrus^ and
Malthodes^ and Van Dyke’s revision of Silis^, the author’s chore
would be largely compilation. The inaccuracy of this line of
reasoning has been indicated by the new species described by
Brown^ and Green®* * ® as well as those of the author. Until condi-
tions permit completion of the revisions, it is hoped that these
studies will somewhat compensate for the lack.
The genus Podabrus can be broken down into eight groups
on the basis of the ungual characters of the males. These char-
acters hold true for only the first group in the females. In the
other groups the claws of the females are the same — all claws
toothed. Females of the first group have the claws similar to
the males.
The many recently described species suggest a more con-
venient method of arranging the species for keying. Grouping
the species and referring to such groups seems preferable to
citing some certain couplet in Fall’s key. The following key
to males of the genus is offered to assist in the assignation of
species to their groups. It is designed to avoid the rather ter-
rifying first couplet of Fall which has seven parts, all but the
first two parts requiring the study of all of the claws.
^Fall, H. C., 1928, Ent. Am., 8 (n. s.) : 65-103.
2Fall, H. C., 1919, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 12: 31-42.
*Van Dyke, E. C., 1918, Journal N. Y. Ent. Soc., 26: 161-179.
‘Brown, W. J., 1940. Can. Ent., 72 : 161-163.
®Green, J. W., 1947, Trans. Am. Ent. Soci., 73 : 63-76.
•Green, J. W., 1948, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 74: 75-82.
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
Key to Groups of Podabrus (Males)
1. Claws in both sexes armed with a long acute tooth caus-
ing them to appear broadly cleft Group I
- Claws either finely cleft or with a broad basal tooth or
some combination of these 2
2. All claws armed with a broad basal tooth, the free angle
of which may be rectangular or more or less acute Group II
- Claws of front tarsi finely cleft 3
3. Both claws of middle tarsi finely cleft 4
- At least one claw of middle tarsi toothed 6
4. All claws finely cleft Group III
- At least one claw of hind tarsi toothed 5
5. Both claws of hind tarsi toothed Group IV
- Outer tooth of hind tarsi toothed, all other finely cleft
Group VIII
6. Both claws of middle tarsi toothed Group V
- Outer claws of middle tarsi toothed, inner claws finely
cleft 7
7. Both claws of hind tarsi toothed Group VI
- Outer claws of hind tarsi toothed, inner claws finely cleft
Group VII
The species of Podabrus described to date may be assigned
to their groups as follows:
Group I
All claws of both sexes armed with a long acute tooth caus-
ing them to appear broadly cleft.
latimanus Lee.
punctulatus Lee.
amhiguus Fall
flavicollis Lee.
rugulosus Lee.
quadratus Lee.
appendiculatus Fall
modestus Say
knoheli Fall
intrusus Say
frosti Fend.
longicornis Fall
frater Lee.
diadema Fab.
cascadensis Fend.
hrunneus Fend.
comes Lee.
protensus Lee.
conspiratus Fall
fayi Lee.
illex Fall
hrunnicollis Fab.
pruinosus Lee.
hinotatus Lee.
limatus Fall
confraternus Fall
fain Hopp.
sierrae Fall
tomentosus Say
knowltoni Fend.
dreishachi Green
viduus Fall
tricostatus Say
fulvus Fall
JANUARY, 1949]
FENDER-CANTHARIDAE
31
pygmaeus Green
hrevicollis Fall
fissus Lee.
brimleyi Green
nothoides Lee.
hasilaris Lee.
tenuis Fall
muleibris Fall
occipitalis Fall
mellitus Fall
modulatus Fall
Group II
All elaws of both sexes armed with a broad basal tooth, the
free angle of whieh may be reetangular or more or less aeute.
extricatus Fall
lanei Fend.
tejonicus Lee. (?)
scaber Lee.
cinctipennis Lee.
limbellus Lee.
fumiganus Green
punctatus Lee.
dietrichi Green
macer Lee.
piniphilus Eseh.
puncticollis Kby.
extremus Lee.
brevipennis Lee.
xanthoderus Lee.
bolteri Lee.
excursus Fall
tejonicus Lee. was deseribed from a female and has been ten-
tatively plaeed in this group by Fall.
Group III
All elaws finely eleft in the male, in the female all broadly
toothed at base.
fissilis Fall vernalis Green
Group IV
Claws of male finely eleft on front and middle feet, toothed
at base on the hind feet; in the female all broadly toothed at
base.
lateralis Lee.
deceptus Brown
obscurevittatus Fall
secretus Brown
puberulus Lee.
simplex Lee.
pattoni Lee.
gracilis Fall
instabilis Fall
moestus Fall
tetragonoderus Fall
altus Fall
Group V
Claws of male finely cleft on the front feet, toothed on the
middle and hind feet; all elaws of the female toothed.
laevicollis Kby. citrinus Fall
fenestratus Fall perplexus Brown
probus Fall
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 1
Group VI
Claws of front feet of male finely cleft, of the middle feet
outer claw toothed inner cleft, on the hind feet both claws toothed;
all claws toothed in the female.
heteronychus Fall furtivus Fall
Group VII
Claws of the front feet finely cleft, of the middle and hind feet
outer claw toothed inner cleft; all claws toothed in the female.
Podabrus danielsi Fend, is our only known representative of this
group.
Group VIII
Outer claw of hind feet of male toothed, all other cleft; all
claws toothed in the female.
calif ornicus Fend. carmelensis Fend.
lucidatus Fend. rossi Fend.
lutosus Lee. corneus Lee.
smithi Fend.
cavicollis Lee.
APHODIUS RECTUS MOTS. IN OREGON
(Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae)
The scarab, Aphodius rectus Mots., has been taken in fair
numbers from cow dung in the Willamette Valley of Oregon. This
species has been captured at Dayton and McMinnville with up-
wards of a hundred specimens having been collected. It has pre-
viously been recorded from East Siberia, Japan, China and Amur.
Two varieties are found here. The dark phase is almost entirely
black occasionally with the elytral apices paler. The pale form has
the elytra dark testaceous with the suture and a large triangular
lateral area black, this latter dark area arising near the humerus,
expanded to or almost to the suture at the apical fourth then
rather abruptly truncated apically.
Drs. Ross and VanDyke and Mr. Hugh Leech of the California
Academy of Sciences kindly compared this material with speci-
mens in the Academy collection concluding that this is the species
represented. — Kenneth Fender, McMinnville, Oregon.
JANUARY, 1949]
LANHAM-ANDRENA
33
NOTES ON THE GROUP OF ANDRENA CARLINI
COCKERELL, WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW
SPECIES FROM CALIFORNIA
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea)
BY URLESS N. LANHAM
Department of Zoology, University of Michigan
The well-known Andrena carlini Cockerell is representative of
a group of Andrena occurring throughout the United States which
may be defined as follows:
Medium-sized to large species (11-13 mm. in length) with un-
handed, nearly glabrous terga. Process of labrum large, entire or
only slightly emarginate, not reflexed at tip, facial fovea broad;
thorax finely sculptured, propodeal corbicula rather well de-
veloped, with interior hairy throughout, but no compact fringe of
hairs anteriorly; trochanteral floccus perfect, tibial scopa with
hairs of outer face simple; wings with first recurrent nervure end-
ing near middle of second submarginal cell. Males with cheeks
wide, mandibles decussate; genitalia with tips of parameres ex-
panded, sagitta not flanged dorsally.
The very similar group of A. vicina Smith differs in having
the trochanteral floccus imperfect (basal hears short, straight, not
forming a part of the brush) and in having the tips of the para-
meres of the male genitalia narrow and strap-like.
The quite distinctive species described herein is characterized
structurally among the species of the carfi'ni-group (in the female)
by the rather dull and closely, finely punctate clypeus and the tri-
angular, narrowly truncate process of the labrum. In spite of the
rather poorly developed trochanteral floccus, the other characters
of female, such as the weakly produced metanotum (tending to be
strongly protuberant in the vicina-gioup ) , and also the male geni-
talia, indicate the species to be a member of the carlini-group.
Andrena hurdi Lanham, new species
Female. Inteigument pure black; pubescence of dorsum of thor-
ax, of pronotal lobes, of upper one-third of pleura, of nearly all of
propodeum, and a few hairs on hind femora grayish white, with
faint fulvous tinge, rest of pubescence black. Clypeus reticulate,
rather dull, closely and finely punctate, punctures subcontiguous
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
to one pucture-width apart, no median ridge present, but a poorly
developed median impunctate band apparent; process of labrum
triangular, tip narrowly rounded or narrowly subtrunc:ate, and
slightly thickened; fovea extending well below dorsal margin of
clypeus, tomentum black. Thorax with rather long pubescence;
integument of mesoscutum nearly hidden by pubescence, dull, gran,
ular, with very weak punctures; enclosure of propodeum almost
hidden by pubescence at sides of the enclosure, surface finely reticu-
late, with a few weak wrinkles above, propodeal corbicula with-
out conspicuously branched hairs along anterior margin; wings
moderately darkened, tips darker than rest of membrane, nervures
and pterostigma nearly black, second submarginal cell noticeably
quadrate, the first inter cubitus being nearly straight; tibial scopa
somewhat looser than in A. carUni, spurs of hind tibia black, tro-
chanteral floccus rather poorly developed for a member of the
species-group. Terga reticulate, only slightly shining, finely, closely,
and distinctly punctate, punctures on elevated portion of second
tergum one to three puncture- widths apart, caudal fimbria black;
pygidium broadly rounded at tip, central triangle coarsely reticu-
late. Length, 12 mm.; forewing, 10 mm.
Male. Head with cheeks one-half again as wide as eyes, broadly
rounded; antennae with segment three distinctly longer than four,
not quite as long as four plus five; hair of cheeks, of sides of face,
and of face between antennae black, that of rest of head grayish
white. Thorax with long pubescence, none black. Abdomen with
numerous white hairs on first two terga, remaining terga with all
of hairs black. Genitalia with tips of parameres moderately ex-
panded, external margin not sinuate as in carlini, tip of eighth
sternite distinctly emarglnate. Length, 11 mm.; forewing 9 mm.
Holotype, female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. No. 6118) : Westley,
Stanislaus County, California; 1 April, 1948; on Brassica; (P. D.
Hurd). Allotype, male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. No. 6119): same
data as holotype. Paratypes: 5 females, 13 males, same data as
holotype.
None of the females carried pollen loads.
A tentative key to those females of the carlini-gioup, which,
like the present species, have the pleural hairs all or mostly black,
follows :
1. Clypeus rather protruberant, with large, irregularly and
rather sparsely distributed punctures; process of labrum
very wide, broadly rounded carlini Cockerell
- Clypeus not protruberant, with small, rather closely and
more or less evenly spaced punctures; process of labrum,
broadly or narrowly truncate, or slightly emarginate, or
triangular with narrowly rounded tip
2
JANUARY, 1949]
HAGEN-ICHNEUMONIDS
35
2. Mesoscutum with transverse band of black pubescence
between tegulae 3
- Mesoscutum without transverse band of black pubescence 4
3. Hairs of trochanteral floccus white to base, black band
of mesoscutum rather inconspicuous cyanura Cockerell
- Hairs of trochanteral floccus with basal one-half black,
black band of mesoscutum conspicuous transnigra Viereck
4. Clypeus more sparsely punctate, some punctures more
than two puncture- widths apart regular is Malloch
- Clypeus more closely punctate, punctures subcontiguous
to one puncture- width apart 5
5. Process of labrum triangular, tip narrowly rounded; in-
tegument of terga pure black; propodeum without black
hairs, except possibly on extreme lower margins ../trtrcZi Lanham
- Process of labrum emarginate- truncate ; integument of
terga with slight bluish tinge; propodeum with consider-
able black hair, at least on dorsal fringe of corbicula
and on sides of propodeum heterura Cockerell
Mr. P. H. Timberlake has kindly compared paratypes of A.
hurdi with the type of ^4. heterura, and found, in addition to the
charaeters tabulated in the key, that heterura (female) has the
pygidium acute and without sculpture (broad, reticulate in
hurdi), and that the enclosure of the propodeum was smaller in
hurdi, with the sides more arcuate; other differences were also
apparent.
TWO NEW ICHNEUMONID HOST RECORDS
This note contributes new host records for two California
Ichneumonidae.
Several larvae of Prodenia praefica Grote, collected from al-
falfa near Tracy, California, in September, 1947, by C. Thomp-
son, were caged and allowed to pupate. Two specimens of Therion
californicum (Cresson) were reared from the pupae. Near Fel-
ton, California, on June 3, 1947, Ephialtes Ontario (Cresson) was
observed to oviposit in the pupae of the California oakworm Phry-
ganidia californica Packard. From these collected parasitized
pupae, the progeny of E. Ontario emerged. The writer is indebted
to H. K. Townes for determining the above Ichneumonidae. —
K. S. Hagen.
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
E, S. Eoss
V ice-P resident
A. E. Michelbacher
President
D. D. Jensen
Secretary
Proceedings
One Hundred and Ninety-seventh Meeting
The one hundred and ninety-seventh meeting of the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society was held at 2:00 p.m., on January 17,
1948, in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco. President Michelbacher in the chair.
The following members were present: J. W. Tilden, E. A. Smith,
W. D. Murray, J. R. Walker, A. E. Pritchard, R. C. Miller, R. L.
Usinger, H. B. Leech, E. C. Van Dyke, C. D. Duncan, W. W. Hart,
T. L. Fisher, E. 0. Essig, W. W. Middlekauff, E. G. Meyers, R. J.
Bartges, E. F. Quinnell, E. L. Kessel, R. E. Blackwelder, A. W.
Larson, R. W. L. Potts, L. R. Gillogly, J. W. MacSwain, N. W.
Hazel, H. T. Reynolds, 0. G. Bacon, H. F. Madsen, A. J. Walz, R.
L. Doutt, F. E. Skinner, D. B. Culver, E. S. Ross, P. H. Arnaud, K.
S. Hagen, E. Hagen, M. Marquis, H. P. Chandler, R. Van den
Bosch, R. F. Smith, H. Blakemore, A. E. Michelbacher and D. D.
Jensen. Visitors were present as follows: D. B. Reddy, A. W.
Macphee, A. G. Applegarth, L. M. Henry, G. L. Smith, E. G.
Wegenek and C. P. Hoyt,
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The membership committee proposed the following for member-
ship in the Society: G. L. Smith, Laura M. Henry, E. G. Wegenek,
and C. P. Hoyt. They were unanimously elected.
The membership committee proposed that in recognition of their
long and distinguished service to the Society, G. F, Ferris, E, 0.
Essig and E. R. Leach be elected to Honored Membership, the
Society’s highest award. They were unanimously elected.
President Michelbacher announced the following changes in
the membership of the standing committees: Program'. A. E.
Michelbacher and R. W. L. Potts released with E, L. Kessel and
R. F. Smith appointed in their stead. Membership-. A. E. Michel-
bacher and R. W. L. Potts released with J. W. MacSwain and Paul
Harvey appointed in their places. Historical: R. W. L. Potts and
H. B. Leech appointed as additional members of the committee.
Publications: E. R. Leach appointed to fill the vacancy resulting
from the death of Dr. F. E. Blaisdell. E. 0. Essig and G. F. Ferris
reappointed to the committee with terms to expire in 1950.
Professor E. 0. Essig reported that he had received an indirect
request for clothing to be sent to a German entomologist and his
family who are in need of assistance. After some discussion Dr.
JANUARY, 1949] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
37
E. C. Miller moved that a committee be appointed to receive cloth-
ing for such purposes. The motion was carried unanimously and
President Michelbacher appointed C. D. Duncan, 0. G. Bacon and
W. Hart to serve as such a committee.
In response to a call for notes and exhibits, Dr. E. L. Kessel
displayed a cerambycid larva of the genus Ergates which was col-
lected alive in a piece of two by four timber being used in the
construction of a house. A large burrow had been made in the wood
by the larva.
J. W. Tilden exhibited an adult longicorn beetle, Tragidion arm-
atwm Lee. which had been collected as a larva from yucca by George
Mansfield, in March, 1941, at Borego Valley in San Diego County.
The larva had been carried to San Jose where it was reared to
maturity in a petri dish. It emerged as an adult in July, 1941.
J. W. Tilden also exhibited first instar nymphs of a cicada,
Platypedia sp., which had hatched from eggs at Stanford Univer-
sity in September, 1947.
President Michelbacher then introduced the main speaker of
the meeting, Mr. Hugh B. Leech who spoke on “The Canadian
Forest Insect Survey.” His remarks are abstracted as follows:
The Canadian Forest Insect Survey, long envisioned by officers
of the Forest Insect Unit of the Division of Entomology, became
an actuality in 1935, and owed its start to an introduced pest. In
1930 the European spruce sawfly (Gilpinia hercyniae (Hartig),
the Diprion polytomum Hartig of earlier reports), was found in
the Gaspe Peninsula of New Brunswick, the first record for North
America.
By 1935 it had almost completely defoliated 6,000 square miles
of spruce in the Gaspe, and had spread into Ontario and to New
York State. Its appearance in Ontario brought it to the attention
of moneyed lumbering interests, while its rate of dispersal sug-
gested that it might even reach the Pacific Coast via the northen
coniferous forests.
Under such conditions, money yearly asked for by the entomo-
logists suddenly became available. A cooperative survey project was
started in 1935. The Forest Insect Unit provided advice and super-
vision, laboratory facilities, and specialists in insect identification;
the Dominion and Provincial Forest Services and allied services,
and the forest industries, provided the personnel necessary for
wide coverage of the country.
In 1936 the Survey was extended to British Columbia, by which
time laboratory (and organizational) centers were at Frederickton,
N. B., Ottawa, Ont., Winnipeg, Man., Indian Head, Sask., and Ver-
non, B. C. Later, the chief Forest Insect Laboratory for Canada
was built, in cooperation with the Province of Ontario, at Sault
Ste. Marie, Ont., and it is now the administrative center for the
Survey.
At first, all cooperators were asked to make one or more col-
lections a month, June through September, from spruce trees.
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
Later thej?- were asked to make two or more for each of the four
months, and to sample all the important coniferous and deciduous
trees in their areas. Special reports on any noticeable insect ac-
tivities were requested.
As the data obtained in the Survey began to show its value in
dollars and cents, especially with reference to an extensive and
intensive outbreak of the spruce budworm, a larger budget was
granted to the Forest Insect Unit. This allowed use of the survey
technical personnel for nearly full-time administrative and re-
search work. A new classification, that of Forest Insect Ranger,
was established. It called for non-technical men, preferably mar-
ried, with high school but not university education, and experience
in the woods. These men are now the backbone of the Surveys ; they
work chiefly in pairs, and are assigned to definite territories.
They make regular and special collections, patrol by land, water,
and air, investigate reported outbreaks, establish and service perm-
anent sample plots, cruise timber, map infestations, etc. During
the winter they work up field data, submit reports, outline work
for the next season, cruise timber, and attend a course of lectures
on general and forest entomology. Those of each center are answer-
able to a Chief Ranger, not to the technical personnel; the co-
ordinator for the entire Survey has headquarters at Sault Ste.
Marie, Ontario.
Transportation has been a major problem. Where the terrain
permits or enforces it, outrigger canoes and larger boats are used;
elsewhere, chiefly 4- wheel drive army vehicles (HUP’s), which will
be replaced as more desirable models become available. Through
the generosity of the cooperating services, rangers go as passengers
on various car, boat and plane trips, often to areas not usually
accessible.
With trained rangers making a good proportion of the monthly
collections, the field data are more accurate and have broader cover-
age each year. With increased personnel, the significance of the
work in forest conservation and industry, and in pure research,
will be increasingly important. The Survey attempts to provide
forewarning of outbreak of forest pests, and, partly in prepara-
tion for the control thereof, the bionomics of each species of forest
insect.
During the talk Mr. Leech gave details of the collecting, rear-
ing, labelling, indentification, and building up of a collection. Stress
was laid on personnel problems and on the basic dependence of
the work on taxonomists.
After a discussion of the paper, the meeting was adjourned. —
D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
One Hundred and Ninety-eighth Meeting
The one hundred and ninety-eighth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2 :00 p.m. on February 28, 1948,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
JANUARY, 1949] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
39
Sciences, San Francisco. President Michelbacher in the chair. The
following members were present: A. E. Michelbacher, D. D. Jen-
sen, K. E. Frick, D. W. Boddy, W. W. Middlekauff, E. C. Van
Dyke, E. 0. Essig, R. F. Smith, A. J. Walz, H. B. Leech, T. 0.
Thatcher, L. M, Henry, G. F. Ferris, B. D. Culver, F. E. Skinner,
P. H. Arnaud, F. J. Driver, H. P. Chandler, Mrs. H. P. Chandler,
W. D. Murray, G. P. Hoyt, W. W. Wirth, E. E. Seibert, C. H. Han-
son, E. S. Ross, C. H. Spitzer, Jr., D. H. Bixby, P, A. Adams, A.
E. Pritchard, G. L. Smith, P. D. Hurd, Jr., J. W. MacSwain, W. W.
Sampson, J. W. Tilden, J. P. Harville, R. E. Beer, P. A. Harvey,
J. R. Walker, R. C. Miller, W. Russell, E. L. Kessel, B. B. Kessel,
H. A. Scullen, E. G. Wegenek, H. T. Reynolds, and H. H. Blake-
more. Visitors were present as follows: Ruth F. Hanke, Wm. L.
Hoyt, L. L. Lewallen, Mrs. J. W. Tilden, Thomas Leigh and W. A.
McDonald.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The membership committee proposed the following for member-
ship in the Society: Richard W. Coleman, I. Barry Tarshis, Frank
A. Ehrenford, Vernon M. Stern, Francis Leigh, and Frederick
Rindge. They were unanimously elected.
President Michelbacher appointed the following members as a
committee to investigate possible localities for the April field trip
of the Society: Mr. J. W. MacSwain (Chairman), Dr. E. S. Ross,
and Miss Laura Henry. The committee is to report its recommenda-
tions at the March meeting.
The chair called for notes, exhibits, and remarks. Dr. Middle-
kauff displayed a new species of sawfly of the family Siricidae,
collected in Berkeley, California, 1932, on white fir. This is the
first new species in this family reported in North America since
Bradley’s work in 1913.
Mr. MacSwain reported on four egg masses of Meloe strigulosus
Mann, laid by adults collected in the Oakland Hills between De-
cember and February. Of the eggs showing development, over 75
per cent of the larvae were abnormal. Several slides were ex-
hibited showing many larval abnormalities including one individual
from which the head and prothorax were completely lacking and
which possessed only one meso-thoracic leg, the metathorax and
abdomen being normal.
Mr. H. B. Leech exhibited two new entomological publications,
a new book by A. D. Imms entitled “Insect Natural History” and
the 44th Annual Volume of the Entomological Society of British
Columbia.
Professor H. A. Scullen, a member of the Society, visiting from
Oregon State College was introduced to the members present and
expressed his pleasure at attending the meeting.
President Michelbacher introduced the main speaker of the
meeting. Dr. W. W. Middlekauff, who presented a paper, with ac-
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
companying lantern slide illustrations, entitled “Bionomics of Some
American Sawfly Larvae.” A summary of Dr. Middlekauff's re-
marks follows:
With the exception of the parasitic family Orussidae, sawfly
larvae are completely phytophagous. The commonest hosts are all
very primitive plants and include ferns, conifers, grasses and
sedges, willows, alders, hickories, oaks, and almost every native
genus of Eosaceae. There are sawflies which feed on other hosts,
but aside from those named, few sawfly larvae attack them. Thus
only a few species feed on such specialized plant families as the
Ericaceae, Caprifoliaceae, and Compositae.
A few sawfly groups are very narrowly restricted in host range.
The family Diprionidae feeds only on pines, most of the subfamily
Selandriinae only on ferns, and in other groups many genera are
confined to a single plant genus. Conversely a few groups such as
the Nematinae show a great range of host species amongst the
various genera.
Sawfly larvae may be segregated into the following categories,
based upon their feeding habits.
1. Free leaf feeders — majority of Tenthredinoidea and Xyelidae.
2. Leaf miners — several genera of Phyllotominae, several
species of Argidae, and one species of Nematinae. Caulo-
campus acericaulis mines the petioles of maples.
3. Web spinners — family Pamphiliidae.
4. Wood and stem borers — Siricidae, Xiphydriidae, and Cephi-
dae.
5. Gall makers — Lycaotella, Pontania, and Euura.
6. Fruit eaters — Hoplocampinae.
7. Parasitic — Orussus.
Larval Feeding Habits. Sawfly larvae may be gregarious or soli-
tary in feeding habits. This is controlled to a great extent by the
female and her manner of depositing eggs. It is a constant feature
for a species, however. The great majority of leaf-feeding saw-
flies are edge feeders and many species have characteristic feed-
ing postures. Habits of several species were discussed in detail
and the manner in which the larvae of Siricidae and Cephidae
prepare for their escape as adults was mentioned.
It has recently been shown that Siricidae have symbiotic fungi
living in association with them. Spores of a Basidiomycete are in-
oculated into the egg tunnel and the developing mycelia are utilized
by the larvae in digesting wood particles.
Protective glands are possessed by many species of sawflies on
the external surface of their bodies which secrete fluids, slime, or
wax. Examples of several types were given.
Difficulties in rearing and methods of pupation were also dis-
cussed.
At the conclusion of a discussion of the paper the meeting was
adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
JANUARY, 1949] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
41
One Hundred and Ninety-ninth Meeting
The one hundred and ninety-ninth meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:25 p.m. on March 20, 1948,
in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco. President Michelbacher in the chair. The
following members were present: E. S. Eoss, J. W. MacSwain, E.
F. Smith, E. L. Kessel, B. B. Kessel, C. H. Spitzer, P. H. Arnaud,
C. P. Hoyt, E. L. Doutt, L. E. Gillogly, K. S. Hagen, P. D. Hurd,
Jr., K. E. Frick, W. W. Wirth, W. W. Middlekauff, P. A. Adams,
D. Bixby, J. E. Walker, C. Donald Grant, B. D. Culver, J. F. Gus-
tafson, L. M. Henry, A. E. Pritchard, W. D. Murray, D. W. Boddy,
J. P. Harville, E. A. Smith, J. W. Tilden, G. F. Ferris, E. 0. Essig,
H. B. Leech, E. C. Van Dyke, B. Walker, C. D. Duncan, E. L.
Usinger, A. E. Michelbacher, and D. D. Jensen. The following
visitors were present: S. E. Hildebrandt, V. M. Walker, H. S.
Elmer, W. L. Kaiser, Jr., A. G. Applegarth, Mrs. E. A. Smith, and
Mrs. J. W. Tilden.
The minutes of the previous meeting held February 28, 1948,
were read and approved.
The membership committee proposed and the Society unani-
mously elected Lawrence L. Lewallen and W. C. Day as members
of the Society.
Eeporting for the committee assigned to select a locality for the
April field trip, Mr. MacSwain stated that Eock City, Mt. Diablo
had been chosen as the site for the outing. The date proposed was
Sunday, April 18, 1948.
By a unanimous vote of the members present. Dr. Usinger was
authorized to serve as the official representative of the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society at the 13th International Congress
of Zoology to be held at Paris, France, July 21 to 27, 1948, and also
at the 8th International Congress of Entomology at Stockholm,
Sweden, August 9 to 14, 1948.
The chairman then called for notes, exhibits and remarks.
Dr. E. L. Kessel exhibited three live male specimens of Etyv-
pimorpha geneatis Melander (Empididae) (see Pan-Pacific Ent.
23 : 181-192) and the small white balloon each had been carrying
at the time of capture. They had been collected near Monterey
Pines at Mill Valley, California, and were kept alive in the hope
that they would still be holding the balloon at the time of the
meeting. However, each had dropped its balloon by releasing the
single, small hymenopteron or dipteron which adhered to the bal-
loon and which served E. geneatis as a handle in carrying the
balloon.
Mr. Gillogly exhibited examples of “Kodagraph” contact paper
which can be used in copying published articles. The paper is
merely placed over the page, exposed to light, and developed. The
result is a negative which can be used in making a positive print
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
or can be read from the back by holding the negative between the
reader and a light source.
Professor Ferris stated that the work which Miss Laura Henry
has been carrying out on the nervous system of the lower inverte-
brates has elucidated the question regarding the origin of the
hypopharnyx in insects. Her work on the nerves shows that the
hypopharynx belongs to the second or clypeal segment. The evi-
dence to support this conclusion is consistent all the way from the
oligochaete worms up through the Crustacea to and including the
insects.
Dr. Usinger reported that Dr. Richard Goldschmidt, of the Uni-
versity of California, has been rearing Drosophila flies which bear
extra appendages on the legs. Among the aberrant individuals pro-
duced was one with the prothoracic legs fused in such a manner
that they simulated a perfect labium showing the mentum, sub-
mentum, palpus, etc.
Dr. Ross announced that the Society’s pamphlet collection be-
came depleted when everything on hand was sent to the Philippine
Islands to help rebuild the library at Los Banos which was de-
stroyed during the war. Previously miscellaneous pamphlets which
were turned in to the Society could be purchased by members at
a low cost.
President Michelbacher introduced, as the main speaker of
the meeting, Mr. J. W. Tilden of Stanford University who spoke
on the subject, “The Insect Fauna of Baccharis pilularis.” Bac-
charis pilularis De Candolle is a dioecious fruticose composite, de-
scribed in 1836, apparent type locality San Francisco. According
to C. B. Wolf, 1935, it occurs in two subspecies: typica Wolf, the
prostrate coastal form, and consanguinea De Candolle, the taller
inland form. However, both subspecies occur together, and are
genetic segregates. As a species, pilularis is invasive, pioneering
disturbed areas, and is inclined to form “microsavannahs” in
grasslands.
Its seasonal growth is correlated with the amount of available
water in the soil, and maximum seasonal growth occurs during
the rainy season, beginning in the late fall and extending into
June. The maximum insect populations on the plants coincide with
this period of greatest growth.
The total complex of insects found to be associated with
Baccharis pilularis is 226 species. Of these, 165 species are de-
pendent to a greater or lesser extent upon the plant or upon other
species of insects that are so associated. Percentages of orders and
types of life habits were presented for the insects composing this
group of species.
Food chains and food cycles were discussed, and three were
presented in some detail. In the cycle of which Gnorimoschema
haccharisella Busck is the basic or “key” industry, it was found
that there are ten primary parasites, two secondary parasites, and
one tertiary parasite of this moth. In addition to the moth and its
JANUARY, 1949] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
43
parasites, ten species of other insects are associated with the gall
of haccharisella, utilizing it for food and shelter.
Other aspects of this complex of insects were discussed, includ-
ing competition, dominance, inquilines, and phenology. It was noted
also that certain species exhibit a sense of territory and at least
one species makes daily altitudinal movements. There is an inter-
action among the members of this complex, and the included mem-
bers may be regarded as constituting a community, although not
in the strictest classical sense of the word.
After a discussion of the paper, the meeting was adjourned at
4:00 p.m. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundredth Meeting
The annual field meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society was held at Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, California,
on April 18, 1948.
The recorded attendance was. 97 persons. The following 36
members were present: D. Raski, M. W. Allen, D. D. Jensen,
E. E. Siebert, W. W. Wirth, P. D Hurd, Jr., Deane Furman, R.
L. Usinger, Francis Leigh, H. F. Madsen, K. E. Frick, F. H.
Rindge, N. W. Hazel, D. W. Adams, J. W. MacSwain, R. G. Wind,
J. P. Harville, I. B. Tarshis, U. N. Lanham, J. W. Tilden, E. A.
Smith, J. R. Walker, M. Marquis, H. B. Leech, D. H. Bixby, P. A.
Adams, E. 0. Essig, A. E. Michelbacher, W. W. Middlekauff, W.
H. Hart, R. M. Bohart, W. C. Day, W. H. Lange, A. T. McClay,
A. E. Pritchard, and H. E. Cott. Thirty-eight adult visitors and 23
children were present as follows : Mrs. D. Laski, Mrs. M. W. Allen,
Mrs. D. P. Furman, K. Sakimura, R. D. Carter, Mrs. R. L. Usinger
and family, Mr. and Mrs. Bertram Leigh, Mr. A. Bartel, Mrs. N.
Hazel, Mrs. D. W. Adams, Mr. Eric C. Winkler, Mr. A. S. Tahon,
Mrs. A. E. Pritchard and family, Mrs. W. W. Wirth and family,
Mrs. J. P. Harville, Mrs. W. H. Hart, Mr. and Mrs. H. Zaiman,
Mrs. I. B. Tarshis, Mrs. W. W. Middlekauff and family, Mrs. K. E.
Frick, Mrs. H. F. Madsen and family, Mrs. M. Texeira, Mr. D. V.
Welsch, Mrs. J. W. Tilden, Mrs. J. R. Walker and family, Mrs.
E. A. Smith and family, Mrs. M. Marquis, Mrs A. E. Michel-
bacher, Mrs. M. Mauerhan, Mrs. H. B. Leech and family, Mr. J.
W. Quail, Mrs. D. D. Jensen and family, Mrs. R. M. Bohart, Mrs.
W. C. Day and family, Mrs. W. H, Lange and family, and Mrs.
A. T. McClay.
The spring season of 1948 was approximately two weeks later
than normal, and the weather for several weeks prior to April 18
had been cold and stormy. However, on the day of the field meeting
the sun was shining and the air was warm and relatively still at
Rock City. The members of the group enjoyed themselves by col-
lecting, hiking and visiting. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
Two Hundred and First Meeting
The two hundred and first meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomo-
logical Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on October 23, 1948, in the
entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco. President Michelbacher in the chair. The following
members were present: W. C. Day, E. C. Van Dyke, W. Harry
Lange, J. W. MacSwain, H, B. Leech, Herbert Blakemore, J. W.
Tilden, E. G. Wegenek, A. E, Pritchard, W. D. Murray, K. S.
Hagen, Laura M. Henry, R. W. S. Potts, L. L. Lewallen, P. H.
Arnaud, C. P. Hoyt, K, E. Frick, F. H. Rindge, W. W. Wirth,
Bernard Brookman, E. S. Ross, S. E. Hall, Jr., P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
D. B. Scott, E. G. Meyers, J. R. Walker, E. A. Smith, C. H. Spitzer,
C. D. Duncan, P. A. Adams, A. W. Larson, A. E. Michelbacher, D.
D. Jensen, B. D. Culver, and E. G. Linsley. Visitors were present
as follows: K. W. Tucker, W. K. Bauman, S. A. Sher, L. W. Quate,
Iris Wegenek, R. F. Fritz, A. H. Bartel, Wm. Hazeltine, J. M.
Watson, Claude Smith, R. L. Langston, J. E. Gillaspy, N. D.
Waters, S. E. Hall, Jr., Douglas Gould, Bernard Gardner, Mrs.
E. A. Smith, N. G. Gratz, Patricia Readnig, Sylvia R. Hildebrant,
Pauline S. Lange, Victor Stombler, J. Gordon Edwards, G. Carter,
and Andrew Browne.
The minutes of the meeting held February 28, 1948, and of the
field meeting held April 18, 1948, were read and approved.
The membership committee proposed and the Society unani-
mously elected the following as members of the Society: Dr.
Francis X. Williams, Phyllis Johnson, Harold S. Elmer, Stanley
H. Benedict, Samuel A. Sher, Don W. Adams, Douglas Gould, J.
Gordon Edwards, Wilfred K. Bauman, Walter E. Kelson, Larry
Quate, James E. Gillaspy, John F. Hart, R. S. Beal, Jr., Eugene
Morris, Victor Stombler, John M. Watson, Arthur Retan and
William Hazeltine.
President Michelbacher called attention to the fact that the 50th
anniversary of the Society will occur in less than two years and
that plans should be made to commemorate the occasion appro-
priately.
Dr. Linsley, a member of the Nomenclature Committee, at the
request of the president, reported the results of the meetings held
by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature at
the 13th International Congress of Zoology held at Paris, Prance,
July 21 to 27, 1948.
President Michelbacher appointed the following members to
serve as a Nominating Committee to select a slate of proposed
officers for the year 1949 to be presented at the December meet-
ing: Dr. R. F. Smith (Chairman), Dr. C. D. Duncan and Dr.
E. C. Van Dyke.
The president then called for notes, exhibits and remarks.
Mr. MacSwain exhibited a gynandromorph of Xylocopa orpir-
fix, on which the left side was male and the right side was female
JANUARY, 1949] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
45
all the way through the body from the anterior end to the posterior
end.
Mr. Tilden displayed a photomicrograph of the genitalia of
Caicella mysie (Dyar), a hesperiid. The picture was taken by a
special process, originated by Lester Brubaker of San Jose State
College, which shows promise of facilitating some types of ento-
mological illustration.
Mr. E. A. Smith exhibited a case of mutillid wasps {Dasymu-
tilla spp.) which had been collected near Los Banos, California,
where they were eating the bracts of Australian saltbush, Atri-
plex semihaccata R. Br.
Mr. Frick reported the following observations, made during
the past summer in California, on an unusual feeding habit of
the predaceous larvae of Chrysopa sp. At Mount Herman a
chrysopid larva was found feeding on a half-emerged larva of a
species of Dizygomyza (Agromyzidae) . The fly larva was cutting
its way out of its mine on the lower surface of a Brackin fern leaf.
At Hope Valley, Alpine County, a chrysopid larva was found
with the ends of both mandibles projecting through the lower
surface of a leaf of Lonicera conjugialis. Microscopic examination
showed the mandible holes were located on either side of an agro-
myzid mine, but no fly larva occurred at this spot. This may have
been random searching.
At the summit of Luther Pass, El Dorado County, a chrysopid
larva was found on the lower surface of a leaf feeding on a large
larva of Pegomyia sp. (Anthomyiidae) . Both mandibles pene-
trated the lower leaf surface and were imbedded in the prey. Sub-
sequent examination under a binocular microscope revealed a
shrunken larva at the feeding site. This species of Pegomyia makes
large blotch mines in Polygonum alpinum.
On Symphoricarpos albus (snowberry), on the Berkeley cam-
pus, a chrysopid larva was observed attempting to feed upon an
old puparium (Phytomyza sp. from which the adult agromyzid had
already emerged. The chrysopid larva repeatedly opened and
closed its mandibles on the puparium, each time in a different
place. Since the puparium occurred beneath the upper epidermis
of the leaf, the chrysopid larva may have found it by random
searching.
Three of the four Chrysopa larvae were subsequently reared to
the adult stage by feeding them on aphids.
The president presented Dr. W. Harry Lange, Jr., of the Uni-
versity of California, who gave an illustrated talk on “Entomo-
logical Observations in the Pacific and Malaysian Areas.” A sum-
mary of his remarks follows:
The Pacific Science Board of the National Research Council
has initiated a number of insect control projects at the request
of the navy. The primary purpose of the work is to control insects
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
or other organisms seriously damaging crops which are of greatest
economic value to the natives. One of these projects was a joint
one dealing with the life histories and controls of the Mariana
coconut beetle, Brontispa mariana Spaeth, and the giant African
snail, Achatina fulica Ferussac, The project began in October,
1947, and extended until the end of March, 1948. After a period of
one month on Saipan a search was made for parasites of the coco-
nut beetle in the Philippines, Malaya, and Java. In the Philippines
a search in the vicinity of Los Banos, Luzon, revealed no parasites
of possible value, although Plesispa reichei, an externally-feeding
hispid, and Promecotheca cumingi, a leaf miner of coconut were
found. In Malaya, headquarters were established at Kuala Lum-
pur where two entomologists are stationed, H. T. Pagden, and
R. A. W. Lever. The genus Brontispa does not occur in Malaya,
but several parasites of other externally feeding hispids were
found. An egg parasite of Plesispa nipa on nipa palm, Haeckeliana
brontispae Ferr., was found parasitizing 60 per cent of the eggs of
this beetle near Klang. A pupal parasite of Plesispa nipa was
found, Tetrastichus brontispae (Ferr.). On Wallacea palmarum
feeding on Chinese betel nut, a parasite was found emerging
through the mature larva, namely, an Achrysocharis sp. Several
other parasites were obtained from individual roarings. Of these
parasites, Haeckeliana brontispae and Testrastichus brontispae
were successfully introduced to Saipan. A trip was made to Java
to study the parasites of Brontispa longissima javana and B.
longissimva selebensis, which occur together on coconuts and cause
damage to coconuts in a similar manner to B. mariana. The Dutch
under Dr. van der Vecht successfully bred Tetrastichus brontispae
for introduction to Celebes before the war, and they cooperated
by breeding parasites for this project. About 600 parasitized
beetle pupae containing T. brontispae were successfully brought
to Saipan, and a few Haeckeliana brontispae for laboratory work.
Both parasites were found to select Brontispa mariana, although it
was difficult to rear the egg parasites and a high mortality oc-
curred. Approximately 4,000 Tetrastichus parasites were liberated
on Saipan and several hundred on Rota. About 300 Haeckeliana
egg parasites were also liberated on Saipan and a few on Rota.
According to a recent survey by Dr. Richard Doutt the pupal
parasite, Tetrastichus brontispae was found to be successfully
established in six of seven localities on Saipan and gave evidence
of having experienced some degree of natural spread. The egg par-
asite was not found, although there was evidence that it went
through one generation before disappearing.
In Malaya, Mr. T. R. Gardner collected a scoliid wasp, Scotia
patricialis var. which was introduced into the Palau Islands for con-
trol of the rhinocerus beetle. Scolia procer was reported in the
literature on Orcytes in Malaya, but this wasp was found to prob^
ably select other woodboring grubs and not Oryctes.
JANUARY, 1949] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
47
On Saipan a study was made of the life history of the giant
African snail, but time was not available for a complete study The
life history varies apparently with climatic conditions and available
food On Saipan snails are most active during the rainy season, at
which time mating and egg laying occur. The snails are catholic
in their tastes, feeding on all types of vegetation, dried leaves,
fruits, and even manure.
The snail is successfully controlled in larger areas through
the use of pelletted snail baits. Dr. F. X. Williams was sent to
Africa to secure parasites and predators and was able to find sev-
eral predacious snails, a large predacious carabid beetle, and a
fly parasite.
After a discussion of Dr. Lange’s talk the meeting was ad-
journed. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Second Meeting
The two hundred and second meeting of the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on December 18,
1948, in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco. President Michelbacher in the chair.
The following members were present: E. C. Van Dyke, C. A. Han-
son, E. G. Wegenek, F. X. Williams, H. M. Armitage, R. C. Miller,
J. W. MacSwain, E. L. Kessel, W. W. Middlekauff, E. G. Linsley,
L. W. Quate, C. H. Spitzer, Jr., J. W. Tilden, L. L. Lewallen, P.
H. Arnaud, Jr., C. D. Duncan, B. E. Rees, L. R. Gillogly, R. P.
Allen, A. W. Larson, J. Gillaspy, W. W. Wirth, Ernestine B.
Thurman, D. C. Thurman, A. E. Pritchard, D. D. Jensen, J. F.
Hart, A. E. Michelbacher, and E. E. Seibert. Visitors present were
Sylvia R. Hildebrant and G. F. Carter.
The minutes of the meeting held October 23, 1948, were read
and approved.
The membership committee proposed and the Society unani-
mously elected the following as members of the Society: Norman
G. Gratz, Roy. F. Fritz, Roberto Levi Castillo, G. F. Carter, D. C.
Thurman, Ernestine B. Thurman, John J. Roland, Omar E. Myers,
Norman D. Waters, Claude I. Smith, Rudolf H. T. Matton, Howard
Greenfield, C. F. Adams, G. F. Augustson, James Baker, H. G.
Barber, Herbert S. Barber, J. C. Bequaert, F. Martin Brown, L. R.
Cody, John F. Curry, W. M. Davidson, Heber C. Donohoe, R. R.
Dreisbach, J. W. Green, Harry A. Hill, George F. Knowlton, Frank
H. Lathrop, Borys Malkin, Don C. Mote, Herbert Osborn, Wm.
Proctor, L. P. Rockwood, Herbert Ruckes, E. Graywood Smyth,
Stanley Watkins., Raymond G. White, and Kent H. Wilson.
President Michelbacher called on Dr. Linsley who reported that
the Nomenclature Committee is in correspondence with Mr. Hem-
ming, Secretary of the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature regarding the proposed revision of the International
Rules.
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 1
Dr. Miller gave the Treasurer’s report on the finances of the
Society. Dr. Rees reported that the auditing committee had found
the Society’s financial records in good order.
Mr. Armitage stated that the selection of Oriental fruit fly
as the common name of Dacus dorsalis Hendel, recently established
in Hawaii, was unfortunate because of the possibility of confu-
sion with the name Oriental fruit moth. He also questioned the
desirability of having official common names of insects decided
upon by a committee of ten entomologists appointed by the Ameri-
can Association of Economic Entomologists.
Dr. Linsley reviewed the history of the Committee on Common
Names and suggested that advance publication of proposed names
would give the committee the benefit of public reaction before mak-
ing the final selection of a name.
In response to the President’s call for notes, exhibits and re-
marks, Dr. Kessel stated that a loose leaf system of color identi-
fication is now available which permits relatively definite determ-
ination of any color which one may encounter.
Mr. Armitage reported on some of the insect records established
by the California Department of Agriculture during 1948. In-
cluded were notes on the walnut huskily, the navel orangeworm,
olive scale, chrysanthemum insects, and the Australian sod fly.
The sod fly was recently discovered in North America for the first
time when it was found in San Francisco by Dr. Kessel.
President Michelbacher, reporting on the state of the Society
during 1948, announced the unexpected death of one of the young-
er members, Mr. Loren Estabrook who died December 1, 1948, at
Stockton, California, during a tonsillectomy. A summary of mem-
bership in the Society during recent years revealed an increase in
membership from 119 in 1940 to 251 in 1948. The average attend-
ance per meeting during 1940 was 29 and during 1941 it was
31. During the war years of 1942-1945 attendance averaged only
17 per meeting. In 1946 and 1947 attendance averaged 47 and 43
respectively. Attendance at the first five meetings during 1948
increased to an average of 60 members and friends per meeting.
Dr. Duncan, representing the nominating committee, proposed
and the Society elected the following officers for 1949 : E. S. Ross,
President; G. F. Ferris, Vice-President; D. D. Jensen, Secretary;
R. C. Miller, Treasurer; and E. L. Kessel, Executive Board Mem-
ber at Large.
In the absence of both the president elect and vice-president
elect. President Michelbacher turned the meeting over to Dr.
Jensen. President Michelbacher was then called on to give his
retiring presidential address entitled “The Ecology of Symphyla.”
(This address will be published in full in the Pan-Pacific Ento-
mologist.) After considerable discussion of the paper, the meeting
was adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
1
FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS
P E N C
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
PENCO* BHC (Benzene Hexachloride) Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.
D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use by dust manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.
W-12 Wettable Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.
PENCO DB-50 — niicron-sized dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustable and free-flowing. Can be used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended by recognized diluent manufacturers.
PENCO WB-50 — micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting agents. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.
PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettable micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and barn sprays, live-
stock dips.
PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.
PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.
PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.
PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.
PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed-killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.
PENPHOS (Parathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.
PENPHENE Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.
KRYOCIDE* — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.
*Reg. U. S. Pot. Off.
For further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division
PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON
Los Angeles Tacoma Portland, Ore.
\pen1i^^salt/
11
\
I
I For your crops
I For your profits
I
I The "Niagara” name on Spray or Dust is your best
I assurance of Protection from the pests and
I diseases that attack your crops. Here’s why . . .
I O "Niagara" Products are made fresh every season, and
I fresh materials kill the bugs!
I 0 "Niagara" Products are manufactured by the most.ad-
I vanced methods, with equipment specifically designed for the
I purpose.
I 0 "Niagara" Products are produced to the most exacting
I laboratory standards and are thoroughly tested in the field.
I O "Niagara" Products are the result of many years of
I experience m the field of pest control by a company concen-
I trating primarily on the production of agricultural insecticides
I and fungicides. And experience counts!
I
NIAGARA CHEMICAL
DIVISION
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Richmond, Colifornia • Home Office: Middleport, New York
Jacksonville and Pompano, Florida • New Orleans, Louisiana • Greenville, Miss.
Harlingen, Texas • Mt. Vernon, Washington
Canadian Associate. Niagara Brand Spray Co.,.lfd • Burlington, Ontario
fOOD MACHINIRT
AND CHfMtCAC
Ill
/thMuHcih^ . . .
ARATHANE
Formerly CR-1639
Results of tests over several years show this new chemical to
be an unusually effective miticide.
Both dormant and summer applications have given effective
control of motile forms and egg stages of European Red Mite,
Two-Spotted Mite, Citrus Red Mite, Pacific Mite, Brown Mite,
and Willamette Mite.
ARATHANE also shows promising fungicidal qualities as well
as some interesting insecticidal possibilities.
Preliminary toxicological studies indicate ARATHANE to be
of a low order of mammalian toxicity.
A summary of results of experimental work with ARATHANE
is available for research and extension workers. Copies will be
sent upon request.
Experimental quantities of ARATHANE formulations are avail-
able for 1949 trials.
We welcome your inquiries.
CHEMICALS FOR
INDUSTRY
f
1
ROHM £ HAAS
coin PAN Y
WASHINGTON SQUARE/ PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
<1
7
/
|ir
y
y
y
y
y
y
CHEMICALS
SINCE
1885
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF
* Sulphur
* Insecticides
® Fertilizers
® Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave.
P. O. Box 1 669
Fresno, California
Phone Fresno 2-41 1 3
VI
FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.
FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive
Send for
Free Booklet
on "FRIANITE”
qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.
FRIANITE improves insecticides ... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.
FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.
CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS CO
Producers oi FRMAN MTE" FRIANT - CALIFORNl
*
CHEMICAL
c&mmm
iO<»;si|tEENjKstfMN;F!iAScisc:0 • CAUi^
< r.'" -'J 'f ^"4
iMxm
Atake fimmi«tiofts
^ecfive and easy
TREM and TREX
EMULSIFIERS and SOLUBILIZERS
emulsifies solutions in which the custom-
ary DDT solvents have been used.
to provide concentrates without
solvents which can be readily diluted with water to
form non-settling, clear solutions.
dissolves as high as 50% of
Toxaphene, and following water dilution gives stable
emulsions ready for immediate field use. Also provides
excellent emulsions with solvent solutions of Toxaphene.
TREX 60 for Chlordane
to provide high concentration
emulsible insecticide formulations with kerosene.
TEN 10-10 for HETP
to give better wetting characteristics^
increased coverage and control.
LAittiUUUiMMAiMj for emulsifying solvent solu-
tions of various organic insecticides and herbicides
wherein special properties are desired in finished
formulation.
Write for samples and descriptive literature
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA
FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY
Colloidal Products Corporation
Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920
2598 Taylor Sf-. San Francisco 11, Calif.
WARD'S OFFERS A COMPLETE
SERVICE FOR THE ENTOMOLOGIST
Since 1862 , Ward’s has been a leader in the Natural Science fields.
Ward’s serves the entomologist with equipment of the finest quality,
and many items made in Ward’s own cabinet shop are your guarantee
of the finest quality. Extensive Life Histories and Collections are
available for comprehensive study purposes; a new Color Slide series
of butterflies, North American and Exotic, plus color slides on moths.
The world- wide collecting service of Ward’s aflords opportunity to
purchase many rare entomological specimens for collectors. Write
for free catalogs:
COLOR SLIDES, Butterflies and Moths
NORTH AMERICAN MOTHS, EXOTIC BUTTER-
FLIES
SPECIAL INSECT LISTS, LIFE HISTORIES AND
COLLECTIONS
I ENTOMOLOGICAL EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
WARD’S SCIENCE EST., INC.
w Serving the Natural Sciences Since 1862
3000 Ridge Road East • Rochester 9, New York
/t£G. OCS PAT OF£
This familiar shieid
symbolizes a matchiess
combination of vaiues
maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these ORTHO
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, make
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.
has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plus
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stocked
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassed
for convenience, availability and speed.
mm
has behind it nearly half-a- century of field experience and scientific
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practical
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, time
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.
offers a full range of both general and specialized products — and
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.
continues to forge ahead in research ... is a leader in the develop-
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better.
CALIFORNIA SPRAY-CHEMICAL CORP.
Richmond, Fresno, Sacramento, San Jose, Whittier, California * Oklahoma City, Okla. *
Kansas City, Mo. • Orlando, Florida • Elizabeth, N. J. • Lyndonville, N. Y. •
South Haven, Michigan * Portland, Oregon.
ERIC M. FISHER
Vol. XXV April, 1949
Robert Snelling
«PUTE 2. Box 69€
eCUIMlCKt Cauk
No. 2
THE
Pan -Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
VAN DYKE, NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA 49
VAN DYKE, NOTES ON BEMBIDION B6
NESBITT, SIX NEW MEXICAN RHIZOGLYPHINAE 57
SCULLEN, IDENTIFICATION OF CERCERIS CLYPEATA 70
QUISENBERRY, THE GENUS OXYNA IN THE NEARCTIC REGION 71
DOUTT, THE GENUS ERYTHMELUS IN CALIFORNIA 77
BOHART, A FUNGUS OUTBREAK AMONG ADULT ANDRENA 82
HOTTES, A LTTLE KNOWN WORK BY Ph. F. GMELIN 83
KROMBEIN, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF PTEROMBRUS RUFIVENTRIS 88
MacSWAIN, a method for collecting male STYLOPS 89
LANGE, NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF AGROMYZID FLIES 91
KEEN, SOME FOREST INSECTS OF BAJA CALIFORNIA 92
TILDEN, DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA AT LIGHT 94
ERRATA 96
I
San Francisco, California
1949
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usinceb K S. Ross
Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
'insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
dan Francisco 18, California
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV
Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California
1. Introductory Account, by A. E, Michelbacher and E. S. Robs. Pp. 1-20, pla. 1-3.
February, 1942 $0.27
2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942.... .75
3. Coleoptera: Bnprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .33
4. Nenroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20
5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 .15
6. Diptera : Cnlicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 .20
7. Coleoptera : Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50
Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNI4
DEPENDABLE
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES
WEED KILLERS
SOIL & SPACE
FUMIGANTS
» •
PACIFIC
DISCOUERV
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24. 1912.
Xhe Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXV, No. 2
April, 1949
NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA
BY EDWIN C. VAN DYKE
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
Carabidae
Nebria intermedia Van Dyke, new species
Of moderate size and rather robust, rufopiceous, the head and
disc of pronotum piceous the antennae, legs, lateral margins of
prothorax and elytra as well as sutural intervals of elytra rufous.
Head five sixths breadth of prothorax, eyes rather prominent
though less than hemispherical, antennae long and delicate, reach-
ing at least four segments posterior to humeral angles of elytra,
the pair of light colored spots between the eyes rarely present or
if so faint. Prothorax two thirds as long as broad, less than three
fourths as broad as elytra, apex feebly biemarginate, apical angles
prominent, sides broadly, evenly arcuate in front, obliquely nar-
rowed and feebly sinuate posteriorly, the hind angles prominent
and obtuse though sharply pointed, basal margin transverse; the
disc convex with the median longitudinal and anterior and poster-
ior transverse impressions well defined, the latter punctured, and
the basal area finely rugosely punctured, the lateral margins broad
and moderately reflexed. Elytra square shouldered, parallel sided,
about three times as long as prothorax, the disc more or less flat-
tened, striae well impressed, finely and in most cases obscurely
punctured, the intervals in general quite flattened, the third with
four or sometimes five foveae close to the third stria, the humeral
angles rounded and prominent, lateral margin narrowly reflexed.
Legs long and delicate. Wings fully developed, and as long as entire
beetle. Length 10 mm., breadth 4.25 mm.
Holotype male, allotype female, Nos. 6008 and 6009 C.A.S.
Ent., and eleven paratypes collected by myself in the Logan
Pass, Glacier National Park, Montana, July 8, 1938. Besides
these I have a series of close to a hundred specimens of the same
species from various places in the northern Rocky Mountains of
Montana, Alberta and British Columbia as well as from the more
elevated areas of south central British Columbia and Mr. Bona-
parte in Okanagon County, Washington.
This species superficially looks much like Nehria labradorica
Casey and was for some time confused with it. It differs primarily
from labradorica in being more graceful, less compact, with less
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
pronounced frontal impressions, the prothorax with the sides less
broadly rounded in front, more gradually narrowed and sinuate
posteriorly, with the hind angles feehly ohtuse, not with the sides
suddenly constricted and with the hind angles definitely right
angled as is the case with most labradorica. The elytral foveae are
also in general less marked. From Nehria crassicornis Van Dyke,
of the high northern Cascades, which it also somewhat resembles,
it differs by being less robust, with the antennae longer and finer,
the head and prothorax considerably smaller especially as regards
breadth and by having the sides of prothorax not suddenly con-
stricted behind and the hind angles right angled. All three have
the same greasy, rufo-piceous appearance.
Schizo genius peninsularis Van Dyke, new species
Medium sized for the genus, narrow, sybcylindrical, piceous, the
pronotum and elytra aeneous, and the antennae and legs rufous.
Head with clypeus tridentate, front with three lateral longitudinal
sulci and a broader median sulcus narrowed in front; eyes mod-
erately prominent; antennae rather short, moniliform, reaching
to about middle of prothorax, the segments sixth to tenth trans-
verse. Prothorax convex, subquadrate, narrowed forwards, the
median, lateral and anterior transverse grooves well marked, the
lateral barely reaching middle of pronotum and slightly conver-
gent, two lateral setae, one near front angles and the second
(sometimes absent) near hind angles. Elytra convex, about three
times as long as broad, striae deeply impressed and rather closely,
coarsely punctured from base to declivity, the intervals convex, the
third, fifth, and seventh with a few fine setiferous punctures. The
anterior tibiae more or less palmate, with three outer blunt and
two inner acute teeth. Length 5 mm., breadth 1.5 mm.
Holotype, No. 6010, C.A.S. Ent., and several designated para-
types from 5 miles south of Miraflores, Lower California,
July 10, 1938, collected by Michelbacher and Ross. Besides these
in the series of twenty three are others from Triumfo, July 7,
1938, and 5 miles west of San Bartola^ July 13, 1938, likewise
colledted by Michelbacher and Ross.
This species superficially resembles several in our fauna such
as lineatus Say and litigiosus Fall but these species are in general
larger, a bit broader and flatter, with longer antennae which have
the median segments longer than broad. This species also seems
to be even more closely related to the Mexican truquii Putzeys,
but the description of this omits to mention certain characters
which would be needed to confirm the surmise.
APRIL, 1949]
VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA
51
Rhadine rossi Van Dyke, new species
Rather small and gracefully formed with long delicate antennae
and legs, pale rufocastaneus, unicolorous. Head about a sixth
longer than broad, somewhat elliptical in shape, the disc smooth,
with feeble lateral rugose longitudinal impressions, the mandibles
porrect and quite prominent, projecting but slightly beyond the
sides of head; the basal region short and with oblique sides;
antennae long, extending almost to middle of elytra, the third seg-
ment about one fourth longer than fourth. Prothorax cordate,
slightly longer than broad, apex feebly emarginate, with anterior
angles acutely rounded and feebly extending forwards, the sides
broadly arcuate in front, oblique and convergent from posterior
third to hind angles which are small though distinct, right angled
and elevated, base deeply emarginate, the disc convex, smooth and
shining, the median longitudinal and posterior transverse impres-
sions distinct, the sides deplanate, the lateral margin rather broad-
ly reflexed. Elytra elongate elliptical, a third longer than broad,
feebly convex, flnely striate, the striae shallowly but distinctly im-
pressed and flnely, somewhat obscurely punctured, intervals quite
flat, the third sometimes with a few vague foveae, the apices
obliquely sinuate, the sutural angles short and divergent, the sub-
Tharginal punctures numerous and distinct, and the lateral margin
rather broadly reflexed. Front tarsi with distinct median groove
above, the middle and hind with less distinct median grooves but
also with lateral grooves. Length 10 mm., breadth 4 mm.
Holotype male, allotype female, Nos. 6011 and 6012, C.A.S.
Ent., and numerous designated paratypes from a series of 97
specimens trapped in pocket gophers {Geomys) burrows near
Somerset and San Antonio, Texas, during November, 1942,
by Dr. E. S. Ross and A. J. Kirn.
This species resembles Rhadine myrmecodes Horn, but the
large series which has been studied shows that there are con-
stant differences such as being a bit broader as regards both pro-
thorax and elytra, more shining, myrmecodes being sub-opaque
and alutaceous, with the third antennal segments more uniformly
much longer than the fourth segments, the sides of prothorax
almost straight and convergent behind instead of distinctly sinu-
ate, the hind angles generally with a small everted tooth at apex,
lacking in the other, the elytra with the apical sinuosity more
abrupt and marked and the sutural spines less acute and shorter.
Its distribution is more to the east, eastern Texas, whereas myrme-
codes is from the regions to the west, generally Arizona. It might
be considered as a subspecies, but I think that until we have
more intermediate forms from intermediate territory, it is best
to keep them apart.
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
Rhadine longiceps Van Dyke, new speeies
Small, narrow, with long and delicate legs and antennae, pi-
ceous, subopaque, legs and underside lighter, the palpi and anten-
nae rufous. Head fully a third longer than broad, the frontal
impressions deep and rugose, the mandibles prominent and porrect;
the eyes feebly convex; the post occipital area fully as long as the
head in front of eyes and with sides oblique and converging to
the narrow neck; antennae long, extending to the middle of elytra,
the third segment about one fourth longer than fourth. Prothorax
elliptical, almost a third longer than broad, apex feebly emarginate,
the apical angles rounded but not prominent, the sides broadly
arcuate in front, almost straight and convergent to hind angles
which are obtuse, basal margin feebly emarginate, the disc con-
vex, smooth and shining, the median longitudinal impression dis-
tinct, the posterior transverse not well defined, the sides somewhat
deplanate, the side margin broadly refiexed. Elytra elliptical, al-
most twice as long as broad, feebly convex, the striae very fine,
feebly impressed, very finely, obscurely punctured at best, the
intervals quite fiat, alutaceous, the third with several foveae close
to the third stria, the apices obliquely, gradually sinuate, the
sutural angles divergent, short and right angled, the submarginal
punctures distinct but not deeply impressed, the lateral margin
broadly refiexed. The front, middle and hind tarsi with distinct
median groove, the middle and hind also with lateral grooves.
Length 10 mm., breadth 4 mm.
Holotype female, No. 6013, C.A.S. Ent., and two paratype
females, collected by Dr. E. S. Ross, from beneath stones, 10
miles west of Alpine, Texas, November 28, 1946.
This small, narrow and dark species is quite distinct. Its
head simulates that of longicollis Benedict, a subterranean species
from the Carlsbad caverns of New Mexico, otherwise unrelated,
its prothorax is narrow and elliptical, not cordate like that of
myrmecodes Horn and its small relatives, and its elytra are also
elliptical. Its dark piceous color is also in contrast to the rufo-
castaneous color of the more or less subterranean species.
I
Cebrionidae
Cebrio pallidipennis Van Dyke, new species
Moderately elongate, depressed, parallel sided, head and pro-
notum, except basal margin and underside piceous; base of pro-
thorax, elytra, antennae, mouthparts and legs testaceous, and
very sparsely clothed with short and closely appressed pile. Head
rather coarsely, closely punctured with a somewhat triangular
APRIL, 1949]
VAN DYKE — COLEOPTERA
53
shaped pit at the center of an impression between the eyes, labrum
broadly emarginate in front, eyes prominent; antennae serrate,
reaching two segments beyond hind angles of prothorax, second
segment small and transverse, the third small and triangular, the
fourth to tenth strongly serrate. Prothorax broader than long,
apex slightly arcuate, sides feebly rounded in front, the hind
angles small, triangular and divergent, the disc convex and rather
coarsely, densely punctured. Elytra twice as long as wide, the striae
distinctly impressed and regular with the strial punctures toward
the middle coarse and regularly arranged, the odd intervale quite
convex, the even more flattened except at base, and finely, ir-
regularly punctured. Beneath finely punctured and clothed with
short fulvous pile with the prothoracic intercoxal process rather
broad. Length 11 mm., breadth 4 mm.
Holotype, No. 6014, C.A.S. Ent. and five paratypes collected
at Tuba City, Arizona, July 4 and 3, 1937, by R P. Allen and
kindly presented to the Academy. Besides the six specimens men-
tioned above there are two specimens collected at the same time
and place which are entirely testaceous except the head, otherwise
not different. I consider these merely color phases.
This species is eminently a desert species and its color indicates
it. Because of this its appearance is entirely different from that
of any other in our fauna.
Buprestidae
Acmaeodera lucia ebuma Van Dyke, new subspecies
Small, short, moderately convex and compact, aeneous except
hind angles of pronotum where there is a large yellow patch and
the elytra which are ivory colored except for a narrow sutural
line and the humeral umbone which are black, the upper surface
clothed with a moderately dense, erect pale pile. Head coarsely,
densely punctured, feebly longitudinally impressed at middle,
antennae short, hardly reaching the middle of prothorax, the seg-
ments 5-11 serrate. Pro thorax two fifths broader than long, apex
feebly biemarginate, sides rather evenly arcuate from base to
apex, the margin very fine, concealed behind when viewed from
above by sides of pronotum; the disc quite convex, coarsely, cri-
brately punctured at sides, more discretely at middle, a shallow
median longitudinal impression with a distinct puncture at the
base, and a narrow transverse impression behind the apical mar-
gin. Elytra slightly narrower at base than prothorax, about twice
as long as broad, sides very feebly sinuate in front of middle and
gradually arcuate and narrowed to blunt apex; the disc quite
convex, feebly flattened at middle, the humeral umbone distinct,
the striae distinct at sides, feeble towards suture and rather
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
coarsely regularly punctured, the intervals finely punctured and
rugose, the sides serrate near apex. Beneath rather coarsely,
densely punctured. Prosternum very feebly, broadly emarginate in
front. The last ventral segment with a small transverse lobe like
plate before apex. Length 7 mm., breadth 2.5 mm.
Holotype, No. 6015, C.A.S. Ent. and numerous designated para-
types from a series of 32 specimens collected by myself 25 miles
east of Baker, California, June 24, 1948. They were swept from
the salmon colored flowers of a species of mallow, Sphaeralcea,
probably ambigua Gray. Other specimens have been designated
as paratypes from the collection of Mr. Burdette K White, my
companion on the trip who secured an even greater number of
specimens than I did.
This subspecies is quite different in appearance from typical
lucia Fall and the large series of specimens taken in one locality
which has the elytra practically immaculate, a few specimens
only having limited markings, seem to set it apart.
Dryopidae (Elminae)
Simaonia giulianii Van Dyke, new species
Elongate, subparallel, shining, piceous, the head and pronotum
aeneous, the elytra with a light yellow humeral spot generally pro-
longed for a short distance obliquely backwards and inwards and
a yello apical vitta extending obliquely backwards and inwards
from slightly behind the middle towards the suture and apex but
not reaching the latter; the upper surface sparsely, finely pubes-
cent. Head coarsely, sparsely punctured ; antennae not quite reach-
ing hind angles of prothorax. Prothorax about one seventh broader
than long, apical lobe distinct, sides feebly arcuate posteriorly, al-
most straight and convergent forwards ; the disc convex with coarse
well spaced punctures; lateral margins narrow and distinct, the
front and hind angles prominent. Elytra not quite twice as long
as wide, sides straight in basal two thirds and feebly diverging
backwards, thence broadly rounded and oblique to apex. The disc
evenly convex, the striae hardly observable but the stria punctures
rather coarse, regularly arranged and equal in width to the inter-
vals, the intervals flat and with a few minute punctures. Beneath
more or less rufopiceous, the antennae and tarsi entirely rufous,
the prosternum coarsely punctured, anterior abdominal segments
more sparsely so and abdomen as a whole alutaceous. Length 2.25
mm., breadth .75 mm.
Holotype, No. 6016, C.A.S. Ent., and numerous designated
paratypes from a series of 88 specimens collected at Rio Nido
APRIL, 1949]
VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA
55
on the Russian River, Sonoma Co., California, August 8, 1948,
by D. Giuliani and kindly presented to me.
This species is rather closely related to Simsonia hrunnescens
(Fall) from Clear Lake, Lake Co., Calif. This latter is in most
cases of a uniform brown color, proportionally longer, the elytral
punctures coarser, generally as wide as intervals and more irregu-
lar, less parallel with the punctures in the adjacent rows. The
distinctive features of giulianii are the color pattern, head and pro-
notum aeneous, and elytra piceous with basal and anal markings,
sometimes united.
Erotylidae
Triplax antica LeConte
Recently Mr. Gordon Stace Smith of Preston, British Columbia,
has submitted through Mr. Hugh Leech, a series of fifty two
specimens of this long uncollected and desirable species. About
a third of the specimens are more or less typical, with a black
pronotum, piceous or dark head, and black elytra with rufous or
fulvous base and black undersides. The remainder are atypical
with the head, pronotum and base of elytra rufous and the under-
side of head and prothorax also rufous while the apical portion
of elytra and abdomen are black. This species was first collected
by Mr. George Gibbs of the Northwest Boundary Commission,
at Sinyak water depot, presumably east of Fort Colville, now in
the State of Washington, as all of the other specimens submitted
by Mr. Gibbs were from “East of Fort Colville.” Preston, British
Columbia, is only a short distance northeast of Fort Colville and
in the same biological territory.
CuRCULIONIDAE
Panscopus remotus Van Dyke, new species
Of moderate size, robust, the upper surface clothed with small,
closely applied chocolate brown scales with here and there a few
lighter colored scales as on the sides of prothorax and in a vague
arc extending backwards from the humeri, and in addition num-
erous short, recurved setae; and the undersurface likewise clothed
with scales of larger size and with the gray scales in greater num-
bers and with a few short, inclined hairs. The head broad between
the eyes, the eyes large but much flattened, the rostrum broad,
feebly grooved above and about as long as prothorax; the antennae
stout the scape reaching the eyes, the funicle with the first seg-
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
ment about twice as long as broad, the second somewhat longer,
the third barely longer than broad and the following about
as long as broad or somewhat transverse, and the club fusiform.
The prothorax as broad as long, coarsely rugose above, with a
well impressed median longitudinal sulcus and with sides broadly
rounded. The elytra twice as long as prothorax, cordiform, base
feebly emarginate, the striae well defined and with coarse, well
spaced punctures, the odd intervals convex, prominently elevated
and with an irregular double row of short recurved setae, the even
intervals flattened in front, feebly convex behind and with a single
row of recurved setae. Hind tibia practically straight. Length
9 mm., breadth 4 mm.
Holotype No. 6017, C.A.S. Ent., a unique from the Taquitz
Valley, San Jacinto Mts., Calif., June 14, 1939, collected by
Dr. E. S. Ross on lupine.
This species has the general appearance of Panscopus abruptus
and the flattened even numbered elytral intervals, especially bas-
ally, but is otherwise more like rugicollis Buchanon chiefly as
regards the short broad rostrum, the deeply impressed median
longitudinal pronto al impression, the convex elytral intervals, the
even numbered ones almost as greatly elevated as the odd num-
bered and all bearing rows of short recurved setae. It appears to
be intermediate structurally between the two species which are
also to be found much farther to the north.
NOTES ON BEMBIDION
In 1925, I described a carabid beetle as Bembidion coeru-
lescens Van Dyke. In 1928, Csiki in his catalogue substituted the
name vandykei as the first name was preoccupied in the genus.
This was unfortunate, as Dr. Blaisdell had in 1902 used the name
vandykei for another species of Bembidion. To replace both coeru-
luescens Van Dyke and vandykei Csiki, I now propose the name
umbraticola Van Dyke.
When I described Bembidion utahensis in 1925, I tentatively
placed it in the genus Lymneops and near laticeps Lee. Restudy-
ing it and with more material, I now find that it belongs in the
subgenus Amerizus of Bembidion and close to oblongus Mann.
As compared with oblongus, the eyes of utahensis are much less
prominent, the prothorax less narrowed behind, and the elytra less
broadly elliptical. — Edwin C. Van Dyke.
APRIL, 1949]
NESBITT RHIZOGLYPHINAE
57
SIX NEW MEXICAN MITES OF THE
SUBFAMILY RHIZOGLYPHINAE^
(Acarina)
BY H. H. J. NESBITT
Ottawa, Canada
In this paper are described six new mites that Dr. F. Bonet of
Mexico City collected from different parts of his country. Three
of these are, in the opinion of the writer, well characterized new
species; one in fact is represented by three subspecies from dif-
ferent localities. The other two are considered subspecies of al-
ready described species rather than new species because, the char-
acters which distinguish them and which may be used to separate
them from the latter are much less distinct and noticeable than are
usually to be found between closely related species in this genus
(Caloglyphus) . Subsequent collecting and additional work, how-
ever, may show that some or all of the mites herein given the
rank of subspecies are in reality either true but feebly character-
ized species, or geographical races of widely distributed forms.
Some explanation should be offered for the method used in
arriving at the measurements given for the different parts of the
body. The figure for the length of the body proper does not in-
clude the chelicerae but rather is taken from the anterior margin
of the propodosoma (just anterad of the rostral setae) to the
posterior margin of the opisthosoma. Similarly the figures given
for the leg and tarsus do not include the claw but instead are
taken from the distal end of the supporting rami of the claw to
either the coxal border of the trochanter in the case of the leg or
the proximal border of the tarsus when this last member is being
measured. In deriving the formula for the dorsal chaetotaxy, seta
4c^ is taken as the basal measurement because it varies very little
in relative length from species to species, and the lengths of
the other setae are compared either directly or indirectly to
it. In the formula, setae 5 and 7 are hypothetically straightened
out (if not in this position on the specimen) so that their
’Contribution No. 2542 Division of Entomology, Science Service, Department
of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.
*For a reference to the names of the setae, see Nesbitt, 1946.
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
length can also be expressed as a fraction of the distance be-
tween their base and that of the next seta (5 to 7, and 7 to 9) .
Thus the tip of seta 5 either fails to reach, approximates or passes
the base of seta 7 and the same can be said of seta 7 in relation
to the base of seta 9. As an example — ^in the description of Calo-
glyphus longipilus n. sp. (vide infra), the tip of seta 5 is said
to pass the base of seta 7 for better than one-half of its own
length. This means that seta 5 is greater in length by one -half
than the distance between its base and that of seta 7. In the female
the distances between setae 5 and 7, and 7 and 9, may be altered
as the opisthosoma is free of eggs, partly filled or greatly dis-
tended. Whenever possible, the measurements are given for fe-
males in the early stags of egg laying, i. e., before the opisthosoma
becomes abnormally distended.
Caloglyphus longipilus Nesbitt, new species
Figs. 3, 5, 8, and 9.
Description: The males of this species are roughly ovoid in
shape with the small end directed posteriorly. Exclusive of the
chelicerae they average .6 mm. in length and .3 mm. in width. The
non^avid but mature females are slightly larger, generally more
globular and measure .75 by .40 mm.
The dorsum bears the usual propodosomatic escutcheon, which,
in this species is weakly sclerotized and bears posteriorly a slight
notch. The pseudostigmatic organ is setiform and almost equal in
length to seta 4c. The nuchal bristle is readily visible and as the
end is rough or very faintly pectinated, it resembles an artist’s
worn-out paint brush. The dorsal setae are arranged in the pattern
typical of the members of this genus. For simplicity of description,
the relative lengths of the setae may be expressed as fractions of
one of the fixed setae. Thus the chaetotactic pattern of the male
is as follows: seta 3a = 2.6 x 4c; 5= 5 x 4c; 7 = 6.5 (to 7) x 4c,
or 1.5 X 5; 8 = 7; 9 = 1.1 x 7 or 60% of the lengtfli of the body;
14 = 1.2 x 7. The tip of seta No. 5 passes the base of 7 for* better
than one-half of its own length. The tip of 7 passes the base of 9
for slightly better than one-third of its own length. On the ventral
surface seta 11 = .7 x 4c and 13 = 4 x 11 (vide fig. 9).
The chaetotactic pattern of the female may be expressed as fol-
lows: seta 3a = 2 X 4c; 5 = 3 x 4c; 7 = 5 x 4c or 1.6 x 5;
8=7; 9 = 7 or 30% of the length of the body; 14 = 1.1 x 7. The
tip of seta No. 5 just reaches the base of No. 7. The tip of seta 7
passes the base of No. 9 for one-fifth of its length. The anal setal
pattern is shown in Fig. 3.
The legs of this species are, in relation to those found on kin-
dred forms, and in relation to the size of the body, quite long and
APRIL, 1949 ]
NESBITT RHIZOGLYPHINAE
59
thin. The anterior legs in the two sexes are approximately equal
in length but, because of the differences in shape and size of the
body, those of the male appear and are proportionately longer
equalling approximately one-half of the length of the body whereas
in the female they are only about one-third. The anterior tarsi in
the male are equal in length to the two preceding segments whilst
in the female thy are just slightly shorter. The femora of legs I
and II of both sexes bear a long seta which is equal in length to
the distance between its base and the base of the macrosense seta
of the tarsus. The sensory setiae at the base of the tarsus I are
shown in Fig. 8. The posterior legs in both sexes are equal to ap-
proximately one-half of the length of the body (in some females
they are slightly shorter) and their tarsi are slightly longer than
the combined length of the two preceding segments. Tarsus III
of the male bears laterally one decided spine and a second struc-
ture which is more setiform than spiniform.® The suckers on tarsus
IV of the male are located in the distal half of the segment and the
proximal sucker is on much the same level as the proximal spine.
Distally all the tarsi bear falcate setae. There are three such setae
on each of tarsi I and II, two on tarsus III, and one on tarsus IV
of the male and possibly two on tarsus IV of the female. The
paddles on seta 5 of tarsi I and II and those on the terminal setae
of tarsi III and IV are frequently so narrow that they can only
be seen with difficulty.
The penis (vide Fig. 5) in this species is short and blunt and
its tip curves ventrally. The supporting rami enclose an equilateral
triangle.
Notes: The species described above resembled Oudeman’s Calo-
glyphus hrasiliensis* in many major details but differs in several
small but important characteristics. When these differences
coupled with the totally different types of habits, para rubber
(source unknown) and rotting wheat (from Bismark, Germany)
as opposed to bat guano (from Mexican caves), are taken into
consideration, I believe the establishment of a new species is
warranted.
’In some species, e.g. C. anomalus Nes., this seta is definitely setiform and
found in the distal feminine position; in others such as C. berlesei (Mich.), it is
beside the fixed lateral seta and assumes the spiniform shape. The species under
consideration is similar to C. terminalis (Banks) in that this seta is intermediate
in form.
’As the original description of C. brasiliensis Oudemans (1924, Ent. Ber. 6
(140) : 318) is not sufficiently detailed to be used in comparative work, I have
based my knowledge of this species on 1) a study of two of Oudeman’s slides
labelled “Caloglyphus brasiliensis Oudms. 1924 $ dors. vent, in Sauerfutter Bis-
mark (Sachsen) 10.10.1926 Dr. F. Zacher 3639” and ditto, “cT dors. vent. 3639.”
2) A study of Oudeman’s drawings of this species. Nos. 1274-1278 inclusive.
Both the slides and the drawings are now deposited in the Rijksmuseum van Na-
tuurlijke Historie, Leiden, and it was through the kind offices of Prof. H-
Boschma of the University of Leiden to whom I offer my grateful thanks, that I
was able to see them.
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
This species may be differentiated from hrasiliensis by the fol-
lowing characteristics. 1) The cleft in the propodosomatic es-
cutcheon in the latter species extends anteriorly for almost one-
half the length of the plate — ^in the new form it is not much more
than a mild indenture. 2) In Ou demans’ species, seta 9 in the fe-
male is truncate as it is in berlesei whereas in the new species, this
seta is as long as any of the posterior setae (12 or 14). 3) In
the male of hrasiliensis, the supporting rami of the penis are
heavily shouldered and the two median setae of tarsus III
are spiniform; in longipilus the rami are without shoulders with
the result that the whole genital structure resembles an equilateral
triangle and tarsus III has one spiniform and one setiform seta.
The females of this species may be separated readily from those
of C. terminalis and C. berlesei, the two other closely related
forms, on the basis of the length of certain of the setae. In the new
form, setae 5 and 7 are relatively longer than in either of the
aforementioned species. In them, the tip of seta 5 misses the base
of 7 for a distance approximately equal to its own length and seta
7 either misses the base of 9 for a distance equal to one-fifth of
its own length or just approximates it. In the new species, on the
other hand, the tip of 5 reaches as far as the base of 7 and the tip
of 7 exceeds the base of 9 for a distance equal to one-fifth of its
own length. Furthermore, in C. berlesei and frequently in C. tar-
salis, seta 9 is short and truncate whilst in the species under dis-
cussion it is long and whip-like. Certain of the ventral setae such
as the inner para-anals are shorter in this species than they are in
either C. terminalis or C. berlesei. In addition to this, seta 3 of
the inner row is definitely behind seta 3 of the outer row whereas
in the other mentioned species, these two setae are on much the
same level.
The males may be readily separated from those of berlesei and
tarsalis on the shape of the penis and the relatively greater length
of the dorsal setae. In both berlesei and tarsalis the penis is
straight, long, and tapering whereas in the species under discus-
sion it is short, blunt, and bent ventrally.
Type Habitat: Bat guano. Caves, Mexico.
Holotype: $ , Cueva de Juxtlahuaca, Guerrero, January 16,
1941. (Dr. F. Bonet), No. 5764 in the Canadian National Col-
lection, Ottawa. Allotype: 2, same date. Paratypes: In the Can-
adian National Collection: 1^, 12, Cueva de Jaxtlahuaca, Guer-
rero, 16-1-41 (F. Bonet). In the Upited States National Museum,
APRIL, 1949]
NESBITT RHIZOGLYPHINAE
61
Washington: 3^^, 3??, Gruta del Carrizae. Nuevo Leon,
16-6-42 (F. Bonet) . In the Collection of Dr. F. Bonet, Mexico
City, Mexico: 3 2 9, Gruta del Carrizae, Nuevo Leon, 16-6-42
(F. Bonet) (note slide also includes a of another species) ;
1^ and 12 (2 slides) 7 2 2, Cueva de Juxtlahuaca, Guerreo,
16-1-41 (F. Bonet).
Caloglyphus paranomalus Nesbitt, new species
Fig. 2
Description: The males of this species are ovoid in shape with
the small end directed anteriorly. Exclusive of the chelicerae they
measure .59 mm. in length and .36 mm. in width. The mature but
non-gravid females are still more globular in shape measuring .76
mm. in length by .43 mm. in width. In gravid females the opistho-
soma frequently becomes so distended with eggs that the posterior
margin bulges out on either side of the opening to the bursa copu-
latrix giving the body a characteristic shape which is reminiscent
of an inverted but conventional heart.
The dorsum bears a weakly sclerotized propodosomatic escutch-
eon which is difficult to see; a sniall peg-like pseudostigmatic
organ; and the usual setae which are arranged in the following
chaetotactic pattern in the male; seta 3a = 1.5 x 4c; 5 = 1.5 x 4c;
7 = 5x4cor4x5; 8 = .9x7; 9 = 7 or 30% of the length of the
body; 14 = 7. The tip of seta 5 misses the base of 7 for a distance
slightly greater than its own length. The tip of 7 just reaches the
base of 9.
The chaetotactic pattern of the female may be expressed as
follows: seta 3a = 1.5 x 4c; 5 = 2 x 4c; 7 = 8 x 4c or 3.5 x 5;
8 = .8 X 7; 9 = .8 X 7 or 28% of the length of the body; 14 =
.9 X 7. The tip of seta 5 misses the base of 7 for a distance equal to
its own length. The tap of 7 just reaches the base of 9.
The legs of this species are of moderate length for a caloglyphid.
In the male they are equal to almost one-third of the length of the
body; the anterior and posterior pairs are of approximately equal
length with this exception that the fourth pair are about one-
seventh longer than the others; and the tarsi of all are just slightly
shorter than the combined, length of the two preceding joints. In
the female the legs bear the same relationship to each other and
to the length of body; their anterior tarsi are equal in length to,
and the posterior longer than, the combined length of the two
preceding segments. The macrosense seta of tarsus I in both sexes
is mildly clavate and equal to five-sixths of the width of the tarsus
at its narrowest part; the other two sensory setae at the base of
this joint are respectively slightly longer and about one-half as
long as the macrosense seta. Tarsus III of the male bears only one
lateral spine and three terminal setae. The suckers on tarsus IV
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
of the same sex are in the distal half of the segment, the proximal
sucker, however, is more proximal in position than in the closely
related C. anomalus Nesbitt.
The penis is short, truncate and heavily sclerotized. Its tip is
spoutnlike, open on the dorsal surface and bent ventrally. The
supporting rami are also heavily sclerotized.
No hypopi or heteromorphic males have been seen.
Notes: This mite was found in considerable numbers in two
different samples of bat guano from Mexico. It closely resembles
C. anomalus Nesbitt® in all major respects but differs from it in
such details as size, the relative proportions of certain of the dor-
sal setae and habitat preference, e. g., in C. anomalus the males
measure .84 to .94 mm. in length; the females .84 to .98 mm; the
integument is heavy, the legs are brown and the propodosomatic
escutcheon and areas about the coxae are sclerotized. In the new
species, on the contrary, the body is smaller (vide supra), the
integument is light, like the legs whitish in colour, and the pro-
podosomatic escutcheon can only be seen with diflSculty. The ar-
ticulation areas about the coxae are not visibly sclerotized. Other
differences pertain to the length of certain of the dorsal setae. In
anomalus the tip of seta 7 misses the base of 9 for a distance al-
most equal to its own length and seta 9 is equal to 20% of the
length of the body in both sexes. In the new species the tip of 7
just reaches the base of 9 and this latter seta is equal to 30% of
the length of the body. Furthermore, the eggs in the new species
are relatively larger being equal to 22% of the body length
whereas in the former species, they are equal to 14% of this
length.
•Vide Can. Ent. 76(2): 21-24, 1944.
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES
1. Tarsus IV $ — Rhizoglyphus mexicanus mexicanus Nesbitt.
2. Anue and Penis, Caloglyphus paranomalus Nesbitt. 3. Anus 9,
Caloglyphus longipilus Nesbitt. 4. Anus $ , Rhizoglyphus mexicanus
mexicanus Nesbitt. 5. Penis, Caloglyphus longipilus Nesbitt (dorsal
right side, ventral left) . 6. Anus 9 , Rhizoglyphus mexicanus major
Nesbitt (bursa copulatrix and apparatus dotted in). 7. Postanal
area S , Rhizoglyphus mexicanus mexicanus Nesbitt. 8. Basal setae
Tarsus I, Caloglyphus longipilus Nesbitt. 9. Postanal area $ , Caio-
glyphus longipilus Nesbitt.
APRIL, 1949]
NESBITT RHIZOGLYPHINAE
63
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
Such differences in themselves may not be great enough to
warrant the erection of a new species but as fairly large popu-
lations of both have been found, and as there is no evidence of
intergradation in the characters mentioned, I believe that we are
j ustified in following such a course especially when the differences
in habitat, rotting lillies as opposed to bat guano, are taken into
consideration. A close comparison of these two species suggests
that they were derived from a common ancestor which underwent
a mutation resulting in the loss of the anal copulatory suckers.
The break-away from the true Caloglyphid stalk must have been
at a rather recent date because all the other Caloglyphid features
are present and, unlike certain non-acarids (non-tyroglyphids)
who have lost all trace of the copulatory suckers, or who never
had them, these two forms have retained the three pairs of setae
which are normally located on or behind the suckers as well as
the minute pore from the centre of the sucker (vide fig. 2 which
may be compared with fig. 7 or 9) . To draw attention to the close
relationship which evidently exists between this species and ano-
malus, it has been given the specific name paranomalus.
Type Habitat: Bat guano. Caves, Mexico.
Holotype: CuEVA de las Caleras. C. Hidalgo, May 7,
1941. (Dr. F. Bonet) ; No. 5765 in the Canadian National Collec-
tion, Ottawa. Allotype: 2, same data. Paratypes: In the Canadian
National Collection: 22 2 allotype slide; 1 immature S, Gruta
de Atoyac, Atoyac, Ver. Mexico, 30-5-41, (F. Bonet) ; 1^ , 2 im-
mature $ S , Gruta del Carrizal, Nuevo Leon, 16-7-42, (F. Bonet) .
In the United States National Museum, Washington: 2$ $, 12,
Cueva de las Caleras, C. Hidalgo, 7-5-41 (F. Bonet). In the col-
lection of Dr. F. Bonet, Mexico City, Mexico \ 2$ $ , \ immature $ ,
3 2 2, Cueva de las Caleras, C. Hidalgo, 7-5-41 (F. Bonet) ; 1 im-
mature S , Gruta de Atoyac, Atoyac, Ver. Mexico, 30-5-41 (F.
Bonet) ; 1 ^ , 2 immature $ $ , Gruta del Carrizal, Nuevo Leon,
16-7-42 (F. Bonet) .
In addition to the types and partypes listed above the descrip-
tion of this species is based on some thirty other specimens,
(from the same habitats) which are not listed because they are
either imperfect specimens or on slides with other closely related
species.
Caloglyphus armipes longisetosus Nesbitt, new subspecies
APRIL, 1949]
NESBITT RHIZOGLYPHINAE
65
Description: Exclusive of the chelicerae, the males of this
species measure from .53 to .6 mm. in length, the females .66 to .78
mm and the heteromorphic males .55 to .60 mm. The propodoso-
matic escutcheon, the lateral flanks of the propodosoma and the
areas about the articulation of the first two pairs of coxae are
weakly sclerotized. The pseudostigmatic organ is a tiny peg remi-
niscent of that found in C. spinitarsus (Herm.). The nucal bristle
is bifurcate at the tip and relatively inconspicuous. The chaeto-
tactic pattern of the dorsal setae of the male may be expressed as
follows: seta 3a = 1.1 x 4c; 5 = 5.5 x 4e; 7 = 7 x 4c or 1.2 x 5;
8 = .7 X 7; 9 = 1.2 x 7 or 68% of the length of the body; 14 =
1.4 X 7. The tip of seta 5 passes the base of 7 for approximately
two-thirds of its own length. The tip of 7 passes the base of 9
for almost 40% of its own length. The chaetotactic pattern of the
heteromorphic male is as follows: set 3a® = 1.1 x 4c; 5 = 3.8 x 4c;
7 = 4.4 X 4c or 1.1 X 5; 8 = .7 x 7; 9 = 1.1 x 7 or 80% of the
length of the bodj?’; 14 = 1.3 x 7. The tip of seta 5 passes the base
of 7 for 75% of its own length. The tip of 7 passes the base of 9
for 60% of its own length.
The chaetotactic pattern of the female is as follows: seta
3a = 1.1 X 4c; 5 = 2.8 x 4c; 7 = 4.8 x 4c or 1.7 x 5; 8 = 7;
9 = 7 or 25% of the length of the body; 14 = 1.2 x 7. The tip of
5 just reaches the base of 7. The tip of 7 just reaches the base of 9.
(In gravid 9 9 , the tip of 7 misses the base of 9 for a distance
which is dependent on the number of eggs in the particular female
being investigated). The anus in the 9 is flanked by two rows of
setae on each side, those of the outer row are as long as seta 4c;
those of the inner row are only about one-fifth as long.
The legs of this species are relatively long. The two anterior
pairs are equal to 30% of the length of the body in the 9 ,
47% in the normal male and 60% in the heteromorphic male. The
posterior pair are equal to 37% in the 9, and 64% in the normal
male. In the hetehomorphic male, the third leg is short whilst the
fourth is equal to 77% of the length of the body. In the three forms
(normal and heteromorphic, males and females) the anterior tarsi
are equal in length to the two preceding joints whilst the posterior
tarsi are longer than the combined length of genu and tibia.
Notes: These specimens resemble Caloglyphus armipes Banks
very closely but differ in such details as size, the relative propor-
tions of certain setae, and the type habitat in which they are
found. Since, as was mentioned in the introduction, such dif-
ferences are not as great as usually are found between well estab-
lished species in this genus I am of the opinion that the new form,
to which the name longisetosus has been given is either a feebly
*Seta 4c is a different length in the three forms. It is shortest in the $,
longer in the normal cf. and longest in the heteromorphic cf. This relationship
may be expressed by stating that seta 4c is 1 unit long in the 9, 1.5 units long
in the cT. and 2.6 units long in the heteromorphic cf.
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
characterized species or a subspecies of Caloglyphus armipes. Un-
til more is known about this mite, I believe that we are justified
in following the latter course. In time it may prove to be a geo-
graphical race of Caloglyphus armipes.
The representatives of this variety are 40% smaller than typi-
cal C. armipes. In the males the terminal portion of seta 7 ex-
tends well beyond the posterior margin of the opisthosoma where-
as in the latter mentioned form, this seta just passes the margin
of the body. In the female setae 5 and 7 extend respectively as far
as the bases of 7 and 9. In armipes s. str., on the other hand, these
setae miss the bases of 7 and 9 for distances almost as great as
their own length. (The reader’s attention is drawn to the fact
that these proportions may be altered as fewer or more eggs are
contained in the opisthosoma) . In the latter, the macrosense, para-^
subbasal, and subbasal setae are all within a third to a half of
being the same length; in the variety longisetosus, the parasub-
basal seta is one-third to one-half longer than the macrosense seta
and better than twice as long as the parasubbasal seta which in
turn is only about three-quarters of the length of the macrosense
seta. Finally, the type specimens of C. armipes were taken from
a dead corn pyralid. Other specimens have been taken from var-
ious types of rotting organic debris and the hypopial stage has
frequently been found on the adults of Phyllophaga species whilst
the new variety, on the contrary, has only been found on bat
guano.
Type Habitat: Bat guano, Cueva de las Caleras, C., Hidalgo,
Michoacan, Mexico.
Holotype: Cueva de las Caleras, C., Hidalgo, Mich-
oacan, May 7, 1941. (F. Bonet) ; No. 5766 in the Canadian Na-
tional Collection, Ottawa. Morphotype: Heteromorphic same
data. Allotype: $, same data. Paratypes: S, 32 2 Canadian
Collection, Ottawa, same data. 15, 42 2 United States National
Museum, same data. 5 5 5,32 2, collection of Dr. F. Bonet, Mex-
ico City, same data. Twelve additional specimens, not listed as
paratypes for the reasons given above were used in compiling this
description.
Rhizoglyphus mexicanus Nesbitt, new species
Figs. 1, 4, 7.
This species was taken from widely separated localities and
is represented in the Mexican fauna by three subspecies. Morpho-
APRIL, 1949]
NESBITT RHIZOGLYPHINAE
67
logically these are almost identical and can only be separated by
such characters in the female as a) the length of the postanal
setae; b) the degree of sclerotization of the propodosomatic es-
cutcheon and the areas about the anterior coxae; c) the relative
proportions of the legs; and d) the over-all size of the animal.
Apart from the degree of sclerotization which is valuable, the
males cannot readily be separated. In taxonomic position this
mite stands close to Rhizoglyphus columhianus Oud. from which
it differs in the nature of the psuedostigmatic organ. In the last
named species this organ is a tiny peg ; in the new species and
its varieties, it is a very slightly pectinated setiform structure.
Furthermore, the complete lack of inner propodosomatic setae
(except in 2 specimens whert they are extremely minute) and
especially the peculiar arrangement of the post-anal setae in the
male (vide fig. 7) separate this species from all other representa-
tives of the genus Rhizoglyphus known to the writer.
Rhizoglyphus mexicanus mexicanus Nesbitt, new subspecies
Disregarding the anteriorly projecting conical chelicerae the
body of this mite is roughly globular in shape. The males average
.455 mm. in length (the figure does not include the gnathosoma)
and .304 mm in width; the females .523 by .341 (vide Table I for
a comparison of the three varieties) .
The propodosoma bears the usual dorsal shield which in the
case of this variety is weakly sclerotized and has an undulating
posterior margin. The pseudostigmatic organ is setiform and al-
most as long as seta 4c. The nuchal bristle is slightly bifurcate and
curved in such a manner that it hooks under the gnathosoma. The
dorsal chaetotactic pattern of the male is as follows: seta 3a is
absent; 5 = 2.3 x 4c; 7 = 3.3 x 4c or 1.5 x 5; 8 = 1.1 x 7;
9 = 1.5 X 7 or 32% of the length of the body; 14 = 1.6 x 7. The
tip of seta 5 misses the base of 7 for a distance equal to approxi-
mately one-half of its own length. The tip of 7 misses the base of
9 for a distance equal to almost one-half of its own length. On
the ventral surface, seta 11 is one-half as long as 4c and seta 13 is
still shorter (vide fig. 7).
The dorsal chaetotactic pattern of the ? may be expressed as
follows : seta 3a is missing in all but two specimens where it is only
.3 microns long; seta 5 = 2.1 x 4c, 7 = 3.3 x 4c or 1.6 x 5; 8 = 7;
9 = 1.4 X 7 ; 14 = 1.4 x 7. The tip of 5 misses the base of 7 for a
distance equal to two-thirds of its own length. The tip of set 7
misses the base of 9 for a distance slightly greater than one-
quarter of its own length. On the ventral surface seta 11 is very
short whilst 13 is slightly longer than 4c. Only the anterior two
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. ^
pairs of anal setae are visible; the posterior have disappeared
completely (vide fig. 4), (i. e., no setae pits can be found).
As can be seen from Table I, the legs are of approximately the
same length in the two sexes but when compared with the length
of the body, those of the male are on the whole about 4% longer
than the corresponding members in the female. Tarsi I, II, and IV
of the female and II and III of the male are approximately equal
in length to, or just shorter than the combined length of the two
preceding joints. Tarsus III in the female is greater and tarsi
I and IV of the male are less than this length. Tarsus I of the
female is about twice as long as it is wide ; in the male it is slightly
less.
The penis is straight, mildly sclerotized and truncate anteriorly.
It is enclosed in and supported by two rami which together with it
form an equilateral triangle. The complete ring of chitin which
is usually to be found in the centre of the copulatory suckers of
most rhizoglyphid and caloglyphid mites is here replaced by a
rosette of chitin (vide fig. 7), which is smaller but similar to that
on Rhizoglyphus columbianus Oud. Furthermore, the usual slender
seta in the antero-lateral corner of the sucker is replaced in this
species by a minute spine.
Type Habitat: Leaf mould, Mexico.
Holotype: 2, Apatzingan, Michoacan, April 2, 1943, (Col.
M. Cardenas et M. Correa — submitted Dr. F. Bonet) ; No. 5767 in
the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa. Allotype: S , same data.
Paratypes: In the Canadian National Collection; 1^ holotype
slide, 1 2 (immature) allotype slide. In the United States Na-
tional Museum 32 2 (2 gravid) 1 of same data. In the collec-
tion of Dr. F. Bonet, Mexico City, Mexico. 42 2 (2 gravid) 1 ,
same data. 12, Potrero Grande, Co Jan. 15, 1943, (F. Bonet).
Rhizoglyphus mexicanus major Nesbitt, new subspecies
Fig. 6.
The general description given above for mexicanus is applicable
to this subspecies with the following exceptions, a) The subspecies
major is about 10% larger on the average; b) the dorsal proporo-
somatic shield and the lateral flanks, immediately dorsad of and
adjacent to the articulation areas about two anterior coxae are
sufficiently sclerotized to appear brownish in cleared specimens,
c) Similar sclerotized areas may be seen on the ventral surface of
the body above the epimerae. In the subspecies mexicanus the
propodosomatic shield is so mildly sclerotized that it is only yel-
lowish in cleared specimens and the para-articulation areas of
the anterior coxae and the integument above the epimerae are not
APRIL, 1949]
NESBITT — RHIZOGLYPHINAE
69
aclerotized. d) the leg’s of major are, on the average, slightly long-
er, more heavily built and densely pigmented, e) In m-exicanus
(vide fig. 4), seta 13 extends well beyond the end of the opistho-
soma and the two posterior anal setae are missing. In major (vide
6), on the other hand, the tip of seta 13 just reaches the posterior
margin of the opisthosoma and one of the anal setae is present.
Type Habitat: Leaf mould, Mexico.
Holotype: 2, Papaloapan, Oaxaca, February 12, 1940, (Col.
F. Bonet) deposited in the collection of Dr. F. Bonet, Mexico
City, Mexico. Allotype: S, same data. No. 5768 in the Canadian
TAETJH I ^ Slowing the Proportions Found in the Three Sabspeeles
of Fhizoglyphus mexicanus Nf3sbitt» n.sp.
mexicanus
mexicanus $ ?
major $ 5
minor $ $
Average
Lon - High
Average
Low - High
Average
Law — High
Average
Low — High
IfUgth
455
391 - 536
523
464 - 580
613
609 - 696
473
464 - 478
Widti
304
261 - 362
341
290 - 377
416
406 - 478
319
290 - 362
Leg I
155
138 - 174
157
145 - 174
163
158 - 1^
130
116 - 159
II
157
145 - 131
160
145 - 174
171
157 - 185
130
116 - 152
III
145
130 - 174
139
130 - 145
143
130 - 159
109
87-130
IV
153
145 - 188
157
138 - 181
165
160-190
120
101 - 153
Seta, 4c
29
23-33
35
33-09
33
33 - 49
25
23-29
5
58
43-76
66
49 - 76
64
50-80
35
33-39
7
97
83 - 109
107
92 - 115
108
99 - 125
70
73-82
8
104
86 - 122
103
99 - 105
113
99 - 132
78
73-86
9
14S
139 - 172
140
132 - 148
14.3
132 - 158
98
89 - 115
14
151
139 - 181
147
135 - 165
I 145
1 132-153
103
99 - 125.
National Collection, Ottawa. Paratypes: In the Canadian National
Collection; 1 $ on allotype slide; 19 from rotten herbs, Fortin,
Ver., Mexico, Jan. 16, 1940 (Col. F. Bonet). In the United States
National Museum: 19 from rhizomes (host plant not stated),
Mexico, D. F., Mexico, July 28-30, 1939, (Col. F. Bonet). In the
Collection of Dr. F. Bonet, Mexico City, Mexico. 2 9 9 holotype
slide; 19 from rhizomes, Mexico, D. F., Mexico, July 28-30,
1939 (Col. F. Bonet).
Rhizoglyphus mexicanus minor Nesbitt, new subspecies
This subspecies is noticeably smaller than either of the above
two mentioned forms; the legs are proportionately shorter, more
heavily sclerotized and on most of the specimens more deeply pig-
mented. Its close affinity with the subspecies major is established
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
by a) the possession of the “major” type of post-anal chaetotactic
pattern in the female, and. b) the presence of sclerotized areas
above the coxae and a well sclerotized propodosomatic escutcheon.
Type Habitat: Leaf mould, Mexico.
Holotype: 5, Orizaba, Veracruz, January 14, 1942. (Col.
F. Bonet) ; deposited in the Collection of Dr. F. Bonet, Mexico
City, Mexico. Allotype: S, same data No. 5769 in the Canadian
National Collection, Ottawa. Paratypes: In the Canadian National
Collection, 1 $ allotype slide. In the Collection of Dr. F. Bonet,
Mexico City, Mexico, 1 9 holotype slide, 12, 2S S same data
(Bonet) .
References
OUDEMANS, A. C.
1924. Acarologische Aanteekeningen, LXXVI, Entom. Berichten
6(140): 318.
Nesbitt, H. H. J.
1944. Three new mites of the Subfamily Rhizoglyphinae. Can.
Ent. 76(2) : 21-27.
1945. A revision of the family Acaridae (Tyroglyphidae) , Order
Acari, based on Comparative Morphological Studies. Can. Jour.
Res. D., 23: 139-188.
IDENTIFICATION OF CERCERIS CLYPEATA DAHLBOM
The correct identification of this species was reported as be-
ing in doubt by the author in 1942 (Pan-Pacific Ent. 18:189) due
to his inability to get material compared with the type at Lund,
Sweden. This situation has now been clarified through the kind-
ness of Dr. Kjell Ander of the Universitetets Zoologiska Institution
who has been kind enough to compare specimens with the type.
In a letter under date of Nov. 12, 1948, Dr. Ander states: “The
result of my examination is that clypeata Dahlbom sensu Dahl-
bom is=clypeata Dahlbom auct. amer.*’ — H. A. ScULLEN, Oregon
State College.
APRIL, 1949]
QUISENBERRY — :OXYNA
71
THE GENUS OXYNA IN THE NEARCTIC REGION
NORTH OF MEXICO
(Diptera: Tephritidae)
BY BENSON F. QUISENBERRY
Oklahoma A. and M. College, Stillwater
The genus Oxyna R.-D. has not previously been recorded from
the Nearctic region though evidence has shown that Marston Bates
had associated with this genus one of the species included hereind
The recent opportunity of the writer to examine two Palaearctic
species of Oxyna,^ one of which was the genotype, has prompted
this paper in which two previously described species and one de-
scribed as new to science are assigned to this genus.
Oxyna Robineau-Desvoidy
Oxyna Robineau-Desvoidy, 1830, Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst., France
2: 755.
Generic characters — Head (Fig. 1, A) : Higher than long,
wider than high, width of front across median ocellus slightly
wider than maximum width of eye and slightly more than half
maximum head width; cheeks broad, over half maximum eye
height. Frontale bare. Antennae rather short, not extending to
anterior oral margin. Frons flattened or sometimes slightly elevated
along median longitudinal area. Face rather long, being as long
as or slightly longer than frons, with well developed antennal
fovae. Oral opening large, straight on lateral margins, curved
upward abruptly at anterior margin, projecting forward. Palpi
very broad and long, projecting conspicuously beyond anterior
oral margin. Proboscis very slender and elongate, the labella as
long as or slightly shorter than maximum head length and much
longer than maximum length of oral opening. One pair lower
f rontoorbitals ; two pair upper frontoorbitals, the posterior pair
weak, pale; one pair strong ocellars; one pair strong inner verti-
cals; one pair pale, weak outer verticals which are about the length
of postverticals and but little longer than the post-ocular cilia; one
pair pale postverticals; postocular cilia moderately stout, pale, in-
terspersed with fine, dark setae; genal well developed, pale.
^Specimens received from the American Museum of Natmal History and here
described as utahensis n. sp. bore Bates determination label, “Oxyna aterrima
Doane.”
*Dr. E. M. Hering kindly presented the author with specimens of twO' species
of Oxyna, flavipennis (Loew), and nebuloaa (Wied.).
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
Thorax: Three pairs dorsocentrals, one pair anterior to trans-
verse suture and about in a transverse line with the presuturals,
the second pair well behind suture but ahead of a transverse line
through supraalars, posterior pair about midway between supra-
alars and intraalars; one pair presuturals; one pair humerals; one
pair supraalars; one pair postalars; one pair intraalars; two pairs
marginal scutellars, one near apex, one near base; two pairs noto-
pleurals, posterior pair rather weak, pale; one pair mesopleurals ;
one pair sternopleurals ; one pair pteropleurals. Scutellum flalt-
tened above.
Liaigs: Fore femora with a row of long setae ventrally and
scattered ones posterodorsally ; middle tibiae with one strong
apical spur; hind femora with one subapical, anterodorsal seta.
Wings (Fig. 1, B) : Basic pattern of brown, with milky white
and yellowish spots intermixed. Apex of first longitudinal vein not
extending to center of wing (slightly behind), the vein setose along
its entire length from humeral vein to apex. Two costal spines.
Junction of veins two and three well behind apex of second basal
cell and about in line with apex of anal cell; third vein bare or
with a few short setae on underside near base. Lower apical angle
of anal cell drawn out to a very short and inconspicuous point on
sixth vein.
Abdomen: Broader and longer than thorax. Ovipositor sheath
rounded dor sally, more flattened ventrally, tapering to a rather
broad apex. Male genitalia rather small, the ventrallj^ directed
claspers rounded, tapering towards their apex; inner process with
two pair of small subapical teeth.
Genotype: Trypeta flavipennis Loew.
The Nearctic species that are here assigned to Oxyna agree
very closely in structure with the genotype but disagree by having
only two pairs of dorsocentrals, the presutural pair being absent
(this character was also found to be present in the Palaearctic
species, nebulosa (Weid.), and in the much longer whitish setae
in the parafrontal region. In wing form aterrima and utahensis
are typical of the genus, but that of palpalis is somewhat narrower
and more flattened on anterior margin.
Key to the Species
1. Wing with two broad brown bands one of which originates at
the humeral crossvein and extends broadly along the costa to
slightly beyond apex of stigma where it turns posteriorly
crossing over both crossveins to wing margin, the other fills
the wing apex from points slightly behind apices of second and
fourth longitudinal veins; scutellum very pale yellow, nearly
white palpalis
- Wing without bands as above; scutellum dark yellow or brown
2
APRIL, 1949]
QUISENBERRY OXYNA
73
2. Femora black except narrowly at apices utahensis
- Femora yellowish except for a dark spot or stripe on the under-
side of hind pair aterrima
OxYNA ATERRIMA (Doane), n. comb.
Eurosta aterrima Doane, 1899, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 7 (2) : 187. PI.
4, fig. 2.
The original description was based on a single female from
Colorado and the following additional notes are also based on
one specimen of the same sex taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich in
Platte Canyon (North of Idlewild), Colorado, June 10, 1927. Dr.
M. T. James compared this specimen with the type and could
find no significant deviation in structure or coloration, however,
the comparison did reveal that the body of the type is greased
thus obscuring the pollen.
The statement by Doane that the palpi and proboscis are short
is misleading, they are typical of the genus though not as pro-
nounced in comparative size as in the genotype. Third antennal
segment rounded on lower anterior corner but subacute on upper
one. Occiput with a black spot just above the neck that emits a
short ray on either side to outer vertical bristles. Thorax with
yellowish and cinereous pollen intermixed with the latter restricted
mainly to the lower half of pleura, metanotum, and lower half
of postnotum. Scutellum with faint brownish markings around
lateral bristles. Wings (Fig. 1, C). Abdomen black in ground
color but densely cinereous and brownish pollinose, the latter
tending to form a pair of large spots on each tergite. Ovipositor
sheath 0.53 mm. long.^
Type in the Collection at the State College of Washington.
Distribution : Colorado.
Host plant: Unknown.
Oxyna utahensis Quisenberry, new species
Close to aterrima but easily distinguished from that species by
the brown marks on the mesonotum and by the black femora
Male and female — Head: Mainly whitish; frontale and vertex
yellow to brownish yellow; ocellar triangle and upper half of oc-
ciput black. Some of the whitish setae on parafrontals nearly as
long as lower frontoorbitals. First and second antennal segments
pale yellow, former with pale setae, latter with brown; third yel-
low or brownish yellow, about as long as broad, apex rounded or
side.
*A11 ovipositor sheath measurements in this study were made from the dorsal
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 2
the upper anterior corner subacute, variable; arista dark brown.
Proboscis brownish yellow, palpi pale yellow, tips darker, with
short brown setae.
Thorax: Mesonotum 0.95-1.43 mm. long. Ground color black ex-
cept for humeri and upper half of postnotum which are yellowish
(notopleura sometimes yellow in greasy specimens) . Cinereous pol-
linose except for following brownish areas: large spot on meso-
pieura ; a pair of vittae on notum that extend from anterior margin
to scutellum, or to a point about midway between the two pair of
dorsocentrals, or these may be obscured by grayish pollen and
appear only as elongate spots at anterior dorsocentral bristle; an
inconspicuous spot at base of presutural bristles, this spot some-
times emitting an inconspicuous stripe posteriorly; and scutellum.
The yellowish areas and brown color of scutellum is often obscured
by cinereous pollen. The short setae are whitish, and longer and
more dense on pleura. Bristles black except for whitish posterior
notopleural and pteropleural.
Legs: Femora black except at apices, the dark area cinereous
pollinose; remainder of legs yellow. The setae mainly whitish but
with some pale yellow and brownish intermixed.
Wings (Fig. 1, E) : Length 2.80 mm long. Much the same as in
aterrima except there is no small whitish spot on costa midway
between humeral vein and apex of auxiliary vein, the whitish spots
tend to be larger and more confluent, and there is less brown in
axillary region.
Abdomen: Shining. Tergum mainly brownish pollinose but with
cinereous as follows: a narrow, inconspicuous, central stripe; lat-
eral margins ; and a narrow band on hind margins of tergites, that
on apical tergite may in some cases be yellowish. Venter mainly
brown, cinereous pollinose, with or without yellow on hind margins
of sternites, variable. The setae are whitish, and longest on hind
margin of apical tergite. Male genitalia dark brown, with fine
pale pubescence. Ovipositor sheath 0.59 mm, long, shining black,
with very fine reddish pubescence.
Types: Holotype male, allotype female. Temple Fork, Logan
Canyon, Utah, April 25, 1934 (T. 0. Thatcher) ; paratypes, one
female and two males. Blacksmith Fork Canyon, Utah, June 4,
1935 (T. Thatcher) , one male. Green Canyon, Utah, June 1, 1935
(G. F. Knowlton), one male, Logan Canyon, Utah, May 29, 1933
(G. F. Knowlton and E. W. Anthon) and one male, same date,
but May 16, 1934 (T. 0. Thatcher) , in the American Museum
of Natural History. Paratypes, two males, Lind, Washington, May
15, 1922 (M. C. Lane), in the United States National Museum.
Host plant: Unknown.
APRIL, 1949]
QUISENBERRY OXYNA
75
Fig. 1 — A. Head of O. flcvvipennis (Loew), lateral view; B.
wing of O. flavipennis (Loew); C. wing of O. aterrima (Doane);
D. wing of O. palpalis (Coquillett) ; E. wing of O. utahensis Quis-
enberry.
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 2
OxYNA PALPALIS (Coquillett) , n. comb.
Tephritis palpalis Coquillett, 1904, Invertebrata Pacifica. 1:30.
This species is easily distinguished from aterrima or utahensis
by the distinctive wing pattern. The following additional notes
include characters of the female which had not previously been
described, the original description of the species being based on
a single male specimen from Ormsby County, Nevada.
There are two or three pair of weak, whitish setae along the
parafrontal area which are nearly the length of the lower fronto-
orbitals. Thorax grayish pollinose except for some brownish on
notum. Humeri, sometimes the area immediately below to anterior
coxae, and sometimes the notopleural area, and wing base yellow-
ish. Pteropleural and posterior notopleural bristles whitish. Scutel-
lum wholly pale yellow, nearly white. Wings (Fig. 1, D) 2.80-4.20
mm. long; the yellowish spots in the stigma may be only faintly
discernable; the apical brown band may extend rather far back on
anterior costal margin so as to nearly touch the basal band. Dorsum
of abdomen with some light brownish pollen intermixed with the
cinereous; venter yellow, with cinereous and yellowish pollen, the
former sometimes obscuring yellowish color ; pleura yellowish. Ovi-
positor sheath 0.59-0.84 mm. long, pale amber or yellowish brown
in color, bare except for some very fine scattered hairs. Grayish
pollen sometimes obscures the pale yellowish color of male geni-
talia.
Type in the United States National Museum.
Distribution: Nevada, California and Idaho.
Host plant: Unknown.
Material examined included two females and one male, no data,
from the American Museum of Natural History; one male, Yel-
lowstone (Roosevelt Lodge), California, July 1, 1938 (E. C.
Van Dyke), from the California Acadaemy of Sciences; one fe-
male, June 4, 1927, Hollister, Idaho, and one male labeled,
“Ormsby County, Nevada, July 6 (Baker) , cotype.” The Nevada
male was received in a shipment of tephritids from the Stanford
University collection.
Dr. Alan Stone checked the type for the author and reports
that it bears the same information as regards the date and col-
lector as was found on the label of the previous mentioned Nevada
specimen, the other information being as originally given by
Coquillett. The “cotype” designation is treated as a probable
error in labeling since Coquillett mentions only one specimen in
the original description.
APRIL, 1949 ]
DOUTT ERYTHMELUS
77
THE GENUS ERYTHMELUS IN CALIFORNIA
(Hymenoptera, Mymaridae)
BY RICHARD L. DOUTT
Division of Biological Control, University of California
A Ibany, California
This paper is a synopsis of the species of Erythmelus presently
known to occur in California. The author is grateful to A. B.
Gahan who kindly compared series of specimens from California
with the type material held in the United States National Museum.
Erythmelus flandersi Doutt, new species
Near picinus, but easily distinguished by having funicle seg-
ment four shorter than segment six. Differs from gracilipes by
possessing longer funicle segments, more extensive discal cilia-
tion on forewing, and a decidedly darker color. Antennae some-
what similar to longicornis, but flandersi has longer forewings
and relatively longer basal segments of hind tarsi.
Female. Length 0. 9-1.0 mm. General body-color very dark brown
to black. Basal and ventral portions of abdomen lighter. Trochan-
ters pallid. Eyes red. Wings hyaline or but slightly and indistinctly
fumated.
Viewed laterally, head over twice longer than wide; face be-
tween eyes concave; fronto-vertex peaked at acute angle. Viewed
frontally head as wide as long; ridge of fronto-vertex transverse
between posterior ocelli; orbital lin broken in fronto-vertex area,
of beaded appearance; facial line transverse, unbroken.
Antenna as in Fig. 1, A. Funicle segment 1 slightly longer than
2. Segments 2-6 gradually increase in width. Segment 4 longer
than any funicle segment except 6, the largest. Club thickly clothed
with small sensory setae.
Forewings long and somewhat narrow for genus. About 5 lines
of discal cilia on apical third of wing. A single irregular line of
short discal setae extends medianly from beneath wing venation
to apical ciliation of disk. Single row of setae located near cephalic
margin of wing, extending from venation to apex. Wing base
normally fumated.
Posterior wings with single complete median row of cilia.
Sparse row near cephalic margin, another partial row near basal
caudal margin. Maculate.
Thorax long; in cleared specimens a light transverse band ap-
pears on scutum. Scutellum longitudinally striate. Apex of metano^
turn acutely projects dorsally.
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 2
Abdomen with prominent ventral sheath beneath ovipositor.
Ovipositor and lateral valves slightly exerted.
Male. Length 1.0 mmu color as in female. Genitalia extended
beyond apex of abdomen, (all specimens examined had been pro-
cessed through alcohol for slide mounts). Antennae as in Fig. 1,
F., filiform, each funicle segment longer than either scape or pedi-
cel. Funicle segments with longitudinal carinae, setae arise from
between carinae. Wings slightly narrower than female.
Described from 17 2 $ and 4 ^ ^ all captured by R C. Dick-
son on yellow tanglefoot boards suspended in orange trees. Holo-
type, 2, Covina, California, May 3 to 17, 1946. Allotype, $
Covina, California, May 3 to 17, 1946. Paratypes, 92 2, 1 ^ ,
Covina, California, May 3 to 17, 1946; 4 2 2, 2^ S, April 26,
1946; 12, Peralta, California, May 3 to 17, 1946; 12, E.
Highland, May 1, 1946; 12 , Cucamonga, California, May 1,
1946.
Host unknown.
Types deposited in the collection of the Division of Biological
Control of the University of California. Paratypes to be de-
posited with the California Academy of Sciences and the United
States National Museum.
This species is dedicated to S. E. Flanders, through whose en-
ergy the first representative collection of Californian Mymaridae
was assembled.
Erythmelus gracilis (Howard)
Anaphes gracilis Howard, 1881, Kept. Ent. U.S.D.A. 1880, p. 370.
Anaphes cinctiventris Girault 1911, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 37(3):
286-287. (New synonymy).
The type locality of cinctiventris is Mountain View, California,
however, this species is believed to be synonymous with gracilis
which has been taken in Georgia, Illinois, and District of Colum-
bia. All the specimens examined were collected by R. C. Dickson
on tanglefoot boards suspendsd in orange trees. The following
localities are recorded: West Arcadia, 22 2, June 14, 1946;
32 2, August 25, 1946. Cucamonga, single females captured July
1, July 26, August 9, 1946. Covina, Calif., 1 2 , August 25, 1946.
East Highland 1 2 , Sept. 20, 1946.
Hosts for A. gracilis are recorded as Aspidiotus perniciosus
Comst., Lepidosaphes ulmi (Linn.) , and the eggs of Carpocapsa
pomonella (Linn.). The unusual host range indicated by these
DOUTT ERYTHMELUS
79
APRIL, 1949]
Figure 1. Antennae of Californian Species of Erythmelus. A.
f lander si B. picinns $, C. gracilis 9, D. rrwridvphagus
$ , E. psaUadis $ , F, f lander si $ .
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
records suggests the need for confirmation through controlled
rearings.
Erythmelus miridiphagus Dozier
E. miridiphagus Dozier 1937. Jour. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, 21:
133.
E. miridiphagus has recently heen collected along riparian
areas in northern California. Otherwise this species is known only
from Puerto Rico. The number of entomologists who have col-
lected Mymaridae is small indeed, and the inadequate coverage
of vast areas accounts for such spotty distributional records.
E. miridiphagus has been collected in California at the follow-
ing localities: Russian River, near Forestville, 2 9$, May 28,
1947 (Doutt) ; Rio Nido, 2$ $, May, 1, 1947 (Doutt) ; Nicolaus,
19, 1^, April 25, 1947 (Doutt).
The host of E. miridiphagus in Puerto Rico is asumed to be
a mirid, Polymerus cuneatus Distant, but no actual rearings veri-
fy this supposition.
Erythmelus picinus (Girault)
Anaphes picimis Girault, 1916. Ent. News, 27:6-7.
E. picinus was described from New Mexico and these records
extend its range to California. Specimens have been collected in
the following localities: Hecker Pass, 1 9, Sept. 17, 1947 (Doutt) ;
La Manda Park, 2 9 9, April 12, 1923 (Compere) ; Novato, 19,
July 3, 1947 (Doutt); Rio Nido, 1^, May 28, 1947, 19, Oct.
17, 1947 (Doutt), Forestville, 2 9 9, May 28, 1947.
Erythmelus psallidis Gahan
Erythmelus psallidis Gahan, 1937 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 39(9):
266-269.
The species is distributed through South Carolina, Mississippi,
Louisiana, Arkansas, Texas, and Arizona. The record in this
paper extends its range to southern California. During 1933, in
August and September, 12 9 9 and $ specimens were col-
lected from ragweed at Arlington, Calif., by S. E. Flanders.
E. psallidis is probably the only species of the genus with a host
record that can at this time be considered entirely reliable. Its
preferred host is the cotton flea hopper, Psallus seriatus (Reuter),
but it also attacks a mirid, Reuteroscapus sulphur eus (Reut.), as
APRIL, 1949]
DOUTT ERYTHMELUS
81
determined through careful rearings hy Ewing and Crawford
(1939). On purely circumstantial evidence they also list as a host
another mirid, Macrolophus separatus (Uhler) .
Erythmelus io (Girault)
Anaffrus io Girault, 1911 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 37 (3) :294-295.
Girault described this species from a single male taken in
Illinois and he appended the description with a statement that
a similar tag mounted male was found in the National Museum
collection with a locality label of Los Angeles County California.
However, this specimen differed from the type, io, in wing col-
oration. Girault later suggests that io is similar to cinctiventris
and cannot be defined very well.
It is possible that io is a valid species and is present in Cali-
fornia, but none of the specimens which have been examined are
recognizable as this species. It is also possible that the female of
io is described as an entirely different species. The status of io
is considered too doubtful to warrant its inclusion in the following
key.
Key to Californian Species of Erythmelus
Females
1. Funicle segment 4 shorter than segment 6 2
- Funicle segment 4 equal to or longer than
segment 6 picinus
2. Species small, funicle segment 1 small, less than
half length of funicle 6 3
- Species large, funicle segment 1 over half
length of 6 flandersi
3. Basitarsus only slightly longer than second tarsal segment 4
- Basitarsus nearly twice the length of second
tarsal segment gracilis
4. Funicle segment 5 subquadrate, Californian specimens
of light color. Club about 3 times as long as broad psallidis
- Funicle segment 5 not subquadrate, Funicle 6 almost
twice length of any other funicle segment. Club
3.5 times as long as broad rmridipkagus
Literature Cited
Ewing, K. P. and H. J. Crawford. 1939. Egg parasites of the cot-
ton flea hopper. Jour. Econ. Ent., 32(2) :303-305.
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
RECORD OF A FUNGUS OUTBREAK AMONG
ADULT BEES OF THE GENUS ANDRENA
(Hymenoptera, Andrenidae)
BY GEORGE E. BOHART^
U. S. Legume Seed Research Laboratory, Logan, Utah
On May 19, 1934, near Trinity Center, Trinity County, Cali-
fornia, various wild bees were observed collecting pollen from a
dense stand of the buttercup. Ranunculus californicus Benth. It
was the densest population of bees on flowers that I have ever
observed, each flower seeming to have one or more visitors. A
few sweeps of the net often collected fifty or more specimens. An-
drena complexa Viereck was the dominant bee, but a species of
Panurginus was also quite abundant. A Nomada, presumably
parasitic on the Andrena, was likewise common.
Subsequently for a few days the weather was cool and showery,
but cleared by May 23 to the extent that bees reappeared in their
former abundance. A few A. complexa bees were seen to be dead
and still clinging in life-like position to flowers and stems of the
buttercup. Resemblance of these bees to syrphid flies killed on
plants and to house flies killed on walls by the entomophagous
fungus Empusa was at once apparent. The clinging posture and
swollen abdomens showing white beneath the intersegmental mem-
branes were unmistakable. Within two days living bees were
rare, but on every Ranunculus plant there were several to many
bees that had been killed by the fungus. Remarkably, the other
species of bees appeared to be immune. Syrphid and emidid flies,
the latter often seen feeding upon various small bees, were likewise
unaffected.
I am unaware of previous reports of fungus epidemics in the
field among adult bees. At the time of observation, however, I did
not realize that the situation was unusual and made only the
superficial observations given above. It would be interesting to
know whether others have observed similar outbreaks among bees.
^Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agr. Res. Admin., U. S. D. A.
APRIL, 1949]
HOTTES GMELIN
83
NOTES ON A LITTLE KNOWN WORK BY PH. F. GMELIN
PUBLISHED IN 1758 WHEREIN HE DESCRIBES
SOME NEW SPECIES OF APHIS
BY F. C. HOTTES
Grand Junction, Colorado
In Fauna Suecica published in 1746 Linnaeus named and de-
scribed seventeen species belonging the the genus Aphis. Of the
seventeen species treated in this work all but three were named as
binomials. Because this edition of Fauna Suecica was published
before 1758 the names and species described in this work would
have no validity in our present system of nomenclature had not
Linnaeus made some of them valid by reuse in the tenth edition
of his Sy sterna Naturae. The species thus treated were: Aphis
ribis. Aphis ulmi. Aphis pistinacae. Aphis sambuci, Aphis rumi-
cis. Aphis rosae. Aphis tiliae. Aphis betulae, and Aphis pini. In
this edition of the Sy sterna Naturae four species listed in Fauna
Suecica were assigned new names. Thus Aphis cucubali became
Aphis lychnidis. Aphis serratulae became Aphis cirsii. Aphis
artemisiae became Aphis absinthi, and Aphis centaureae became
Aphis jaceae. The trinomial which in this edition of Fauna Suecica
was described on page 387 in the appendix and given the name
Aphis populi nigrae, became Aphis bursaria in the tenth edition
of the Systema Naturae, and for some reason Aphis aceris and
Aphis plantarum aquaticarum were not treated but were left by
Linnaeus to be described in the second edition of Fauna Suecica
which was published in 1761. Aphis aceris being given the same
name and Aphis plantarum aquaticarum becoming Aphis nym-
phae.
Joh. Aug. Ephraim Goeze in his Entomologische Beytrdge zu
des Ritter Linne Zwolften Ausgabe des N atursy stems. Band II,
published in 1778 frequently gives as reference, Onomat. hist. nat.
P. I. in connection with the species belonging to the genus Aphis
which he treats. This reference unique in aphid literature, so far
as I am aware, aroused my interest.
After failing to locate this work in this country in 1932 I wrote
to the late Dr. Walter Horn then Direktor of the Deutsches Ento-
mologisches Institut der Kaiser Wilhelm Gesellschaft. I asked him
to try and locate the work for me, and if successful to send me
photostats of the pages on which the genus Aphis was treated.
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
Dr. Horn answered almost at once, saying that he had never
seen a copy of the work but that he would try to locate one in
Germany. He was able to give me the following citation: Ph. F.
Gmelin, Onomatologia medica completa seu onomatologia his-
toriae naturalis oder vollstandiges Lexicon das alle Benennungen
der Kunstworter der Naturgeschichte nach ihrem ganzen Umfang
erkldrt. Ulm, 1758-1777, 7 vols. (vols. 5-7 are by G. F. Christ-
mann) . This work is not listed by Hagen in his Bibliotheca ento-
mologica. It is listed by Horn and Schenkling in their Index Lit-
teraturae Entomologicae but they make no mention of Christmann.
The British Museum catalogue of printed books lists Christmann
as the author of vols. 5-7 of this work. Recently I have located a
copy of this work by Gmelin in the Army Medical Library, Cleve-
land Branch (there is also a copy in the library of the British
Museum) but I have seen only photostats of the title page of vol.
1 and of the columns devoted to Aphis. These were kindly sent
me by Dr. Horn, a number of years ago.
For practical reasons the tenth edition of the Sy sterna Naturae
is assumed to have been published on January 1, 1758. Thus we
must assume that Gmelin published his work after that of Lin-
naeus. There is ample evidence, however, that Gmelin was not
familiar with the tenth edition and that Linnaeus was not familiar
with the work of Gmelin. As proof one might cite the use of such
terms as artemisiae, serratulae, and centaurae for species by Gme-
lin which had been used for species by Linnaeus in Fauna Suecica
but which were not used by him for species in the tenth edition.
One might also offer as proof that Gmelin was not familiar with
the tenth edition, the species described as new in this work by
Linnaeus of which Gmelin makes no mention. Of the works of
Linnaeus which I have seen, no mention is made of Ph. F. Gmelin,
or his species, the names of which were quite obviously taken from
the edition of Fauna Suecica published in 1746.
Of the twenty names which Gmelin associates with the name
Aphis, only populi nigrae, ribis, sambuci, and tiliae are associated
with the name of Linnaeus. If Gmelin’s borrowed names which he
associated with quite adequate descriptions may be credited to
him, and apparently they may according to the rules of Zoologi-
cal Nemenclature the species treated by him may be considered as
follows :
Aphis aceris Gmelin 1758, first valid use as a binomial. Aphis
aceris L. 1761 is a homonym.
APRIL, 1949]
HOTTES GMELIN
85
Aphis aceris as described by Linnaeus is generally considered
to have been a composite species and there is no reason for think-
ing that the species described by Gmelin was otherwise.
Periphyllus aceris L. and Periphyllus testudinatus Thornton
following Kessler Van Der Goot and Theobald would appear to
be very difl&cult to separate except on the characters offered by
their dimorphic forms. P. testudinatus having marked foliate lat-
eral plates in the dimorph which are lacking in the dimorph of P.
aceris but replaced in part by long dark hairs. Perhaps it will be
less confusing to consider Periphillus aceris Gmelin to be the
same species that in the restricted sense has been considered Peri-
phyllus aceris (L.).
Aphis artemesiae Gmelin, 1758, first valid use as a binomial
but a synonym of A. absinthi L.
Aphis hetulae Gmelin 1758, Aphis hrassicae Gmelin 1758,
Aphis cardui Gmelin 1758 are homonyms of species described by
Linnaeus in the tenth edition of the Systema Naturae. Both
Linnaeus and Gmelin describe A. hetulae as without wings and
appendages. Linnaeus did not describe A. hrassicae in the first
edition of Fauna Suecica but in the 10th edition of Systema
Naturae. The fact that Gmelin made use of the name hrassicae
can be taken as an indication that he was familiar with the 10th
edition.
Aphis centuareae Gmelin 1758, first valid use as a binomial
but a synonym of Aphis jaceae L.
Aphis centureae Koch is a homonym and will require a new
name.
Aphis cucuhali Gmelin 1758, first valid use as a binomial but
a synonym of Aphis lychnidis L.
Aphis cucuhali Passerini is a homonym and will require a new
name.
Aphis nymphae Gmelin 1758, first valid use as a binomial.
Aphis nymphae L. 1761 is a homonym as well as a synonym.
Aphis pistacinacae Gmelin is a synonym of A. pistacinaceae L.
Aphis pistaciae Gmelin 1758, first valid use as a binomial. The
species is a synonym of Aphis hursarus L. Aphis pistaciae L. 1767
is a homonym of the species described by Gmelin. Schumacher
1921 considers Pemphigus utricularius Passerini to be a synonym
of A. pistaciae L. Schumacher places Aphis pistaciae L. in the
genus Baizongia Rondani, following Rondani who had made it
the type of his genus. Schumacher also makes the genus Pemphi-
gella Tullgren a synonym of Baizongia. If Schumacher is correct
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, NO. 2
in his species synonymy P. utricularius Pass, appears to be the
first available name to replace that proposed by Linnaeus. How-
ever, I choose to follow Mordvilko 1935 who considers utricu-
larius Pass, to belong to the genus Geoica. This being the case it
is most unlikely that the species described by Passerini is a syno-
nym of the species described by Linnaeus. In this paper Mord-
vilko considers Baizongia and Pemphigella as synonymous but he
gives preference to and uses Pemphigella. It is also in this paper
that Mordvilko places Tychea setariae Pass. Endeis carnosa Buck-
ton and Geoica squamosa Hart as synonyms of Geoica utricularia
(Pass.). This synonymy had in part been indicated by Horvath
{Tychea setariae Pass, and Geoica squamosa Hart) as early as
1896. If one follows Mordvilko there appears to be no species
which has been declared a synonym of A. pistaciae L. Therefore,
a new name is necessary. To honor the memory of one of my
former Professors and the Nestor of American Aphidologists, I
propose the name Baizongia oestlundi nom. nov. to replace that
of Baizongia pistaciae (L.)
Aphis rihis credited to Linnaeus.
Aphis rosae Gmelin 1758 and Aphis rumicis Gmelin 1758 are
homonyms as well as synonyms of species described by Linnaeus.
Aphis samhuci credited to Linnaeus.
Aphis serratula Gmelin 1758 first valid use of the term as a
binomial but the species is a synonym of Aphis cirsii L. Aphis
serratula Schrank is a homonym and will require a new name.
Aphis serratulae Kaltenbach is also a homonym of the species
described by Gmelin. Lambers has biven the name Dactynotus
marcatus to the species described by Kaltenbach. Dr. Lambers
thought of Kaltenbach’s species as a homonym of the species de-
scribed by Schrank.
Aphis tiliae credited to Linnaeus.
Aphis ulmi Gmelin 1758 is a homonym as well as a synonym
of the species described by Linnaeus.
Bibliography
Buckton, G. W.
1883. Monograph of the British Aphids. 4:92.
Gmelin, Ph. F.
1758. Onomatologia Medica Completa sev Onomatologia His-
toriae Naturalis. I. Photostat of title page and columns 506-
511.
Goeze, J. A. E.
1778. Entomologische Beytrage zu des Ritter Linne Zwolften
Ausgabe des Natursyatems. 2, pp. 286-318.
APRIL, 1949]
HOTTES GMELIN
87
Horvath, G.
1896. Eine alte und dri neue Aphiden-Gattungen. Wiener Ento-
mologische Zeitung, 151. Heft 25 January 1896. p. 4.
Kaltenbach, J. H.
1843. Monographie der Familien der Pflanzenlause. p. 25.
Eessler, H. F.
1886. Die Entwickelungs und Lebensgeschichte von Chiato-
phorus aceris Koch Chaitophorus testudinatus Thor, und Chcuiit-
ophorus lyropictus Kessler. Nova Acta Academic Caesareae-
Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanicae Naturae Curiosorum. Band
LI, No. 2 pp. 149-180, pi. XXXIV.
Koch, C. L.
1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden getreu nach dem Leben abge-
bildet und beschrieben. p. 63.
L AMBERS, D. HiLLE RiS
1931. Contribution to the Knowledge of the Aphididae (Horn.)
I. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. DI. LXXIV, p. 170.
Linnaeus, C.
1746. Fauna Suecica. pp. 216-218, 387-388.
1758. Systema Naturae, Editio Decima. pp. 451-453.
1761. Fauna Suecica, Editio Altera Auctior. pp. 258-262.
Mordvilko, a.
1935. Die Blattlause mit unvollstandigem Generationszyklus und
ihre Entstehung. Abdruck aus Ergebnisse und Fortschritte der
Zoologie. Begriindet von J. W. Spengel Herausgegeben von M.
Hartmann, Berlin 8. Band. pp. 202-215, 225-229.
Passerini, G.
1856. Gli Insetti autori delle galle del terebinto e del Lentisco.
Giardini, III p. 260. Not seen or checked.
1860. Gli Afidi. p. 40.
1863. Aphididae Italicae. Redescribes Pemphigus utricularhis
p. 72.
Rondani, C.
1848. Osservazioni sopra parecchie specie di esapodi Afidicidi
e sui loro nemici. Nuovi Annali di Scienze naturali. Bologna. 9,
p. 35. Not seen or checked.
SOHRANK, Franz von Paula
1801. Fauna Boica Durchgedachte Geschichte der in Baiern
einheimischen und zahmen Thiere. Band. 2. p. 122.
Schumacher, Friedrich
1921. Aphidologische Notizen III Zool. Anz. 53 pp. 281-284.
Theobald, F. V.
1929. The Plant Lice or Aphididae of Great Britain. 3 pp. 37-42.
Thornton, J.
1852. On the pupa of Phillophorus testudinatus. (Aphidae).
Trans. Microscop. Soc. Lond. January, cf. Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. ser. 2. T. 2. Proc. p. 78. Not seen or checked
Van der Goot, P.
1915. Beitrage zur kenntns der Hollandischen Blattlause. pp.
370-371, 374-379.
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF
PTEROMBRUS RUFIVENTRIS (CRESSON)
( Hymenoptera, Tiphiidae)
BY KARL V. KROMBEIN
Bureau, of Entomology and Plant Quarantine
Agriculture Research Administration
U. S. Department of Agriculture
In 1938 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 64: 236-8) I considered that
Pteromhrus rufiventris (Cresson, 1872. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 4:
201; described as Myzine) was not divisible into discrete sub-
species. Additional specimens have been available recently, and
I have now concluded that this species will have to be divided
into two subspecies. Males from western Texas, Arizona, and Cali-
fornia have much paler wings and are slightly smaller (10 mm.
avg. length) than males from eastern Texas, Louisiana, North
Carolina, and Virginia which have the wings strongly infumated
with brown and are slightly larger (12 mm. avg. yength) . Females
of the eastern form have dusky wings, while those of the western
form have pale wings except the apical third of the forewing and
a f^loud along the basal vein darker.
The type of rufiventris (Cresson) is a male of the dark- winged
eastern form. It was collected in Dallas Co., Texas. The Virginia,
North Carolina, Louisiana, and Texas (Lufkin) specimens record-
ed by me in 1938 all belong to rufiventris rufiventris.
The western race, which I designate here as Pteromhrus rufi-
ventris hyalinatus Krombein, new subspecies, agrees in details of
sculpture with the typical subspecies, but is readily distinguished
by the paler wings, and the generally smaller size of the male. I
have seen only one female of each subspecies; that of the typical
subspecies is 13.0 mm. long, and that of rufiventris hyalinatus is
14.8 mm. long.
Type: $ ; Presidio, Texas; June 25, 1945; (P. A. Click; on
cotton). [U. S. National Museum, Type No. 58970.] The type is
10.7 mm. long.
Allotype: $ ; Palo Verde, Imperial Co., California; August 31,
1946; (P. D. Hurd). [California Insect Survey].
Paratypes: 1 $ ; same data as type. 1 ; El Paso Valley, Texas;
APRIL, 1949] MAC SWAIN COLLECTING STYLOPS
89
July 31, 1947; (L. W. Noble; on alfalfa). [Both U. S. N. M.]
1^ ; Arizona; [A. N. S. P.]. 15 ; Blythe, California; July 30,
1947; (Ray F. Smith; on alfalfa); [California Insect Survey].
15; Experiment Farm, Imperial Co., California; June 1, 1912;
(J. C. Bridwell; visiting glandular hairs on leaves of Helianthus
annuus) ; [K. V. K.]. Paratypes vary in length from 9 to 11 mm.
Specimens from Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, and Baja
California, recorded respectively by Cameron, 1894 (Biol. Centr.-
Amer., Hym. 2: 258, pi. 12, fig. 23), and Fox, 1895 (Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci. (2) 5: 263, pi. 21, figs. 1-5), are probably referable
to rufiventris hyalinatus.
A METHOD FOR COLLECTING MALE STYLOPS
(Coleoptera, Stylopidae)
BY J. W. MAC SWAIN
University of California, Berkeley
Males of the Stylopidae are generally uncommon in insect col-
lections, more particularly those genera which are parasitic on
solitary nesting Hymenoptera. For this reason, results obtained
from using females of Stylops pacifica Bohart to attract large
numbers of males may be of interest.
S. pacifica is a relatively common parasite of Andrena com-
plexa Viereck and A. suavis Timberlake. These two bees, which
occur throughout Northern California and Oregon from sea level
to about 7000 feet, are apparently limited in their pollen collecting
habits to the flowers of Ranunculus. At lower elevations emergence
of the bees varies from the middle of February to the middle of
March depending on the season. Almost one hundred percent of
the first individuals to appear in any one locality are parasitized
by 5. pacifica. The parasites are very conspicuous, since they
protrude from between the posterior abdominal tergites of their
host. The female has her flat, brown, triangular cephalothorax ex-
posed while the male is recognizable by its larger, darker, oval
puparium. On the first warm day after the appearance of the hees
the male Stylops emerge from their puparia. These males are
capable of immediate flight and have been observed to live only
a few hours. However, males may be enocuntered in the field
over a period of a week to ten days.
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
The ability of female insects to attract males hasbeen used by
collectors with varying degrees of success in many groups, but
its use for the capture of male Stylops has not been reported. In
the spring of 1947 a study of the mating behavior of S. pacifica
was undertaken. For this study a number of bees containing the
female parasite were placed on flowers and on several occasions
males appeared within a few minutes. In 1948 emergence of the
bees was first noted on February 16 when 7 male Stylops were col-
lected in one hour by placing bees containing female parasites on
the flowers. The following day, which was somewhat overcast,
the same method gave negative results. On the next clear day,
February 20, 193 males were taken by two collectors in two and
one half hours. Of this number 111 were captured by one collector
using a single Andrena complexa which contained a female para-
site. After three days of inclement weather collecting was resumed
with the stylopized bees confined in small cages. The cages con-
sisted of a three inch tube of cloth with a cork stopper inserted in
each end. In this experiment each parasitized bee was immobilized
by lightly crushing its thorax. The bee was then pinned through
the thorax and the pin inserted into the smaller end of the cork
within the cage. Three such cages were set out at intervals of
about two hundred feet and visited regularly over a period of two
hours. During this time 263 males were collected either on or
flying about cages. In this experiment it was found that the cages
were very effective when set out on barren ground away from sur-
rounding flowers.
The greatest difl&culty in this technique is the problem of ob-
taining female parasites which will attract the males. Of the total
of 152 female Stylops collected in 1948 only 8 were found to be
attractive to males at the time of capture. However, the bees which
were captured earliest in the morning contained the greatest per-
centage of females which could be used for trapping. At the time
that the 152 female Stylops were taken, bees containing the empty
puparia of 269 male Stylops were collected. In contrast to the
number of empty puparia observed, a total of 510 males of 5.
pacifica were attracted by the use of the 8 females.
R. M. Bohart in his 1941 revision of the Strepsiptera reports
known males for about half of the North American species of the
genus Stylops. If it is found that this trapping method can be ap-
plied to other members of this genus the number of species from
which males are known may be increased.
APRIL, 1949]
LANGE AGROMYZIDAE
91
NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF AGROMYZID FLIES
DURING 1948, AND A RECORD OF TWO
UNREPORTED SPECIES IN CALIFORNIA
W. HARRY LANGE, JR.
University of California, Davis
During the summer and fall of 1948 in different sections of
California, several species of leaf-mining flies of the family Agro-
myzidae were exceedingly abundant and caused serious damage
to truck and field crops. They also selected a wide range of plants
of little economic importance. In the past the commonest species
causing damage to various truck and field crops has been re-
ported as the serpentine leaf miner, Agromyza (or Liriomyza)
pusilla Meigen. It is now apparent that several species are in-
volved. In the Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys of California
where it is hot and dry during the summer, the common species
causing damage to alfalfa, beans, melons, and tomatoes is a small
species with a yellow scutellum, Agromyza [Liriomyza) subpusilla
Frost (orig. desc.. Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 51: 255-56, 1943)
which has been previously unreported in the state. The specimens
were determined by Dr. S. W. Frost and Dr. C. W. Sabrosky.
This miner also selects a number of plants of little economic im-
portance. Along the coast of California, in the coastal valleys,
and in areas having a coastal influence, this species is replaced
by a larger species, also with a yellow scutellum, which is close
to the European Agromyza [Liriomyza) flaveola Fallen (also has
been called A. orbona Meigen). During 1948, this species dam-
aged cruciferous crops, lettuce, melons, peas, sugar beets, to-
matoes, and cultivated flowers, and, in addition, selected many
hosts of no economic importance. Through the courtesy of Dr.
R. N. Jefferson, I was able to examine flies from southern Cali-
fornia damaging tomato and found them to be close to or equal
to Agromyza [Liriomyza) pusilla Meigen. This would indicate
that we have three species in California with a yellow scutellum
which cause damage to a wide range of plants.
The corn blotch miner, Agromyza parvicornis Loew, is a wide-
ly distributed fly, but no definite records in the literature could
be found for the occurrence of this insect in California. During
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
August, 1948, it was found damaging young corn at Davis, Yolo
County. The characteristic blotch mines caused some drying up
of the tips of the leaves, and the damage was accentuated by the
persistent, white, feeding punctures of the females. The fly was
determined by Dr. C. W. Sabrosky.
NOTES ON SOME FOREST INSECTS
OF BAJA CALIFORNIA
By F. P. Keen
U. S. D. A., Agr. Res. Admin., Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine
In the Northern District of Baja California, Mexico, about
80 miles below the United States border lies the mountain range
of San Pedro Martir, rising to an elevation of over 10,000 feet
and carrying extensive forests of pine, fir, cedar and oak. These
forests are separated from similar forests of the Sierra Madre in
southern California by approximately 100 miles of open, non-
timbered, brush-covered hills, with only a few intervening patches
of Jeffrey pine,* Parry pinon and oak.
For many years it has been of interest to know whether or
not the trees on this botanical island were infested with the same
species of insects found associated with their counterparts north
of the border. In late October and early November of 1947, an
opportunity to collect forest insects from this region was afforded
the writer, who accompanied J. W. DuflSeld and Wm. C. Cum-
mings, of the Institute of Forest Genetics, on an expedition to
collect specimens of seeds, cones, leaves and insects from the trees
on this mountain range.
Tree species found on San Pedro Martir included Jeffrey pine
{Pinus jejjreyi) , sugar pine [Pinus lambertiana) , lodgepole pine
{Pinus contorta) , Parry pinon {Pinus parryana) , white fir {Abies
concolor), and incense cedar {Libocedrus decurrens) . Nearer
the coast on the bluffs of San Vicente canyon, near the village of
APRIL, 1949]
KEEN FOREST INSECTS
93
San Isidro, Bishop pine {Pinas muricata) was found, and in the
mountains east of Ensenada collections were made from knob-
cone pine {Pinas attenaata) .
The distance traveled by horseback to reach San Pedro Martir
and the lack of feed for stock made it impossible to spend more
than one day on the mountain. Hence, it was impossible to make
comprehensive collections from all tree species. Sufl&cient collect-
ing was done, however, to establish the fact that the native trees
on this isolated mountain had associated with them the same in-
sects as found associated with these tree species in California to
the north. Isolation had proved no barrier.
Species collected, all of which apparently are new records for
Baja California, were as follows:
Pinas jeffreyi
Dendroctonas jeffreyi Hopk.^ (New attacks under bark) .
Dendroctonas valens Lec.^ (Attacking base of trees) .
Ips emarginatas (Lec.)^ (Under bark).
Melanophila calif arnica Van. D (Larvae only, under bark) .
Hylargops sabcostalatas (Mann.)^ (Under bark).
Orthotomicas ornatas Sw.^ (Under bark).
Gnathotrichas retasas (Lec.)^ (In sapwood).
Plegaderas nitidas Horn.^ (Under bark).
Glischrochilas sp. (apparently undescribed)
Xantholinas sp.®.
Pinas lambertiana
Dendroctonas monticolae Hopk.^ (Under bark of windfall).
Pinas maricata
Carphoboras sp.^ (Attacking bark of trunk and limbs) .
Eacrossas villicornis Lec.^ (Reared from wood).
Abies concolor
Scolytas ventralis Lee. (Work noted on bark and sapwood).
Xylotrechas abietis Van D.^ (Reared from wood of trunk).
Qaercas agrifolia
Pseadopityophthoras sp. prob. pabipennis (Lec.^) (Under
bark) .
^Identifications checked by W. !H. Anderson, U. S. Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine.
^Identified by H. S. Barber, U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine.
’Identified by E. A. Chapin, U. S. National Museum.
^Identified by E. Gorton Linsley, University of California.
•Identified by R. E. Blackwelder, U. S. Natia(nal Museum.
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
OCCURRENCES OF DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA AT LIGHT
By J, W. Tilden
San Jose, California
It has long been noted that certain normally diurnal insects,
including representatives of several orders, are occasionally at-
tracted at night to light. Among these insects, a number of but-
terflies is included, although these species are, at least in our
fauna, normally entirely diurnal. The literature on this subject
is fairly extensive, and has not been examined exhaustively here,
but of special interest is an article by Howard (1898), which
reviews a number of papers on the subject. Among the species
mentioned in this article as having been taken at light are
Epargyreus tityrus (Fabr.), Pholisora catullus (Fabr.), Vanessa
atlanta (L.), Vanessa cardui (L.), Vanessa virginiensis (Drury),
Nymphalis j -album (Bdv. & Lee.), Nymphalis antiopa (L.),
Aster ocampa celtis (Bdv. & Lee.), Danaus plexippus (L.),
Papilio troilus L., and Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus (Bdv. & Lee.).
Dr. Howard suggests that in some cases these captures may be
due to the diurnals going to sleep nearby, and upon being dis-
turbed by some means, they subsequently fly to the light.
Tilden and Mansfield (1942) mention the capture of a speci-
men of her odea eufala (Edw.) at light in San Jose, Calif., where
this species appears to be uncommon. Other observations so far
unrecorded may be included here. In 1931, during both the spring
and the fall periods of flight of the skipper, Poanes melane
(Edw.), several specimens of this species were taken at the lights
of the pumping plant on River St., in Santa Cruz, Calif. In each
case, the insect was sitting near the light, not fluttering around
it. It may be worthwhile to note that in the grounds around the
pumping plant, grew Scahiosa, Salvia, Aster and other flowers,
attractive to this skipper during daylight hours.
At Vineburg, Sonoma County, Calif., Ochlodes agricola (Bdv.)
was taken, one male at the lights of a service station, in June,
1933. In September, 1936, another member of this genus, Ochlo-
des sylvanoides (Bdv.), was taken, also at the lights of a service
APRIL, 1949]
TILDEN LEPIDOPTERA AT LIGHT
95
station, at Gustine, Merced County, Calif. In these two instances,
as in the foregoing, the insects were merely sitting near the lights.
None of these skippers was observed actually flying to the light.
At Salida, Stanislaus County, Calif., in October, 1932, three
specimens of Vanessa cardui (L.) were taken, two at the lights
of a service station and one at the lights of an auto court. At the
same time, a number of specimens of Colias eurytheme Bvd. were
seen. Both of these species were fluttering actively around the
lights.
The latest of such occurrences to be noted was the capture of
a specimen of Vanessa caryae (Hbn.) at the porch light of a
private home near Navarro, Mendocino County, Calif., on the
evening of October 3, 1947, at about 9:30 p.m. This specimen was
fluttering against the lamp globe of the light.
A tabulation of these records shows several interesting things.
The family Nymphalidae is best represented by seven species.
The family Hesperiidae is second with six species. Pieridae, Pap-
ilionidae, Danaidae, and Lycaenidae are represented by one
species each. No Satyridae nor Riodinidae are included. From
this it might be concluded that Nymphalidae and Hesperiidae are
more susceptible to attraction to light at night than are other
families of butterflies. It is also to be noted that in most of the
recorded cases, the insects are of common species. It is even more
noticeable, however, that some of the most common species are
conspicuously absent.
Moreover, all the American species of Vanessa have now been
recorded as having been captured at light. This is rather remark-
able, since this is the only genus, all the species of which have
been taken under these circumstances, and it is a matter of in-
terest that behavior so unusual in butterflies should be common
to all the members of any given genus in our fauna.
Whether or not Dr. Howard’s explanation may be taken to be
a valid one is hard to prove or to disprove, but the widespread
occurrence of this phenomenon, together with the grouping of
captures mostly in two families, would suggest that his is at most
only a partial explanation. The habit of being attracted to light
would appear to be, in butterflies, a reaction occurring in a rela-
tively small percentage only of the individuals of a species. If
the reaction were actually common to a species, one would expect
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 2
to find records of many more individuals taken in this manner,
or it would have become a matter too well known to be considered
curious.
Actually, phototropic behavior varies not only in butterflies,
but also in moths. A tabulation of phototropism in moths in any
locality would probably show that there are numerous species
indifferent to light, and a certain percentage of definitely negative
species. Among moths of the latter category may be mentioned
members of the genus Triphosa, which shun light. At Tucson,
Ariz., in April, 1938, it was found that the phalaenid, Ulosyneda
valens Hy. Edw. was common at the flowers of Rhus trilohata
Nutt., but indifferent to the light of a Coleman lantern in the im-
mediate vicinity. The rather closely related Litocola sexsignata
Harv., which was abundant in the same area, was purely diurnal,
and was not taken at light. Many other similar examples could
be given.
The problem of phototropism is Lepidoptera is far from a
simple one. It may be observed that the occurrence of butterflies
at light is unusual enough to be of interest, but still by no means
so rare as might be supposed.
Literature Cited
Howard, L. 0., 1898. Butterflies attracted to light at night.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 4:333-334.
Tilden, J. W., and G. S. Mansfield, 1942. A capture of Lero-
dea eufala Edwards at light. Pan.Pac. Ent., 18(1) :26.
ERRATA, VOLUME XXIV, NO. 4
Line 12, p. 171. This should read:
elegans Cr. and further studies may show the E. hespera Scullen,
Figure 14, p. 177. The title should read:
Fig. 14. Distribution map for E. velutina (2), E. melanovittata
(4), E. mellect (5), E. hespera (8), E. ruficaps (10), E. ha ja (7),
and E. padfica (11).
1
FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS
P E N C
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
PENCO* BHC (Benzene Hexachloride) Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.
D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use hy dusL manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.
W-12 Wettahle Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.
PENCO DB-SO — micron-sized dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustable and free-flowing. Can be used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended by recognized diluent manufacturers.
PENCO WB-SO — micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting agents. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.
PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettahle micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and barn sprays, live-
stock dips.
PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.
PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.
PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.
PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.
PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed-killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.
PENPHOS (Parathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.
PENPHENE*'— Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.
KRYOCIDE’*’ — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.
*Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.
For further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division
PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON
Los Angeles Tacoma Portland, Ore.
\PENN m SALT/
11
POOD MACHINERY
AND CHEMICAL
For your crops
For your profits
The "Niagara” name on Spray or Dust is your best
assurance of Protection from the pests and
diseases that attack your crops. Here’s why . . .
O "Niagara" Products are made fresh every season, and
fresh materials kill the bugs!
O "Niagara" Products are manufactured by the most> ad-
vanced methods, with equipment specifically designed for the
purpose.
O "Niagara" Products are produced to the most exacting
laboratory standards and are thoroughly tested in the field.
O "Niagara" Products are the result of many years of
experience in the field of pest control by a company concen-
trating primarily on the production of agricultural insecticides
and fungicides. And experience counts!
NIAGARA CHEMICAL
DIVISION
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Richmond, California ■ Home Office: Middleport, New York
Jacksonville and Pompano, Florida • New Orleans, Louisiana • Greenville, Miss.
Harlingen, Texas ■ Mt. Vernon, Washington
Canadian Associate. Niagara Brand Spray Co., . Lid • Burlington, Ontario
^HMUHCih^ . .
ARATHANE
Formerly CR-1639
Results of tests over several years show this new chemical to
be an unusually effective miticide.
Both dormant and summer applications have given effective
control of motile forms and egg stages of European Red Mite,
Two-Spotted Mite, Citrus Red Mite, Pacific Mite, Brown Mite,
and Willamette Mite.
ARATHANE also shows promising fungicidal qualities as well
as some interesting insecticidal possibilities.
Preliminary toxicological studies indicate ARATHANE to be
of a low order of mammalian toxicity.
A summary of results of experimental work with ARATHANE
is available for research and extension workers. Copies will be
sent upon request.
Experimental quantities of ARATHANE formulations are avail-
able for 1949 trials.
We welcome your inquiries.
CHEMICALS FOR
INDUSTRY
1
r 1
ROHM
£HAAS
COM PAN V
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
CHEMICALS
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
'
<J
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
• Sulphur
• Insect'icides
® Fertilizers
® Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California
P. O. Box 1 669 Phone Fresno 2-41 1 3
VI
FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.
FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive
qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.
FRIANITE improves insecticides ... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.
Send for
Free Booklet
on "FRIANITE
FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.
CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS CO.
"Producers oi FRIANITE" * FBIANT ■ CALIFOBNIA
Vll
in which the custom
emulsifies solutions
DDT solvents have been used
solvents which can be readily diluted with water to
form non-settling, clear solutions.
dissolves as high as 50% of
Toxaphene, and following water dilution gives stable
emulsions ready for immediate field use. Also provides
excellent emulsions wi th solvent solutions of Toxaphene.
to provide high concentration
emulsible insecticide formulations with kerosene.
to better wetting characteristics,
increased coverage and control.
lAUkEQJUtUiiAifiMi for emulsifying solvent solu-
tions of various organic insecticides and herbicides
wherein special properties are desired in finished
formulation.
Write for samples and descriptive literature
Kl CHf
iN COMPANY
FRANCISCO * CALIFORNIA
1000 SIXTEENTH ST*
TREX 45 for Tpxaphehe
Aiake finwulatioTts
effective and eas^
TREM and TREX
EMULSIFIERS and SOLUBILIZERS
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
!
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA
CHLORDANE volatility gives this
chemical an outstanding advantage
for application on row crops as well
as orchards and fruits.
rdane
The Toxicant that gives control of the
following chewing and sucking insects:
ANTS
GRASSHOPPERS
SOIL INFESTING INSECTS
LEAF MINERS
Chlordane also a leading
toxicant for Orchards,
Truck Crops and
Strawberry Pests.
Chlordane is formulated into emul-
sifiable concentrates, wettable pow-
ders and dusts by leading insecti-
cide manufacturers. Read the label
and make sure it contains chlor-
dane. Write for technical bulletins
and data.
^uliu^ HYMAN Ir
DENVER, COLORADO
WESTERN SALES OFFICE
25 Beale Street
San Francisco, Calif.
*Manufacturers of
OCTA-KLOR (T.M. Reg.
U. S. Pat. Off) Chlordane
I
I
1
*
*1
iSyfi
t,-
I
I
I
I
I
COLLOIDAL Z-1
SPREADER AND DEPOSIT BUILDER
FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY
Colloidal Products Corporation
Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920
2598 Taylor St. San Francisco 11, Calif.
WARD'S OFFERS A COMPLETE
SERVICE FOR THE ENTOMOLOGIST
Since 1862 , Ward’s has been a leader in the Natural Science fields.
Ward’s serves the entomologist with equipment of the finest quality,
and many items made in Ward’s own cabinet shop are your guarantee
of the finest quality. Extensive Life Histories and Collections are
available for comprehensive study purposes; a new Color Slide series
of butterflies, North American and Exotic, plus color slides on moths.
The World-Wide collecting service of Ward’s affords opportunity to
purchase many rare entomological specimens for collectors. Write
for free catalogs:
COLOR SLIDES, Butterflies and Moths
NORTH AMERICAN MOTHS, EXOTIC BUTTER-
FLIES
SPECIAL INSECT LISTS, LIFE HISTORIES AND
COLLECTIONS |
ENTOMOLOGICAL EQ UIPMENT AND S UPPLIES |
WARD’S natural science est., inc.
* ■ IbI Serving the Natural Sciences Since 1862
3000 RMge Raid East • Rochester 9, New York
AfG. CCS PAT OFT
This familiar shield
symbolizes a matchless
combination of values
maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these ORTHO
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, make
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.
has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plus
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stocked
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassed
for convenience, availability and speed.
(Srthq)
has behind it nearly half-a-century of field experience and scientific
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practical
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, time
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.
offers a full range of both general and specialized products — and
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.
continues to forge ahead in research ... is a leader in the develop-
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better.
CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP.
Richmond, Fresno, Sacramento, San Jose, Whittier, California • Oklahoma City, Okla. •
Kansas City, Mo. • Orlando, Florida • Elizabeth, N. J. • Lyndonville, N. Y. •
South Haven, Michigan • Portland, Oregon.
ERIC M. FISHER
SNILLtMd
•IgMTt 2. Box
TUftidOCK, Calif.
Vol. XXV July, 1949 No. 3
“ <r
I
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
BOHART, NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN POLISTES WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OP NEW SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES 97
BAILEY, THE GENUS OROTHRIPS MOULTON 104
HATCH. STUDIES ON THE COLEOPTERA OF THE PACIFIC
NORTHWEST I 113
CHAMBERLIN, A NOTE ON SIREX AREOLATUS (CRESSON) 118
ROSS, DESCRIPTIONS OP SOME WESTERN LIMNEPHILIDAE 119
MIDDLEKAUFF AND UNDERHILL, A NEW HOST RECORD FOR
LEPTIDIELLA BREVIPENNIS (MULS.) 128
TIMBERLAKE, THE SPECIES OF DIANTHIDIUM OF BAJA
CALIFORNIA 129
CHANDLER, A NEW SPECIES OP STENELMIS PROM NEVADA 133
VOGT, NOTES ON CERAMBYCIDAE FROM THE LOWER RIO GRANDE
VALLEY, TEXAS _..137
San Francisco, California
1949
THE PAN.PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. C. Van Dyke E. G. Linsiky, R. L. Usingeb E. S. Ross
Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly In January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing In the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, Including articles up to ten printed pages on
Insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of Callfoxnla, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
;San Francisco 18, California
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year In advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan -Pacific Entomologist.”
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV
Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California
1. Introductory Account, by A. £. Michelbacher and E. S. Rorb. Pp. 1-20, pli. 1-3.
February, 1942 $0.2?
2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pli. 4-5. Feb., 1942...- .75
3. Coleoptera: Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, ph. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35
4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942.... .20
5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 153-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 .15
6. Diptera : Culicidae, by Thomas H. C. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 .20
7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50
Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNU
4 1
PACIFIC
DISCOUERV
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES
WEED KILLERS
SOIL & SPACE
FUMIGANTS
THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
I.
SAN FRANCISCO
SeoHle, Wash. Seal Beoch, Calif.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.
Xhe Pan-Pacific E ntomologist
Vol. XXV, No. 3
July, 1949
NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN POLISTES WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES
(Hymenoptera, Vespidae)
By Richard M. Bohart
University of California, Davis
The North American Polistes wasps can be divided taxonom-
ically in to 4^ species groups which are widely distributed
over the country. These may be called the canadensis, exclamans,
fuscatus and major groups. The structural characters on which
they are based have been nicely summarized by Bequaert.^ The
first two can be distinguished from the last two by their more
slender form and by the only slightly convex second tergite. The
canadensis group is further characterized by the distinctly striate
propodeum, well punctured mesopleuron and raised pronotal
collar. In the exclamans group the propodeum is finely striate ex-
cept in the median groove, the mesopleuron has microscopic
punctures only, and the pronotal collar is low and blunt. The
major group can be separated from the fuscatus group by the
almost invariably present prepectal suture on the mesopleuron of
the former. Also, in the males of the fuscatus group the apical
sternite has a mediobasal tubercle.
Thanks are due the U. S. National Museum, American Museum
of Natural History, California Academy of Sciences, University
of California, and Oregon State Agricultural College for the op-
portunity of studying their extensive collections. Also, Dr. Joseph
Bequaert of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
has contributed and loaned many specimens as well as furnished
suggestions and criticisms based on his extensive knowledge of
Polistes.
^A fifth group is represented by P. pacificics (Fabricius), a new record of
which from Brownsville, Texas, has been communicated to me by Dr. Joseph
Beauaert.
^Bequaert, J., 1940. An introductory study of Polistes in the United States
and Canada with descriptions of some new North and South American forms.
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 48 :l-82.
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
Holotypes will be deposited in the California Academy of
Sciences. Paratypes will be distributed to the above-named insti-
tutions as their number permits.
I. P. CANADENSIS GrOUP
P. canadensis (Linii.) in its typical mahogany-colored form
occurs in Central and South America. In the United States it is
known only from southern Arizona. Other subspecies in this
country are the brownish-red kaihahensis Hayward from Grand
Canyon of Arizona, the yellow, black and orange navajoe Cresson
from southwestern U. S., and in western Texas the largely orange
and black comanchus Saussure. Another species of the group,
annularis Linn, usually has a mahogany thorax and mostly black
abdomen. It occurs commonly in eastern and midwestern U. S.
and has previously been considered as a subspecies of canadensis.
However, the male genitalia of annularis differ in having the
aedeagus considerably stouter.
H. P. EXCLAMANS GrOUP
Only one species of this group, exclamans Viereck, occurs in
the U. S. Structurally speaking, it is separated with difl&culty and
by male facial characters only from related Mexican and Central
American species. Specimens from Lower California appear to
be exclamans but differ consistently in markings. These are de-
scribed below.
Polistes exclamans lineonotus R. Bohart, new subspecies
Male — Black, marked with yellow and some reddish. Face
mostly yellow, black across vertex and on occiput. Thorax with
many yellow spots and lines including 2 pairs of lines on meso-
notum and 2 pair on propodeum, pronotum partly reddish. Legs
black and yellow or reddish-yellow, hind femora all black except
for basal and apical spots. First 2 abdominal tergites mostly black
with broad apical yellow bands, rest of abdomen mostly yellow
tinged with reddish. Wings brownish red. Length to apex of second
tergite 11.5 mm.
Female — Markings about as in male except as follows: face
partly suffused with reddish, vertex reddish with black-rimmed
ocelli, submedian yellow lines of mesonotum edged with red, mid
femur all black except at apex, abdomen mostly brownish red with
black at base of segments only, except on tergite I where it runs
to apical yellow border. Apical margins of tergites II - III narrow
and suffused with reddish, those following broader. Length to apex
of second tergite 13.0 - 15.0 mm.
July, 1949]
BOHART POLISTES
99
Holotype, male, C. A. S. No. 6002, 10 miles east of San Ig-
nacio, Lower California, September 30, 1941 (E. Ross and G.
Bohart) .
Paratypes, 30 females collected by E Ross, G. Bohart and A.
Michelbacher from the following Lower California localities: San
Domingo, Venancio, Concepcion Bay, 20 miles N. Comondu; 1
female collected by W. H. Mann at Loreto, Lower California.
The paired yellow lines on the mesonotum of this subspecies
differentiate it from the typical form where such lines are absent
or very indistinct.
III. P. FUscATUs Group
Included here are juscatus Fabricius from eastern U. S., vaH-
atus Cresson from central U. S. to the Rocky Mountains, pallipes
Lepeletier from northern U. S., centralis Hayward from south-
western U. S., aurifer Saussure from far western U. S. and sev-
eral localized named forms. These appear to be subspecies, and
intermediates occur where they come together geographically.
Also included as subspecies by Bequaert (1940, see footnote 2)
were rubiginosus Lepeletier, metricus Say, hellicosus Cresson,
apachus Saussure, flavus Cresson, and hunteri Bequaert. Although
close to juscatus and often structurally indistinguishable in the
female, males of these species differ from each other as well as
from juscatus in the size and arrangement of the teeth of the
aedeagus. The shape of the male clypeus and its position on the
face are also useful differentiating characters. In juscatus it is
noticeably more concave than in the other species. An addition
to the list is the following unnamed form.
Polistes rossi R. Bohart, new species
Male — Light brownish-red and yellow, black restricted to thor-
acic sutures, margins of ocelli, and mandible teeth. Yellow with
orange tint, especially on abdomen, occurring as follows: Clypeus
and frons to front of ocellus, anterior and posterior margins of
pronotum, tegula basally, narrow propodeal stripes, spot above
mid coxa, other indistinct areas on sides of thorax, tibiae and first
2 tarsal segments above, submedially emarginate apical margins
of abdominal tergites, similar margins of sternites II - IV, indis-
tinct free spot on tergite II. Wings pale reddish. Clypeus very
slightly convex, apex produced at an angle of about 87° (less acute
in some paratypes), distance between lateral ocellus and compound
eye about 1.3 times diameter of front ocellus, distance between
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
antennal bases about 1.5 times diameter of front ocellus, last an-
tennal segment in lateral view slightly convex beneath. Propodeum
rather sharply cleft at middle, with about 25 distinct and well
separated striae. Teeth of aedeagus small (as compared with
fuscatus) , shallow, set close together, similar in size. Length to
apex of second tergite 13 mm.
Female — Marked about as in male except that face is yellowish
red and propodeum is without stripes. Clypeus produced sharply
so that angle is 90° or less. Distance between lateral ocellus and
compound , eye slightly less than twice diameter of front ocellus.
Propodeum as in male but with striae as a rule even more distinct.
Length to apex of second tergite 13.5 - 16.5 mm.
Type, male, C. A. S. No. 6003, 10 miles east of San Ignacio,
Lower California, September 30, 1941 (E. S. Ross and G. E.
Bohart) . Paratypes, 17 males and 9 females, collected by Ross
and G. Bohart except as noted, all from Lower California: 10 mi.
E. San Ignacio, 20 mi. S. El Arco, 20 mi. W. San Augustine, El
Marmol, Catavifiia, Canipole, La Rivera, Concepcion Bay (Ross
and A. Michelbacher) , 15 mi. E. San Ignacio (Ross and A.
Michelbacher) .
This species occurs with a similarly marked subspecies of
fuscatus which is probably referable to centralis but has the ab-
domen more reddish than in specimens from southwestern U. S.
However, rossi can be separated on structural characters of the
head and propodeum. In other species of the fuscatus group the
lateral ocelli are separated from the compound eyes in the male
by a little more than 2 front ocellus diameters, the male antennal
bases are separated by about 2 front ocellus diameters and the
last antennal segment in the male is concave beneath in profile.
In the females of the other fuscatus group species, the clypeal
apex is slightly obtuse, and the lateral ocelli are separated from
the compound eyes by a little more than 2 ocellus diameters. The
propodeum in the fuscatus group is subject to some variation in
striae, and in rubiginosus, apachus, and metricus the ridges may
be as strong as in some rossi. In the subspecies of fuscatus, how-
ever, fine striae only are found.
P. hunteri Bequaert was treated as a subspecies of fuscatus
by Bequaert but the small and convex male clypeus and the mi-
nutely-toothed aedeagus are characteristic. The known forms of
hunteri average smaller than any other North American Polistes.
July, 1949]
BOHART POLISTES
101
In addition to typical hunteri, which ranges over much of eastern
and southern U. S., there are at least 3 other subspecies. One of
these, neotropicus Bequaert, notable for the large amount of yel-
low on the propodeum, was described from Central America but
ranges into Texas, New Mexico, and southern Colorado. The other
previously unnamed subspecies are described below.
Polistes hunteri calif omicus R. Bohart, new subspecies
Polistes fuscatus anaheimensis of authors (not Provancher)
Male — Light red marked with yellow as follows : Mandible ^
mostly, face to near ocellar triangle, outer orbit narrowly above
and broadly below, anterior and posterior margins of pronotum,
spot below tegula, large mesostemal spot, 2 spots at front margin
of scutellum, front margin of postscutellum, narrow propodeal
stripes, membranous areas at abdominal insertion, front and mid
coxae beneath, exterior stripes on femora and tibiae, tarsi partly,
rather broad bands on abdominal segments, indented medially,
most of tergites III to VII, attached spots on I and II. Black re-
stricted to mandible teeth, irregular area around ocelli, stains
along most thoracic sutures and spots on coxae above. Wings red-
dish, veins brown. Clypeus (as in typical subspecies) small, some-
what convex, removed from eye by about 1.5 times diameter of
front ocellus; lateral ocellus removed from eye by about 3.5 times
diameter of front ocellus. Last antennal segment not concave or
shiny beneath. Aedeagus slender, with many small teeth of about
equal size. Length to apex of second tergite 12.5 mm.
Female — Markings about as in male but with yellow more
restricted. Most of face including part of clypeus often reddish,
mesosternum, coxae and femora except at apex, without yellow.
Clypeus adjoining compound eye for about 1 ocellus diameter,
lateral ocellus removed from eye by about 3 times diameter of
front ocellus. Length to apex of second tergite 10.0 to 14.0 mm.
Holotype, male, C. A. S. No. 6004, Antioch, Contra Costa
Co., Calif. (P. D. Hurd) . Paratypes, 36 males and 88 females
from the following California Counties: Solano (Green Valley),
Shasta (Cottonwood), Yolo (Davis, Putah Canyon, Madison),
Sacramento, (Sacramento), Stanislaus (Del Puerto Canyon), San
Francisco (San Francisco), Eldorado (Chile Bar), Sonoma (Clo-
verdale). Contra Costa (Antioch), Napa (St. Helena), Lake
(Middletown), Alameda (Tesla and Niles Canyon), Inyo (Big
Pine), Santa Clara (Stanford University), Monterey (Paraiso
Springs), Tulare (Sequoia Park), Madera (Bates), Fresno (Fire-
baugh), Los Angeles (Saugus, Sierra Madre, Pomona, West Los
102
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
Angeles), Orange (Silverado Canyon), Riverside (Andreas Can-
yon, Banning, Hemet), San Bernardino (El Cajon), San Diego
(Borego, San Diego, San Felipe Valley, Jacumba).
The species is common in California at low to moderate ele-
vations as far north as Shasta County. It hibernates particularly
under loose bark of cottonwood or eucalyptus and in company
with P. fuscatus aurifer. Both wasps are stylopized by Xenos
peckii Kirby but aurifer much more frequently so. The nests of
californicus are usually small but I have collected one containing
about 250 cells. It was long oval in shape, with a double pedicel
near the middle and individual cells measuring about 5.0 mm.
in diameter.
Polistes hunteri clarionensis R. Bohart, new subspecies
Male — Body mostly dull brownish red with restricted yellow
and black markings. Yellowish are: face as far up as eye emar-
gination, mid and fore coxae mostly in front, indistinct lines on
femora, margins of pronotum weakly, base of abdominal sternite
II. Black are: large spot on vertex enclosing ocelli, fourth and
following antennal segments except narrowly beneath, spot at
middle of humeral slope, thoracic sutures including mesonotum all
around and a median stripe extending back as far as tegulae, basal
areas on tergites I and II, irregular areas on sternites. Wings
reddish, veins brown. Structural characters as in hunteri and
californicus. Length to apex of second tergite 12.0 mm.
Female — Markings about as in male except as follows : small
black spot running from each antennal insertion to clypeus, fourth
and following antennal segments all black except for tip of twelfth,
mesonotum more extensively black, legs with yellow only at tips
of fore and mid femora, abdominal tergites (in some paratypes)
with traces of sublateral yellow spots. Length to apex of second
tergite 12.0 - 16.0 mm.
Holotype, male, C. A. S. No. 6005, Clarion Island, Revillag-
IGEDO GROUP, Pacific Ocean, April 27, 1925 (H. H. Keifer).
Paratypes, 8 males and 49 females, same data as type; 2 fe-
males, Clarion Island, March 22-24, 1932 (M. Willows, Jr.), 3
females. Clarion Island, February 27, 1928, (T. Craig).
This subspecies is easily recognized by the decidedly bicolored
antennae, the all red propodeum except for a median black stripe,
and the absence of yellow on the first abdominal tergite. Mr. H. H.
Keifer has told me that nests were numerous near the ground in
catsclaw bushes.
July, 1949]
BOHART POLISTES
103
IV. P. MAJOR Group
Typical P. major Beauvois occurs in Mexico and Central Amer-
ica and occasional specimens have been taken in southern Ari-
zona along with the much more common mahogany-colored sub-
species, castaneicoloT Bequaert. The typical subspecies also occurs
at Brownsville, Texas, according to information received from J.
Bequaert in a letter. In addition I have studied 8 specimens, in-
cluding both sexes, which represent various intergrades between
major and castaneicolor and which were collected with the other
forms in Arizona. In western Texas there is a subspecies, hakeri
Bequaert, characterized by extensive black areas on the thorax.
In southeastern California, subspecies palmarum Bequaert can be
recognized by its pale reddish color and somewhat restricted
yellow markings. In Lower California a similar but more deeply
colored subspecies occurs which is described below.
Polistes major slevini R. Bohart, new subspecies ^y>*.
Male — Orange red and yellow with restricted black markings.
Mandible, clypeus and frons yellow, ocellar area and occiput ir- ,
regularly blackened, rest of head reddish. Outlines of pronotum,
spots on mesopleuron, coxae beneath, scutellum, postscutellum,
area of abdominal insertion yellow, rest of thorax reddish except «
for blackened sutures, coxae partly and metapleural spots. Ab-
dominal segments with bases of I and II narrowly black, rest
reddish with broad apical yellow bands so that IV to VII appear
all yellow. Wings reddish brown, veins brown. Length to apex of
second tergite 15.0 mm.
Female — Markings about as in male except that ocellar black
area is confined to rims of ocelli, scutellum sometimes with small
reddish spots. Length to apex of second tergite 17.0 mm.
Holotype, male, C. A. S. No. 6006, La Paz, Lower California,
June 28, 1919 (J. R. Slevin).
Paratypes, 1 male and 6 females from the following Lower
California localities: Sierra de la Laguna, Agua Caliente, La Paz
and Las Parras.
This subspecies by virtue of its reddish and yellow pattern
most closely resembles palmarum. However, the red color is dark-
er and the black markings of slevini, notably along the pleural
sutures, toward the leg bases, at the middle of the propodeum,
and at the base of tergites I and II, are absent in palmarum.
104
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXV, NO. 3
THE GENUS OROTHRIPS MOULTON
( Thysanoptera : Orothripini)
By Stanley F. Bailey
University of California, Davis
This paper is another in a series on the Aelothripoidea in
which we are reviewing, illustrating, and making available all
known information on various groups of thrips. Over a period of
about forty years the majority of workers in this group of insects
have concerned themselves chiefly with describing new species.
In North America, particularly, enough is known of this order
of insects now to begin bringing together and evaluating our
knowledge of certain groups.
Since Moulton’s original description of the genus Orothrips in
1907, based on kelloggii, this worker has described four addition-
al species. It is interesting to note that, like Erythrothrips, this
genus is also represented in India. In Australia^, Europe and
Africa these genera appear to be replaced by Desmothrips Hood,
Melanthrips Hal., Allelothrips Bagn., and Audiothrips Moulton.
It has been possible, through the kindness of Mr. Moulton, to
study all the types of Orothrips which are in the Moulton col-
lection and, in addition, the writer has collected and studied many
hundred specimens of this genus from the western United States.
On the basis of the presently known species, the genus Oro-
thrips is readily divided into two distinct groups, as was orig-
inally done by Moulton (1927), on the basis of the shape of the
sensory areas on antennal segments HI and IV. The value of this
character, however, should not be over emphasized. Hood (1936)
in his discussion of the new genus Euceratothrips was led “to
the inescapable conclusion that sensoria are a minor, rather than
a major, character in the definition of higher groups, and confirm
the writer’s repeated contention that such characters, though at
once striking and distinctive, are of no great taxonomic moment.”
'^Orothrips australis Bagn., 191i = Desmothrips. Hood, 1916.
Orothrips propinquus Bagn., 1916 Desmothrips. Bagnall, 1928.
Orothrips tenuicornis Bagn., 1916 = Desmothrips. ibid.
Orothrips unguttipennis Girault, 1926 Desmothrips bagnalli Kamy, 1920.
Kelly and Mayne, 1934.
July, 1949]
BAILEY OROTHRIPS
105
Further, as one studies the aeolothripids and attempts to weigh
the better characters in evaluating valid, higher groups, genera
and species, the studied opinion of Priesner (1936) can well be
considered. This last-mentioned writer states that in studying
Aeolothrips and employing the sensory areas on the antenna as a
specific character “Caution is advocated since one encounters
not uncommonly monstrous specimens, and the study of a series
of examples is considered necessary to obtain a decision on the
specific constancy of the organ in question.”
The same author wrote (1936) “In Melanthrips, I have found
the sensory organs of the 3rd and 4th antenal joint, in spite of
certain variations, very reliable for the purpose of separating
difficult species.” Another character which Priesner found helpful
in studying Melanthrips, as did the present writer in the case of
Dactuliothrips and Ankothrips (papers previously published in
this journal), is the chaetotaxy of the pronotum. So far, it has
been unnecessary to use this character in separating Orothrips
species.
The diversity of the type of sensory areas has been pointed
out and illustrated by Priesner for Melanthrips in which there are
nineteen species. It is possible, therefore, as more species of Oro-
thrips become known, (although the genus appears to be a very
small one) that the above-mentioned natural grouping may break
down. Among various aberrant specimens, the writer has two
specimens of kelloggii in which the two sensory areas are con-
nected at the tip in the same manner as Melanthrips nigricornis
Bagn. (see Priesner, 1936, Plate II, fig. 17). Also, we have one
male specimen of yosemitii in which the sensory areas on seg-
ment IV are fused.
Further, on studying a long series of specimens, other varia-
tions or oddities are noted. An individual is seen now and then
with the number of palpal segments reduced from seven to six,
or with the number differing on each palpus of an individual
specimen. We have pointed out already the variation in this char-
acter in our study of Erythrothrips (Bailey, 1947). We have one
specimen of 0. yosemitii with six cross veins on the right fore
wing. In general, Orothrips collected in the northern portion of
their range and at high elevations are darker in color than those
taken in central and southern California at low elevation.
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
The undesirability of establishing families, and even higher
categories, then becomes obvious when a few genera only are
known which in turn are composed of only a few species, which
are based sometimes on single specimens.
In the light of the above discussion, a redescription of the
genus Orothrips is in order.
Orothrips Moulton, 1907
Antennae nine-segmented, all segments freely articulated. Seg-
ments three and four each with two similar sensory areas. Ocelli
present with interocellar bristles. Maxillary palpi geniculate and
seven-segmented. Labial palpi four-segmented, plus a minute basal
attachment. Prothorax wider than long and with a row of strong
spines on posterior margin. Fore femora thickened in both sexes.
All tibiae armed, the tip of the fore tibiae with two well-developed
spines. Second segment of fore tarsus with finger-like hook. Wings
present in both sexes, large, bluntly rounded at tip and gradually
tapering to base, cross veins present. Fore wings with two broad,
dark bands, one near center and one at tip. Scale and extreme
basal portion somewhat darker colored than cross bands. Ovi-
positor upturned. Posterior three abdominal segments taper
abruptly, dorsum of last segment not split. Male much smaller
than female. Sensory areas on fourth antennal segment very large.
Abdomen slender with first segment much longer than second.
Genitalia without claspers.
Genotype: Orothrips kelloggii Moulton, 1907, by monotypy.
Within the two groups of this genus, species differentiation is
difficult since keeni, raoi, and variahilis were described on minor
differences in color and size. The species keeni was described as
having sensory areas on antennal segment III one-quarter the
length of the segment (or 21 microns) and those of segment IV
two-fifths its length (or 31 microns). In a long series of kelloggii,
which includes specimens from Canada, Oregon, Nevada, Arizona,
and California, we find the variation in the length of antennal seg-
ment III to range from 91 to 130 microns and that of IV from 84
to 123 microns in length. The two sensory areas on each of these
two segments are not the same length on each or both segments.
Dependent upon the angle of the antenna in the balsam, the depth
and density of the balsam, and the degree to which the transmit-
ted light is focused, a variation in the length (and width) of
these sensory areas is observed. In the specimens of kelloggii
studied we have measured the shorter sense area in each case and
record the variation of this structure on segments III and IV
July, 1949] bailey — orothrips
107
/
8
Orothrips. Dorsum of head of: 1, yosemitii; 2, raoi; 3, keeni;
4, kelloggii. Pronotum of: 5, keeni; 6, kelloggii; 8, yosemitii.
Figure 7, maxillary and labial palpi of yosemitii. Scale : Figure 7,
line equals 0.01 mm. Figures 1-6, 8, line equals 0.1 mm.
108
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3,
to be from 33 to 49 microns. In general, specimens of aeolothrip-
ids nearly always exhibit considerable reddish pigment as well
as varying degrees of contrast in grey, black and wlute on the
wings. Further, it should be noted that som^ years and some
individual collections, are more robust, or small, in relation to
what might be established as “average.” On this basis one might
set up varieties of forms which in such a distinctive, small genus
is undesirable. The smaller, anteniia and the differences in the
chaetotaxy of the head and pronotum (see figures 3 and 5), when
compared with kelloggii, appear toi set keeni apart as a distinct
species. However, a series of specimens should be studied to con-
firm this conclusion and to present more complete knowledge
of the extreme variations within the species. We recently col-
lected on Prunus at Klamath Falls, Oregon, the type locality of
keeni, but took only yosemitii.
Over a period of years, the writer has collected large numbers
of specimens of Orothrips in Vacaville and vicinity, the type lo-
cality of variahilis, but has never been positive of the identity of
this species. The species yosemitii exhibits the following variations
in length in antennal segments: III, 71 to 97 microns; IV, 65 to
84 microns. It will be noted that the measurements given for these
segments in variahilis by Moulton fall within the extremes. Also,
there is as much as fifty per cent variation in the diameter of the
oval sensory areas on segment III of yosemitii.
The only other known species with oval sensory areas, raoi
from India, likewise is almost identical with yosemitii. A study of
a series of exotic specimens in the future may bring forward suf-
ficiently distinctive characters to make more accurate separation
possible. At present we are able to give only a provisional key
to the described species. While the key to the species given below
is based largely on the sensory areas and length of antennal seg-
ments III and IV, there seems to be no other way to separate
these species at present. In the illustrations accompanying this
paper, the similarity of the head of raoi and yosemitii will be
Plate II
Orothrips. Antenna of: 9, kelloggii (segments 3-9); 10, keeni
(segments 3 and 4) ; 11, raoi (segments 3 and 4) ; 12, yosemitii
(segments 3-9) ; 13, mature larva of yosemitii. Figure 14, front
tarsus of yosemitii. Terminal (dorsal) abdominal segments of: 15,
kelloggii, male; 16, yosemitii, female; 17, kelloggii, mature larva.
Scale: Figure 9-17, line equals 0.1 mm.
BAILEY OROTHRI PS
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
noted. There is even a greater similarity in the pronotum of these
two species. The type slide of variahilis has two specimens mount-
ed thereon, one laterally and one dorsally. We consider variahilis
to be a synonym of yosemitii as it falls into the extreme range of
color and size when a long series is studied. There are insufficient
outstanding characters on the terminal abdominal segments to
enable one to construct a key to the males. Furthermore, the
males of keeni and raoi are unknown.
Provisional Key to the Species of Orothrips
1. Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV elongated and
definitely linear, two to each segment 2
- Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV round or oval,
two to each segment 3
2. Sensory areas on antennal segment III about one-fourth length
of segment which is about 84 microns in length. Antennal seg-
ment II brown in color similar to body, segment III light brown
in basal third. Total body length about 1.6 mm
O. keeni Moulton, 1927 (W. No. America)
- Sensory areas (about 50 microns in length) on antennal seg-
ment III extending nearly to center of segment which is 91 to
130 microns in length. Antennal segment II brown or with tip
light brown, segment III yellowish brown in basal half. Remain-
der of segments brown. Total body length about 2.4 mm
0. kelloggii Moulton, 1907. (W. No. America)
3. Sensory areas on antennal segment III almost equal in size,
irregularly oval and the smaller one from 9 to 13 microns long
by 6 to 11 microns wide. Antennal segment II dark brown at
base shading to yellowish brown at tip, segment III yellow to
yellowish brown in basal half. Remainder of segments brown.
Antennal segment III, 71 to 97 microns in length. Total body
length about 1.6 mm O. yosemitii^ Moulton, 1911
and O. variahilis Moulton, 1927
(W. No. America)
- Sensory areas on antennal segments III and IV oval, and nearly
all equal in size. Length of antennal segment III, 105 microns.
Total body length 1.58 mm 0. raoi Moulton, 1927 (India)
Catalog of the Species of Orothrips Moulton, 1907
1. KEENI Moulton, 1927. North America. Oregon: Klamath
Falls. Prunus emarginata. May. Known from original collection
only. Slide No. 902. Holotype.
2. KELLOGGII Moulton, 1907. (genotype. North America. British
^The original spelling of this name by Moulton has been retained rather than
that used by the same writer in 1927 (i.e. yosemitei)\.
July, 1949]
BAILEY OROTHRIPS
111
Columbia, Oregon, Arizona, California: Widely distributed. Man-
zanita and madrone blossoms. Arbutus, plum and Prunus demissa.
January to June. Slide No. 179 (“holotype” ) , 2 females.
New records: Talent, Oregon, plum, March 5, 1941. L. G.
Centner. Prescott, Arizona, manzanita, March 2, 1925. W. W.
Jones. Bayles, California, manzanita, March 16, 1939. A. T.
McClay. Huntington Lake, California, manzanita, June 27, 1948.
A. T. McClay. Malahat, Vancouver Island, B. C., madrone, June
17, 1948. S. F. Bailey.
3. RAOI Moulton, 1927. India, Bangalore. Host plant unknown.
Known only from original collection. Holotype slide No. 1226.
4. YOSEMITII Moulton, 1911. North America. British Columbia,
Wyoming, Oregon, Washington, California: Widely distributed
in foothills to 8100 feet elevation. Amelanchier, grass and flowers
of live oak, Ceanothus^ Manzanita and plum. March to July. (One
collection only of “variabilis” is known, i.e. Vacaville, California,
from Cherry blossoms in May). Slide No. 101 (“holotype”)^, 2
females. “Holotype” slide of variabilis, with no number, is of two
females also.
New records: Pospect, Oregon, sweeping, June, 1938. A. T.
McClay. Klamath Falls, Oregon, Prunus demissa, June 10, 1948.
S. F. Bailey. Mt. Rainer Nat’l. Park (East side) , Wn., flowering
shrub, June 19, 1948. S. F. Bailey. Satus Pass, Wn., Ceanothus ;
June 19, 1948. S. F. Bailey. Russellman Park, Mt. Diablo, Cali-
fornia, sweeping grass, April 8, 1936. S. F. Bailey. Emerald Bay,
Lake Tahoe, California, Ceanothus, July 7, 1939. S. F. Bailey.
Kit Carson Pass, California, sweeping wild flowers, July 1, 1936.
S. F. Bailey. Cajon Pass, California, Ceanothus, April 12, 1936.
R. M. Bohart. Jenny Lake, Wyoming, Ceanothus, June 21, 1940.
G. F. Knowlton.
Like most of the aeolothripoid members of this group of in-
sects, Orothrips species reach their greatest seasonal abundance
in the spring. The first species to appear is kelloggii which may
be found as early as December in the blossoms of manzanita and
madrone, chiefly at low elevations. As these hosts continue to
bloom, northward and upward, we have found this thrips as late
as May and as high as 7000 feet. The adults oviposit in the flowers
and the larvae feed therein (Moulton, 1927). When fullgrown,
the yellow larvae (with distinct pink bands around the abdominal
segments) drop to the soil beneath the hosts. After finding a suit-
able crevice several inches below the surface, they spin a cocoon
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
(Bailey, 1940) and there pass the remainder of the year. The
other common species, yosemitii, has a similar seasonal cycle and
hahits. It is found chiefly in Ceanothus flowers and appears from
March at lower elevations to July in the high mountains. Its dis-
tribution appears to be limited by that of Ceanothus species on
which it has been collected up to 8100 feet elevation. Both of the
above discussed species are very common and undoubtedly occur
throughout the far western states. These thrips have only one gen-
eration a year.
References Cited
Bagnall, R. S.
1914. Brief descriptions of new thysanoptera. III. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. Ser. 8, 13:287.
1916. Brief descriptions of new thysanoptera. VIII. ibid. 17 :
397-398.
Bagnall, R. S. and R. Kelly
1928. The genus Desmothrips Hood. Ent. Mo. Mag. 64:204-206.
Bailey, S. F.
1940. Cocoon-spinning thrips. Pan-Pacific Ent. 16:77-79.
1947. The genus Erythrothrips Moulton. Ibid. 23:103-109.
Girault, a. a.
1926. Three new thysanoptera from Australia. Insec. Insc. Mens.
14:18.
Hood, J. D.
1915. An outline of the subfamilies and higher groups of the
insect order Thysanoptera. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 28:57.
1936. Studies in Neotropical Thysanoptera. II. Rev. de Ent. 6:
424-429. Rio de Janeiro.
Karny, H.
1920. Die Neuen Australischen Thysanoptern der Mjoberg —
Ausbeute. Ceska Spolecnost Ent. “Casopis,” 17 :36.
Kelly, R. and R. J. B. Mayne
1934. Australian Thrips. Australasian Med. Pub. Co., Sydney.
Pages 12-13.
Moulton, D.
1907. Thysanoptera of California. U.S.D.A., Bur. Ent., Tech.
Ser., No. 12, Part III, pp. 42, 45-46, 67, Plate I, figs. 1-4.
1927. Thysanoptera — New species and notes. Bui. Brooklyn Ent.
Soc. 22:182-184.
Priesner, H.
1936. A preliminary review of the non-fossil species of the genus
Melanthrips Hal. Bui. Soc. Roy. Ent. Egypt, Seance du Fev-
rier, pages 29-52.
July, 1949]
HATCH COLEOPTERA
113
STUDIES ON THE COLEOPTERA OF
THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST I
By Melville H. Hatch
University of Washington, Seattle
The author is working on a handbook of the Coleoptera of the
Pacific Northwest. It is his intention to publish under the above
title such bibliographic and taxonomic notes, including new species,
as come to his attention, in order that the pages of his book may
be kept free from such specialized material. Unless otherwise
noted, the specimens on which these studies are based are in the
collection of the author at the University of Washington.
CiCINDELIDAE
CiCINDELA LIMBALIS Var. ELDORENSIS Csy.
This species is cited by Blackwelder in the Fourth Supplement
to the Leng Catalogue (1939, p. 7) from “Ore.” in error. The
type locality is Eldora, Colorado.
CiciNDELA COLUMBICA Hatch
Hatch, Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. V, 1938, p. 234, I am now
convinced this form has no special aflSnity with hellissima Leng.
It most closely resembles repanda Dej., from which it is distin-
guished by the obtusely rather than subrectangularly angulate
median elytral band.
Carabidae : Carabinae
SCAPHINOTUS (PSEUDONOMARETUS) MERKELI Hom.
Roeschke, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici V, 1907, p. 161, regards
idahoensis Webb as a geographical race. I find the merkeli-iorm
from the western portion of St. Joe National Forest, a point
between the type locality of idahoensis near Moscow and the
western portion of Coeur d’Alene National Forest, whence I have
a least subtypical idahoensis. Accordingly, I reduce idahoensis to
the status of a variety.
ScAPHiNOTUS (Neocychrus) angulatus Harris var.
MARITIMUS Van Dyke
Van Dyke, Ent. Amer. XXIV, 1944, p. 12, reports this black
phase of angulatus from Port Angeles, Olympic National Forest,
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
Hoquiam, and Melbourne, and regards it as a geographical sub-
species. I have a single specimen from Seattle, where typical
angulatus occurs, so that I suspect it is a nongeographical variety.
Cychrus (Cychrus) rickseckeri LeC.
In view of the fact that the range of this form (Idaho north
of Coeur d’Alene and adjacent portions of Washington, British
Columbia, and Montana) is separated by three or four hundred
miles from that of hemphillii Horn, I suggest we return to
LeConte’s original conception of it as a distinct species.
Carabus (Megodontus) vietinghoffi Ad.
Horn, Can. Ent. VHI, 1876, p. 127, says “this species is found
in Alaska and extends its habitat towards British Columbia . . .”
(italics mine), but this is an insujQ&cient basis for listing it from
British Columbia as is done by Breuning, Mon. Gatt. Carabus,
1935, p. 1212, and Blackwelder, Fourth Suppl. Leng Cat. Col.
Am. n. of Mex., 1939, p. 11.
Blethisa oregonensis LeC.
{columbica Csy.)
Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. V, 1876, p. 247, distinguished
oregonensis from B. multipunctata L. on the basis of the smooth
ventral surface of the prothorax. Casey, Can. Ent. XLI, 1909, p.
277, described columbica with the prosternal side pieces punctate
behind. My series shows variation from the virtually impunctate
condition to one in which the side pieces are densely punctate
except along the apical margin, a close approach to my examples
of multipunctata, in which the entire side piece is densely and
in part confluently punctate.
Notiophilus lanei Hatch, sp. n.
Dark bronze above, shining, elytra at times with an obscure
lateral pale vitta that is usually apical but may be nearly entire,
below shining black, the four basal antennal segments and legs,
especially the tibiae, somewhat paler; head with front with five
entire striae between the broad lateral grooves, the vertex opaquely
alutaceous ; pronotum three-fifths as long as wide, the sides broadly
feebly arcuate in front, feebly sinuate before the rectangular hind
angles, the disc broadly impunctate, the margins coarsely punctate
or punctato-rugose, the basal impressions large and densely punc-
tate and alutaceous ; elytra coarsely punctato-striate, the second
July, 1949]
HATCH COLEOPTERA
115
and third striae fine towards apex, the second stria equidistant
between the first and fifth, the apex alutaceous and with two ocel-
late punctures, the second to sixth intervals not or just visibly
alutaceous, the third interval with a single dorsal puncture behind
the basal fourth; length 4.5-5 mm.
Type and six paratypes: Pierce, Idaho, August 30, 1933;
M. H. Hatch. One paratype: Waha, Idaho, August 31, 1933;
M. H. Hatch; one paratype: Bobs L., B. C., June 13, 1939. Named
in honor of Mr. M. C. Lane, with whom the specimens were taken.
In Fall’s key. Psyche XIH, 1906, p. 82, this species comes be-
tween simulator Fall and novemstriatus LeC. From both of these
and from sylvaticus Esch. it is distinguished by the position of
the second elytral stria midway between the first and fifth. From
simulator it is distinguished further by its more coarsely punctate
more deeply impressed elytral striae and from novemstriatus by
its larger size. Feebly vittate examples are distinguished from the
strongly vittate sylvaticus by the virtually smooth or very feebly
alutaceous second to sixth elytral intervals, which are evidently
alutaceous in that species.
Leistus ferruginosus Mann.
According to Banninger’s key, Ent. Mitteil. XIV, 1925, p. 332,
this species belongs in the subgenus Leistophorus Reitter and not
in Leistidius Daniel, as Banninger surmizes (p. 335). I can dis-
cover no reason for maintaining nigropiceus Csy., Mem. Col IV,
1913, p. 45, as distinct. Both are amply distinct from the Euro-
pean L. {Leistidius) piceus Froh., recorded probably on the basis
of an adventitious specimen from Fitchburg, Massachusetts by
LeConte, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. V, 1875, p. 169.* In piceus the
elytral humeri are oblique and virtually obsolete, the sides of the
pronotum in front of the obtuse hind angles obliquely sinuate.
Ferruginosus has the humeri well developed and arcuate, the sides
of the pronotum in front of the sharply rectangular hind angles
subparallel and strongly sinuate.
Nebria melanaria Hatch, sp. n.
Black, head between eyes with two rufous spots ; pronotum with
side margins widely reflexed, with a seta-bearing puncture at each
hind angle and along either lateral margin in front of middle
(seta broken in paratype), the side margins obliquely slightly
*C. H. Frost (in litt.) states that he knows of no other specimens from
New England.
116 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
divergent in front of the acute hind angles; elytra with well
developed humeri, the finely punctate striae finely impressed, the
intervals flat or feebly convex, the third and seventh intervals
with three to five dorsal punctures, these sometimes producing a
subcatenate appearance, the fifth interval without or with a single
dorsal puncture; abdominal sternites three to five with two or
three seta-bearing punctures on each side of the middle along the
posterior margin; length 10.5-11 mm.
Type and paratype male: Glacier National Park, Montana,
Going-to-the-Sun Chalet, August 26, 1939, M. H. Hatch. Except
for its black color, this species resembles gebleri Dej., with speci-
mens of which it was taken under stones on the beach of St.
Mary Lake. It may be a variety of that species, but I know of no
other instance in which one of the metallic species of Nebria
loses its metallic color. In Hatch’s key, Pan-Pac. Ent. XV, 1939,
pp. 117-122, it runs to trifaria LeC. and vandyhei Bann., from
which it is distinguished in part by its smaller size, more promi-
nent elytral humeri, and less strongly catenate elytral intervals.
Dyschirius subpunctatus Hatch, sp. n.
Black, shining, above bronzed or cyanescent, base of antennae
and legs more or less rufous; head with clypeus broadly emargin-
ate, the bottom of the emargination feebly arcuate to evidently
lobed, the front finely transversely impressed; pronotum globose,
as long as wide, the apical and basal transverse impressions and
the median line evident;- elytra not margined at base, eight striate,
the first seven well impressed, obsolete towards extreme base, well
impressed at apex, finely sparsely punctate at base, impunctate
behind middle, the third interval with an ante-median and a pos-
terior setigerous puncture near the third stria, the humeri well
developed; protibiae not dentate without; length 3.8 - 4.7 mm.
Type and 62 paratypes: Vantage, Washington, April 24,
1936, M. H. Hatch. 12 paratypes: Lyons Ferry, Wash., September
16, 1930, M. H. Hatch. 16 paratypes: Cicero, Fort Canby, Kitti-
tas, Ocean Park, Orting, Renton, Vantage, and Vila in Washing-
ton. Four paratypes: Condon, Multnomah Falls, Salem, Tygh
Valley in Oregon. The Vantage and Lyons Ferry specimens were
obtained by washing water over sand banks by the river.
Distinguished from the eastern sphaericollis Say by the smaller
punctures of the elytral striae.
July, 1949]
HATCH COLEOPTERA
117
Dyschirius thompsoni Hatch, sp. n.
Black, shining, legs and antennae more or less obscure rufous;
head with clypeus broadly emarginate, the bottom of the emargin-
ation nearly straight, the angles prominently narrowly lobately
rounded, the front with a deep transverse impression that is nar-
rowly interrupted at middle; pronotum quadrately globose, nine-
tenths as wide as long, the apical transverse impression and median
line feeble, the basal transverse impression deep; elytra not mar-
gined at base, seven striate, the sutural stria deeply impressed,
striae two to seven finely impressed, obsolete towards extreme
base and feeble towards apex, finely distantly punctate on basal
half, evanescently punctate behind middle, without dorsal punc-
tures, the humeri well developed; protibiae more or less finely
dentate without; length 2.75-3 mm.
Type and five paratypes: Condon, Oregon, June 20, 1938,
M. H. Hatch. Two paratypes: Lyons Ferry Wash., September 16,
1930, M. H. Hatch; Walla Walla, Wash., IV-1-10-1943, flying
M. C. Lane. This species appears to run most closely to aratus
LeC. from California in LeConte’s key (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.
H, 1879, pp. 18, 31) , which is described with the “clypeus sharply
bidentate.” Named in honor of Prof. B. G. Thompson of the
Oregon State College, whose guest I was when the type series
was collected and to whom I am indebted for numerous other
entomological favors.
Dyschirius altematus Hatch, sp. n.
Piceous black, shining, elytra and abdomen black, legs and
antennae more or less rufous; head with clypeus broadly emar-
ginate, the bottom of the emargination straight, the angles prom-
inently produced and acute, the front with a transverse impression ;
pronotum globose, nearly as long as wide, the anterior transverse
impression and the median line feeble, the transverse basal im-
pression distinct; elytra not margined at base, seven striate; the
sutural stria distinctly impressed; second, third, and fourth striae
feebly impressed; the striae coarsely distantly punctate on basal
half, the striae beyond the second virtually effaced apically; fifth,
sixth, and seventh striae unimpressed series of punctures; first
third, fifth, and seventh intervals and impressed marginal stria
with series of minute setigerous punctures ; humeri well developed ;
protibiae minutely dentate without; length 2.25 mm.
Type: Grand Coulee, Washington, Dry Falls, May 1, 1937,
M. H. Hatch. Runs to the eastern setosus LeC. in LeConte’s key
(l.c.) from which it is separated by its smaller size.
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
Clivina FOSSOR L.
elongata Randall, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. II, 1938, p. 34.
var. $ collaris Hbst., Jeannel, Faune de France 39, 1941, p. 257.
This widely distributed Palaearctic species was apparently in-
troduced over a century ago at Boston, Mass. (Randall, l.c.). It
has since been recorded from Cincinnati (Dury, Jour. Cine. Soc.
Nat. Hist. II, 1879, p. 162), Montreal (Fall, Ent. News XXXIII,
1922, p. 162), and Mobile (Loding, Geol. Surv. Alab. Mon. 11,
1945, p. 12). In northeastern North America it is still appar-
ently rare, since C. H. Frost writes me that the only American
examples in his collection are two specimens of collaris taken at
Stoneham, Mass., around 1902 to 1908 and two specimens of
fossor from Dartmouth, Nova Scotia taken in 1947. This species
was taken first in western Washington in 1937 (Bothell) , in 1938
at Juanita Beach near Seattle, at Seattle in 1941, at Renton near
Seattle in 1944. Fall’s notes will enable its tolerably certain recog-
nition. In addition I have found the anteriorly feebly arcuate dis-
tinctly convergent side margins of the pronotum useful in dis-
tinguishing it from impressifrons LeC. and oregona Fall. Speci-
mens approximating the collaris-ioim are present in my series.
SCHIZOGENIUS DEPRESSES LeC.
I find the rufous and black forms together so regularly in
Oregon and Washington that I suspect that the black litigiosus
Fall is simply a color phase of depressus.
A NOTE ON SIREX AREOLATUS (CRESSON)
(Hymenoptera, Siricidae)
In removing some small (10 inches in diameter) Douglas fir
stumps which had been buried for about a year by a loose fill, a
number of individuals of this species were found in the pupa stage
and some recently transformed adults. Some of the pupal cells
were in the soggy sapwood, but some of the larvae had emerged
from the wood and transformed in the soil.
Such a procedure seems strange for Siricidae and no such habit
seems to have been reported.
Perhaps it is merely a case of our observations not having
been very thorough. — W. J. Chamberlin, Oregon State College.
July, 1949]
ROSS LIMNEPHILIDAE
119
DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME WESTERN LIMNEPHILIDAE
(Trichoptera)
By Herbert H. Ross
IlUnois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois
The species recorded in this paper come chiefly from the Cas-
cade Mountain region of Oregon and Washington. I am deeply
indebted to Kenneth M. Fender, Stanley G. Jewett, and Hugh B.
Leech for procuring most of the material on which the paper is
based. Types are deposited in the collections of the Illinois Natural
History Survey (INHS) or the California Academy of Sciences
(CAS).
Limnephilus Leach
Limnephilus lopho Ross, new species
This species is most closely related to cockerelli Banks and
harTimani Banks, the male differing from both in having the cerci
shorter than the lobes of the tenth tergite, and in the very distinc-
tive feature of possessing a large, padlike, sclerotized lateral lobe
which appears as a ventrolateral subdivision of each lobe of the
tenth tergite, fig. 1.
Male — Length 13 mm. Head, scape, body, and legs to tip of
femora dark brown; flagellum, palpi, and legs beyond femora, very
pale brown, the legs with black spines; wings light brown with
darker brown markings along the veins and along the posterior
edge. General structure typical for genus. Head bears one large
and several small pale macrochaetae mesad of, and slightly pos-
terior to, each lateral ocellus. Pronotum bears many stout macro-
chaetae. Front legs have a row of minute black spicules on the ven-
tral margin of the femur, starting at the base and gradually fad-
ing out about halfway to the apex; basitarsus one and one half
times the length of succeeding segment. All legs with apical seg-
ment of tarsus having none to three short black spines; in one
series of five specimens, two individuals have no spines on any
apical segments. Eighth tergite with only a few scattered short
setae on apical margin, its meson not produced into a lobe.
Genitalia as in figs. 1, lA, and IB. Ninth segment narrow both
dorsad and ventrad but fairly long along the lateral dimensions.
Cerci not extending posteriad as far as lobes of tenth tergite; each
cercus in lateral view is almost parallel-sided, moderately wide
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
and rounded at apex, bearing a scattering of long setae; from dor-
sal view each is slightly thickened at base, rounded at apex, and
bears a heavily sclerotized mesal area toward the tip. Claspers
reduced to a small triangular lobe with a short posterodorsal pro-
jection and bearing about eight long, black, slender setae in addi-
tion to the shorter vestiture. Each lobe of tenth tergite has a long,
deep, dorsal portion, its posterior margin oblique and almost
straight, its upper corner fairly sharp, the posterior half of the
lobe heavily sclerotized; below and to the side of this dorsal lobe
is a smaller, flat, padlike structure also heavily sclerotized and
reticulate; in uncleared specimens, this lobe fits tightly against
the dorsal lobe and is easily overlooked. Aedeagus elongate, fig.
IB, the central portion slightly swollen at base and curved up
into an ovoid tip; each lateral arm is heavily sclerotized, and
bent up sharply at the apex, the apex bearing a thick brush of
moderately long and stout hairs.
Female — Length 14 mm. Color, including wings, mostly tawny
with scattered areas of darker brown, and with the dorsum of
abdomen and venter of both thorax and abdomen moderately dark
brown. General structure typical for genus. Genitalia as in figs. 1C
and ID. Subgenital plate with narrow mesal tongue, lateral lobes
with ventral flap overlying most of dorsal flap. Ninth segment
narrow dorsally, the ventral portion forming a single broad area
slightly incised on the meson at apex. Cerci large, fused at base
with base of tenth segment. Tenth segment with dorsum sharply
notched for a short distance, the ventral portion incised almost to
base and thus forming what appear as two sclerotized lateral flaps.
Holotype, male, Hood River Meadows, Mt. Hood, Oregon,
July 17, 1948, K. M. Fender (INHS).
Allotype, female, Mt. Hood Meadows, Mt. Hood, Oregon, July
31, 1948, K. M. Fender (INHS).
Paratypes, same data as for holotype, 4 $ ; same data as for
allotype, 13 5 , 16 2. Paratypes are deposited in the collections of
the California Academy of Sciences and the Illinois Natural His-
tory Survey.
Limnephiliis santanus Ross, new species
On the basis of general appearance and size, this species ap-
pears related to fumosus Banks. The female of santanus differs
from the female type of fumosus in the structure of the subgenital
plate and in having the long dorsal processes of the tenth seg-
ment slender and light rather than heavily sclerotized and blade-
like.
July, 1949]
ROSS LIMNEPHILIDAE
121
Male — Length 18 mm. Head and thorax dark brown, almost
black, with a few lighter brown areas along the sutures ; antennae
dark brown with the apex of each segment lighter; palpi and
mouth parts yellow, as is the adjacent area of the head; legs be-
low coxae yellow with black spines ; abdomen a moderate shade of
brown ; front wings chocolate brown with conspicuous straw-
colored clear areas, including large spots at the end of cells Rb,
M 2 , and Ms, at the base of the cells forming the cord, most of the
costal cells, and a diagonal stripe from base of stigma to Cuia, the
remainder of the wing variegated with small pale spots ; hind wing
straw-colored except for the apex of the wing which is suffused
with darker color, especially on the anterior corner. General struc-
ture typical for genus. Head bearing a stout white macrochaeta
posteromesal to each lateral ocellus. Warts of scutum poorly de-
fined. Front legs with basitarsus one and a half times length of
next segment; femur elongate and slender, with a narrow brush
of very short black spinules along posteromesal margin, starting
at base and gradually fading out beyond the middle of the segment.
Abdomen with eighth tergite similar to seventh, without postero-
mesal projections or brushes.
Genitalia as in figs. 2, 2A, and 2B. Ninth segment narrow ven-
trally, reduced to a fairly sharp angle dorsally. Cerci stout, very
convex laterally, the apical margin sclerotized and broken into
small black teeth, the two cerci touching on the meson at extreme
base. Claspers projecting and pointing, clothed with long pale setae.
Tenth tergite divided into a pair of narrow upturned lobes, heavily
sclerotized at apex. Aedeagus, fig. 2B, with base of central process
striate at base with folds of membrane; lateral arms sinuate, up-
turned at apex, each with a mesal fold bearing long spines, the
extreme apex bearing whorls of spines and a few stouter ones
at tip.
Female — Similar in size and general characteristics to male.
Genitalia as in fig. 2C. Subgenital plate with narrow mesal tongue
which is longer than lateral lobes; each of the latter broad at apex,
the ventral flap occupying not more than half of the area of the
lobe. Ninth sternite almost completely divided on meson to form
a pair of rounded lateral lobes. Cerci elongate and somewhat pear-
shaped, appressed on the meson and overlying very closely the
tenth segment. Tenth segment almost completely divided into
dorsal and ventral parts, the dorsal portion forming a pair of
slender, curved, weak processes, concave below, the ventral por-
tion forming a stout vasiform structure narrowed at apex, its
mesal margin excavated.
Holotype, male, Odell Lake, Oregon, August 1, 1948, K. M.
Fender (INHS).
Allotype, female, same data (INHS).
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL, XXV, NO. 3
Paratypes, Pringle Falls Experiment Station, Oregon, June 7,
1935, V. E. Shelford, 15 (INKS); Marion Lake, Oregon, July
1, 1936, 3 5,2$ (D. G. Denning and INKS).
Limnephilus frijole Ross
A collection of this species from Adobe Creek, Stanislaus
County, 12 miles west of Patterson, California, May 23, 1948,
Hugh B. Leech, extends the range of this species from the south-
eastern Rockies into the Western ranges. The two California
males check very well with the holotype from Texas but differ
slightly, fig. 3, in having the claspers noticeably longer. Other
details of the genitalia are almost identical. In the original de-
scription a quartering view is given of the inner surface of the
cercus. I am including here a straight mesal view to show the
relationship between the apex of the tenth tergite and the inner
toothed lobe of the cercus.
This species is of more than usual interest in that characters
of the genitalia indicate a fairly close relationship with lunonus
Ross; in frijole the front basitarsus is very short, but in lunonus
the front basitarsus is equal in length to the second.
Chyranda Ross
Chyranda cordon Ross, new species
The general outline of male genitalia in this species is very
similar to that of centralis (Banks), but cordon differs in the
slender, elongate, and similar lateral arms of the aedeagus, fig.
4^, and the emarginate tenth tergite and the sclerotized flanges
which run lateroventrad from it; centralis has the two lateral
arms of the aedeagus extremely asymmetrical and with the apical
half sharply angled dorsad, fig. 5, and the flanges of the tenth
tergite indistinct.
Explanation of Plate I
Fig. 1. Limnephilus lopho, male genitalia, lateral aspect; lA,
male genitalia, dorsal aspect; IB, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 1C,
female genitalia, ventral aspect; ID, female genitalia, lateral as-
pect; Fig. 2, Limnephilus santanus, male genitalia, lateral as-
pect; 2 A, male genitalia, dorsal aspect; 2B, aedeagus, lateral as-
pect; 2C, female genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 3. Limnephilus
frijole, male genitalia, lateral aspect, inset showing mesal aspect
of tenth tergite and clasper; 3A, aedeagus, lateral aspect. Fig. 4.
Chyranda cordon, male genitalia, dorsal aspect; AA, aedeagus,
lateral aspect. Fig. 5. Chyranda centralis, aedeagus, lateral aspect.
Abbreviations used: c, cercus; s, stemite or sternal portion; sp,
subgenital plate; t, tergite or tergal portion.
124 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
Male — Length 14 mm. Color brownish-yellow throughout, the
antennae slightly darker and the leg spines black. General struc-
ture typical for genus. Male genitalia similar in general propor-
tions to those illustrated for centraUs (Ross, 1938, fig. 45). Ninth
segment reduced to a narrow strap dorsad, wide in the middle,
and narrowed to a point ventrad.
Genitalia as in figs. 4 and 4A. Cerci large and earlike, rounded
at apex; each bears a mesal, curved, bladelike process nearly as
long as the outer portion, the two hinged at base but indubitably
connected with each other, fig. 4. Tenth tergite represented by a
large triangular plate which fills up the space between the top of
the claspers and the base of the cerci, this plate not bearing the
usual conspicuous paired lobes considered typical of the tenth ter-
gite, but instead a pair of raised diagonal flanges arising near the
ventrolateral corner of the sclerite and terminating at the dorso-
mesal corner (between the mesal processes of the cerci) in a short
stout projection emarginate from dorsal view. Claspers broad and
deep, appressed to the ninth segment and appearing to be only
sclerites of it. Aedeagus, fig. 4A, with a moderately stout mesal
process and with a pair of lateral processes which are almost
identical in size and shape, much longer than the mesal process
and upcurved at apex.
Holotype, male, Peavine Ridge, McMinnville, Oregon, Sta-
tion 3A, September 6, 1946, K. M. Fender (INKS).
Paratype, Beaver Cr., Mt. Hood, Oregon, August 1, 1948, K.
M. Fender (INHS).
Philocasca Ross
The species described below brings to three the 'number known
in this genus. Only the males are known, and they may be sep-
arated by the following key:
Key to Species (Males)
1. Cerci having two pairs of mesal fingerlike processes (Denning
1941, fig. 11) banksi (Denning)
- Cerci having only one pair of mesal processes 2
2. Mesal processes of cerci slender and fingerlike from both lateral
and dorsal view and curved ventrad at tip, figs. 6, 6 A. ...or on Ross
- Mesal processes of cerci slender from dorsal view, but wide
and bladelike from lateral view and straight (Ross 1941, fig.
89), demita RoSs
Philocasca oron Ross, new species
Male — Length 15 mm. Color throughout light yellowish brown,
the venter nearly straw color, the front wings slightly darker,
many of the body hairs and most of the leg spines dark brown or
black. General structure typical for genus.
July, 1949]
ROSS LIMNEPHILIDAE
125
Explanation of Plate II
Fig. 6. Philocasca or on, male genitalia, lateral aspect; 6A, male
genitalia, dorsal aspect. Fig. 7. Oligophlebodes sierra, male geni-
talia, lateral aspect; 7 A. male genitalia, ventral aspect; IB, female
subgenital plate showing spermatheca.
Abbreviations used: c, cercus; pc, mesal process of cercus.
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
Male genitalia as in figs. 6 and 6^. Ninth segment narrow and
straplike dorsad, only moderately wide in middle, reduced to about
half its lateral width ventrad. Cerci large and irregular in outline
from lateral view, the mesal process of each slender and curved
ventrad at tip. Claspers large and deep, the ventral corner pro-
duced into a sharp posterior point. Tenth tergite with a pair of
heavily sclerotized processes enlarging toward base and fusing
almost completely with ventral portion of central part of each
cercus. Aedeagus with a large ventral membranous mesal portion
above which are a pair of long curved sclerotized rods which arise
from a membranous socket at the base of the main portion of the
aedeagus (this structure is typical for the genus).
Holotype, male, Bear Creek, Clatsop County, Oregon, April
12, 1947, S. G. Jewett, Jr. (INHS).
Oligophlebodes Ulmer
Study of additional material of this genus has indicated the
occurrence of interesting variations within certain species. In
some cases this variation appears to be correlated with geographic
distribution, on the basis of rather meagre collections at hand
to date.
Oligophlebodes ardis Ross
An additional record of this species was obtained from Inde-
pendence Pass, Colorado, Mt. Boy Park, 11,000 feet elevation,
August 6, 1943, J. A. and H. H. Ross, 4 2 . This distinctive
species is the only one yet described in the genus in which the
entire body is almost completely black.
Oligophlebodes sigma Milne
Dr. Knowlton has collected another record of this species
from Cedar Breaks, Utah, 10,300 feet elevation, August 8, 1942,
3 ^ 2 .
Oligophlebodes minutus (Banks)
Available records indicate that this species is abundant in
many mountain areas of Utah, Colorado, and Wyoming, and also
in the Big Horn Mountains of Wyoming and the Black Hills of
South Dakota. Material of minutus has been studied from the
following localities: Colorado: Berthaud Pass (Swift Creek);
Edloe (Alpine, 10,000') ; Estes Park (Thompson River) ; Green
Mt. Falls; Leadville; Rocky Mt. National Park (Cascade Lodge,
July, 1949]
ROSS LIMNEPHILIDAE
127
Chasm Falls, Hidden Valley Creek) ; Silver Plume; S. St. Vrain
Creek (6 miles north of Ward, Boulder Co.). South Dakota:
Hanna. Utah: Brigham Canyon; Currant Creek; Garden City;
Logan Canyon (Rick’s Spring, Spring Hollow, Tony Grove
Camp) ; Mill Creek; Smithfield Canyon; Woodland. Wyoming:
Big Horn Mts. (Shell Exit) ; Big Horn National Park (Bondi
Camp, Tongue River); Fox Park; Wilson (Coal Creek).
Oligophlebodes sierra Ross
Some interesting material of this species, originally de-
scribed from California, has heen collected in Oregon and north-
ern Wyoming. The Wyoming specimens differ from the California
material (see Ross 1944, figs. 943 and 950) in having the apical
tooth of the claspers more pronounced and sharper, figs. 7, lA,
and in having the lateral shoulder of the outer lohe of the suhgeni-
tal plate much more pronounced, fig. IB, occasionally even some-
what angulate. The Wyoming material was sufficiently constant
that it seemed at first that it might represent a different species,
hut material from Oregon exhibited an almost perfect set of
intergrades between the two extremes. In contrast with minutus,
which has the wings definitely checkered with tawny and dark
brown, sierra has the wings almost evenly yellowish brown, as
is also the body. The light body will usually serve to differentiate
it from ruthae, with which it has been taken.
Additional records of this species are as follows: California:
Sequoia National Park (7,000-9,000'), June 23, 1929, E. C.
Van Dyke, 3 5 ; Tulare County (Mineral King), August 4, 1923,
C. L. Fox, S. Oregon: Mt. Hood (Horsethief Meadows) July
18, 1947, K. M. Fender, 2 (Zigzag River) June 15, 1947, S. G.
Jewett, 5$. Wyoming: Yellowstone National Park (Specimen
Creek, Stations 1 and 2) August 6, 1947, J. A. and H. H. Ross,
225 2.
Oligophlebodes ruthae Ross
Since its original description considerable material of this
species has come to hand. Some slight variation is exhibited by
the claspers and also the height of the outer lobes of the genital
plate. The claspers, however, are always elongate and slender,
radically different from those of any other species of the genus.
Additional records include the following: Alberta: Laggan,
July 10, 1925, O. Bryant, 5. Montana: Glacier National Park,
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
(Many Glaciers C. G., Stream 2), July 12, 1940, J. A. and H. H.
Ross, L. ; Silver Gate (Soda Butte Creek), August 2, 1940, T. H.
Prison, S . Oregon: Mt. Hood National Park (Government Camp,
4,000'), July 23, 1946, H. H. Ross, 8(5, 15$. Wyoming: Wilson,
(Coal Creek), August 12, 1940, T. H. Prison, 13 5, 2$ ; Yellow-
stone National Park, (Dunraven Pass, Mt. Washburn), August 2,
1940, T. H. Prison, 2$, (Specimen Creek, Stations 1, 2, 4, and 7;
and small brook. Station 5), August 6 and 9, 1947, J. A. and H.
H. Ross, 425 $.
The species is an abundant one in the northern part of the
Rocky Mountain range, and early records indicated that it might
be restricted to this area. The Oregon record shows, however, that
its range extends westward at least into the Cascade Mountains,
although it is apparently not abundant there.
Literature Cited
Denning, Donald G.
1941. Descriptions and notes of new and little known species of
Trichoptera. Ent. Soc. Am. Ann. 34:195-203. 12 figs.
Ross, Herbert H.
1938. Lectotypes of North American caddis flies in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology. Psyche 45:1-61. 10 pis.
1941. Descriptions and records of North American Trichoptera.
Am. Ent. Soc. Trans. 67 :35-126. 13 pis.
1944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. 111. Nat. Hist.
Surv. Bull. 23:1-326. 961 figs.
A NEW HOST RECORD POR
LEPTIDIELLA BREVIPENNIS (MULS.)
(Coleoptera, Cerambycidae)
During April, 1949, nineteen specimens of the longicorn beetle,
Leptidiella hrevipennis (Mulsant), emerged from several dead
twigs of a mission fig. The infestation was confined to a backyard
tree and was severe enough to be quite noticeable. This insect has
not previously been reported from fig trees.
Identification of these specimens was confirmed by Dr. E. Gor-
ton Linsley who first reported it from California (Linsley, 1933,
Pan-Pac. Ent., 9:170). This insect is thought to be of southern
European origin.
Dr. Linsley has subsequently reared this species several times
from shaded twigs of Persian walnut as far north as Sacramento.
— Woodrow Middlekauff and Jack Underhill.
July, 1949]
TIMBERLAKE DIANTHIDIUM
129
THE SPECIES OF DIANTHIDIUM OF BAJA CALIFORNIA^
(Hymenoptera, Megachilidae)
By P. H. Timberlake
University of California Citrus Experiment Station,
Riverside, California
In 1923, Cockerell described two new species of Dianthidium
from Baja California. Recently, I received a small collection of
Dianthidium collected by Ross and Bohart in that region, by
means of which I am able to add two other species to the list.
Dianthidium platyurum platyurum Ckll.
Two males, 15 miles north of San Ignacio, September 29, 1941.
This species is represented in California by the races haculi-
frons Ckll. and mohavense Timb.
Dianthidium parvum profugum Ckll.
One male, 20 miles north of Mesquital, September 27, 1941.
On comparing this male with a cotype female from Puerto
Refugio, Angel de la Guarda Island, May 1, 1921 (Van Duzee),
I find close agreement. In my review (1943) of the North Ameri-
can species of Dianthidium, I placed profugum in a couplet with
parvum, with the intent of distinguishing the two on the basis
of a slight difference in the puncturation. This difference is so
slight, however, that nobody, I am sure, could make a distinction
on this basis. Moreover, the male now at hand shows that pro-
fugum is merely a race of D. parvum (Cress.).
In my key to the races of parvum (1943, pp. 95-96), profugum
agrees best with the typical form. The female differs in having
a very small spot on the mesopleuron, two small spots on the sixth
tergite, and the maculations of the legs more extensive, as follows :
stripe on front and middle femora beneath well developed, stripe
on front and middle tibiae complete, but that on hind tibiae
broadly interrupted by black at middle except for a narrow, con-
necting, pale line along posterior margin. From D. parvum schwar-
zi Timb., it differs in having the maculations paler and con-
siderably less extensive.
iPaper No. 598, University of California Citrus Experiment Station, River-
side, California.
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
The male agrees closely with typical parvum. There are no
stripes on the femora beneath, but merely a pale-yellow spot at
apex of each femur above. A pale-yellow stripe is present on outer
side of front and middle tibiae; on the hind pair only the basal
fourth and a small spot at apex are yellow. The pale-yellow bands
on tergites 1 to 5 are broadly and deeply excavated behind on
each side, that on tergite 1 being in this manner divided into
three spots, and those on tergites 3 to 5 being very narrowly
interrupted medially. Tergite 6 has a very small yellow spot sub-
apically in middle, whereas tergite 7 is entirely yellow, as usual.
Actually, therefore, profugum is weakly distinguishable from
typical parvum, but as its population is isolated and probably has
no connection with parvum except through the subspecies schwar-
zi, it may stand as a good race.
Dianthidium pudicum peninsulare Timberlake, nev/ subspecies
This form resembles D. pudicum consimile (Ashm.) but the
yellow maculations are paler and less extensive.
Male — Maculations moderately pale yellow, those of head and
thorax becoming whiter than elsewhere, as usual. Supraclypeal
mark, and mark on mesopleuron, small or absent. Stripe on front
and middle femora narrow, and the yellow on hind tibiae confined
to base and apex. Yellow bands of abdomen narrow in comparison
with consimile, interrupted medially on tergites 2 to 5, and with a
broad, rather deep emargination on each side behind, these emar-
ginations almost or quite breaking through on tergite 1 and some-
times on 2. On tergites 4 and 5, the inner end of each half of the
interrupted band is not distinctly broader than the outer end as
it generally is in consimile. Length, about 7 mm.; anterior wing,
6 mm.
Described from three males from Baja California (Ross and
Bohart) : one, 20 miles north of Comondu, October 3, 1941 {holo-
type. No. 6122, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) ; another, 20 miles north
of Mesquital, September 27, 1941 (paratype) ; and the third,
Catavina, September 25, 1941 (paratype) .
The male from Catavina has the maculations nearly as bright
yellow as in consimile, and the hind tibiae yellow on outer sur-
face, except for a small blackish spot on anterior margin beyond
the middle. An occasional male of consimile from southern Cali-
fornia approaches these males from Baja California, except that
the abdominal bands are broader, less emarginate, and less in-
terrupted.
July, 1949]
TIMBERLAKE DIANTHIDIUM
131
Dianthidium rossi Timberlake, new species
This form is closely allied to D. discors Timb., recently de-
scribed from western Texas. The puncturation of the mesoscutum
is twofold as in discors, but the coarser punctures are smaller
and considerably sparser than they are in that species. In other
respects the two forms are similar and may ultimately prove to
be races of one species.
Female — Black, becoming dark ferruginous on tegulae, on ex-
treme apex of femora above, and on the claw joints of tarsi. Man-
dibles slightly rufous at apex. Markings pale yellow, with the pat-
tern nearly as in discors. Tegulae with a yellow streak on outer
side, margined exteriorly with pale testaceous. Lateral marks of
face broad below and extending narrowly above almost to summit
of eyes. Streak behind each eye reduced to a small oval spot.
Thoracic markings as in discors, except that the spots on anterior
margin of mesoscutum are a little larger and extend from the
impressed line on each side about two thirds of the way to the
outer margin. Maculation of abdomen as in discors, except that the
marks are smaller, especially the submedian marks on tergites 3
to 5, which are consequently more widely separated from each
other. The two marks on tergite 5, small and roundish and similar
to the lateral spots on tergite 4. Mandibles slightly narrower at
apex than in discors, the cutting edge oblique, with no trace of a
preapical notch. The very coarse punctures of frons slightly more
separated than in discors. A rather prominent, punctureless, blis-
ter-like swelling present between the lateral and anterior ocelli on
each side (similar but smaller swellings present also in discors).
Mesoscutum duller than in discors, with very fine almost conti-
guous punctures and large widely spaced punctures. The small
punctures become finer and very dense on the anterior middle.
Scutellum shining, closely and strongly punctured, the punctures
not all of one size but the smaller ones coarser than the fine punc-
tures of mesoscutum. Pubescence extremely short and fine on meso-
scutum, becoming most conspicuous behind the bases of the wings.
Ventral scopa whitish. Wings subfuliginous, darker in the mar-
ginal cell, the nervures dark. Length, 7 mm. ; anterior wing, 6 mm.
Male — Similar to the female in sculpture and markings. In
addition to the markings of the female, the head has the clypeus,
except apical margin, and the mandibles, except apex, yellow.
Bands of abdomen considerably broader than in female and less
broken into spots. The two median spots on tergite 2 generally
confluent, forming three marks as on tergite 1. The bands on ter-
gites 3 and 4 generally narrowly interrupted medially and broadly
and deeply emarginate behind on each side (that on 4 sometimes
broken into four spots). Tergite 5 with four small, or compara-
tively small, spots, the outer ones far to the sides. Tergite 7 yel-
low, except at base. A stripe on front and middle tibiae (some-
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
times extending almost to apex on middle pair but generally only
to the vicinity of the middle), a mark at base of hind tibiae and
a small spot (sometimes obsolete) at apex, and stripe on outer side
of hind basitarsi, pale yellow. Spurs of hind coxae yellow, conical,
and of the usual length in this genus. Apical corners of tergite 2
(and those of following segments successively less) flaring and
appearing inflated, but the inflation not involving the whole lateral
margin of the segment as in D. singulare and D. cressoni. Tergite
7 trilobed at apex, the median lobe short, a little broader than
long, bluntly rounded at apex, and ending in alignment with the
tips of the lateral lobes as seen from above. Lateral lobes almost
square at outer corners, oblique within and thus appearing strong-
ly divergent. Aedeagus most similar to that of D. pUbtyurum,
but smaller, with the dilated apical part of the stipital parameres
more slender and recurved outward instead of upward. Sagittae
of the same general shape and convexity above as in platyurum,
but gradually tapering from the broad base nearly to the apex,
then more rapidly, so that each component ends in a short, very
fine sharp point. Apical part of sagittae with fine short pubescence
on each side, quite different from the conspicuous fringe in platy-
urum. Pubescence as in female, that of the venter sparse in com-
parison with most of the other species. Length, 8-9 mm.; anterior
wing, 7 mm.
Two females, four males (holotype female, allotype, and para-
types), Catavina, Baja California, September 25, 1941 (Ross
and Bohart) , types No. 6123 and 6124, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.
Literature Cited
Cockerell, T. D. A.
1923. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the
Gulf of California in 1921. The Bees (1). Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci. (4)12:73-103.
Timberlake, P. H.
1943. Racial differentiation in Nearctic Species of Dmnthidiimi.
Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 51:71-109.
1948. Additions and correction to the list of Nearctic Species
of Dianthidiwm. Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 56:149-153.
July, 1949]
C HANDLER STENELMIS
133
A NEW SPECIES OF STENELMIS FROM NEVADA
(Coleoptera, Elmidae)
By Harry P. Chandler
California Division of Fish and Game, Red Bluff, Calif.
Stenelmis calida Chandler, new species
Type, male. Size. Length 3.3 mm; width 1.23 mm.
Form and color. Body elongate, sides parallel. Elytra dark
brown; rest of body covered with dense matted greenish gray pile
except tip of last abdominal segment, tarsi, mouth parts, antennae,
and part of head.
Head. Vertex with a dark median band, lateral gray bands
slightly narrower ; palpi and antennae yellow testaceous. Antennae
shorter ( % ) than pronotum.
Pronotum. (Fig. 1, a). Length 1.1 mm.; width 1.0 mm., width
at anterior margin .8 mm., at posterior margin .9 mm., widest
posterior third, lateral margin concave in outline in front of wid-
est portion and slightly so behind. Median sulcus moderately deep.
A deep pit on either side just in front of scutellum. Lateral tu-
bercles conspicuous, located at the anterior 4/9 and the posterior
2/7, the posterior pair more widely separated with a depression
between them and the sulcus.
Elytra. Length 2.4 mm., width 1.23 mm. Entirely immaculate.
First stria complete from base to apex. Carina between second
and third striae strongly and widely elevated at base. Carina be-
tween fifth and sixth striae with inner side declivous and outer side
beveled, extending from base to posterior 1/7. Distance between
outer carinae narrowed from base to anterior third then parallel
almost to posterior end. Elytral punctures deeply impressed.
Venter. Apical emargination of last abdominal segment about
equal to width of base of last tarsal segment.
Legs. Color rufous, all except tarsi covered with grey pile.
Tibia length : hind 1.24 mm., middle 1.15 mm., front 1.02 mm. Last
tarsal segment of the front and middle legs about 1/15 longer
than the basal four segments combined. Last segment of metatar-
sus nearly equal to basal four segments. Last tarsal segment is
more strongly enlarged beyond the middle, claws long and com-
paratively slender. Middle tibiae with a swelling on inner margin
near middle as is characteristic of the males of this genus.
Allotype, female. Length 3.2 mm.; width 1.2 mm. Color and
form similar to type except for sexual difference of the middle
tibia which is without the enlargement.
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
Disposition of types. Holotype, allotype and paratypes collected
by Ira La Rivers on December 31, 1946, will be placed in the col-
lection of the California Academy of Sciences; paratypes in the
collections of Mr. La Rivers, Dr. Milton Sanderson, Museum of
Comparative Zoology at Harvard, U. S. National Museum, Wash-
ington, D. C., British Museum, Dr. Paul N. Musgrave and the
collection of the author.
Comparisons. This species ranges in length from 3.0 to 3.4.
The metathorasic wings of both sexes are reduced and non func-
tional. They reach only to a point even with the middle of the
third abdominal segment, apical third almost completely lacking
so that the wing is truncate at apex. This species does not distinct-
ly run to either the humerosa-sinuata group or the crenata group
as delimited by Sanderson^ in his key. The last tarsal segment
of the front and middle legs are longer than the other tarsal seg-
ments combined, but those of the hind legs are equal. The last
tarsal segment is noticeably more strongly enlarged beyond the
middle, but the claws are comparatively slender. In the humerosa-
sinuata group it will run to S. fuscata Blatchley in Sanderson’s
key. It may easily be separated from this by the prominent
elevation of the interval between the base of the second and third
stria of the elytra. In the crenata group it is separated at once by
the absence of maculations on the elytra. The resemblance to the
more immaculate specimens of S. crenata is quite close; however,
there are many small differences such as the stronger enlargement
of the distal half of the last tarsal segment and the reduction of
the wings in 5. calida.
Larva. The larva conforms in general with the description by
West^ of an unknown species of Stenelmis which he designates
as Type 4. The more obvious differences are described as follows:
The prothorax is nearly three times as long as the succeeding
segments, the widest point being at the posterior third. Posterior
abdominal segment subconical, (Fig. 1, b) slightly more narrowed
at apex. Apex truncate with a short spine at marginal angles. The
ventral operculum 1/3 as long as the segment. Antennae two seg-
mented without trace of a third segment in the single specimen
^Sanderson, Milton W., 1938. A monographic revision of the North American
Species of Stenelmis (Dryopidae: Coleoptera) Bull. Uni. Kan., Vol. XXXIX,
635-717.
^West, Luther S., 1929. A preliminary study of larval structure in the
Dryopidae, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. XXLL, p. 697.
July, 1949]
CHANDLER STENELMIS
135
examined. The second segment is about half as wide and one
third longer than the first. The ocelli are located some distance
Fig. 1. Sten^mis calida Chandler. A. Pronotum. B. Ventral view
of last abdominal segment, larva. C. Male genitalia.
below the cuticle, and the cuticle tubercles and spines are uni-
formly distributed over this portion of the head which may indi-
cate that semi cave life has caused the ocelli to be less functional.
Labrum evenly rounded anteriorly.
Distribution. While checking aquatic beetles in the collection
of Ira La Rivers, the author discovered under another genus three
specimens of Stenelmis from Devil’s Hole, Nye County, Nevada,
elevation 2,500, collected by A. W. Vanderhorst September 11,
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
1941, which were obviously new records for the state. As Mr.
La Rivers was desirous of recording all the species occurring in
the state, the specimens were carefully studied and found to be
undescribed. On December 31, 1946, Mr. La Rivers visited this
location and succeeded in securing a large series of adults and
one larva. It was learned in correspondence with Dr. Sanderson
of the 111. Nat. Hist. Survey that he had half of a small series
(10 specimens) from the same locality collected by A. R. Miller
on January 9, 1939, which had never been critically studied. The
other half of the series remained in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology Collection. These were obtained on loan and form part
of the paratypes.
Devil’s Hole is located thirty miles east of Death Valley at the
base of a low range of mountains on the east side of Ash Mead-
ows in Nye County, Nevada. According to Mr. La Rivers it is a
warm spring pool located at the bottom of a crevice or crater,
possibly a part of a water formed cave. The crevice at the water
surface is about 10 feet wide by 65 feet long. The surface of
the water is 50 to 60 feet below the lowest part of the rim. There
is no apparent inlet or outlet. Water marks on the walls indicate
that water has stood for some time at depths of 10 to 15 feet above
the present surface level. The temperature of the water never
varies more than one degree from 92° Fahrenheit winter or sum-
mer. Mr. La Rivers could not find Stenelmis in any of the nearby
streams or warm springs. Also confined to this warm spring is a
small (about 20 mm.) minnow, Cyprinodon diabolus Wales. Both
of these species may have been isolated in this warm spring since
the subsidence of a prehistoric lake which covered this site prob-
ably in the early Pleistocene.® With the exception of S. nubifer
Fall which occurs along the Pacific states but is not closely related
to the other Stenelmis, this is the farthest west that this genus has
been recorded. Another extension of this genus to the west was the
collecting of S. bicarinata Lee. at Loving, New Mexico, August 5,
1945, by Mr. J. W. MaeSwain.
®Miller, Robert R., 1948. The Cyprinodont fishes of the Death Valley system of
Eastern California and Southwestern Nevada. Misc. Pub. Mus. of Zoo., Uni. of
Mich., No. 68, April 20, 1948, pp. 85-86.
July, 1949]
VOGT TEXAN CERAMBYCIDAE
137
NOTES ON CERAMBYCIDAE FROM THE LOWER
RIO GRANDE VALLEY, TEXAS^
(Coleoptera)
By George B. Vogt
University of Maryland, College Park
This paper is the fourth of a series based upon the collections
made by the writer in the Lower Rio Grande Valley, Texas, during
1946 and 1947. In the annotated list that follows eighty-three
species of the longhorns are given with biological notes, and in
case of one species {Leptostylus gibhulosus Bates) apparent syno-
nymy is brought to light.
Preparation of this paper has been aided by the encourage-
ment and assistance of Dr. E. Gorton Linsley, Mr. W. S. Fisher,
Dr. W. H. Anderson, and Dr. J. N. Knull, and the writer ex-
presses his sincere gratitude to these workers. Determinations here
treated were greatly facilitated and materially authoritated by the
writer’s access to the United States National Museum Collections,
and to the officials at this institution the writer extends his most
sincere thanks. Both Mr. L. L. Buchannan and Dr. E. A. Chapin
have been especially cooperative in providing working space and
facilities. And the commendable librarial assistance of Miss
Mathilde M. Carpenter is gratefully acknowledged.
The localities referred to in this paper are accurately shown
on the accompanying map. Unnamed localities are designated by
numbers which in the text appear within quotation marks. Floral
associations and topography of the localities have been treated
elsewhere.^
^Scientific article No. A221. Contribution No. 2144 of the Maryland Agricul-
tural Experiment Station (Department of Entomology).
^Vogt, A Biologically Annotated List of the Buprestidae of the Lower Rio
Grande Valley, Texas. Ann. Ent. Soo. Amer. (In press.)
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
The common names of the plants listed helow occur frequently
enough in the text to warrant giving their scientific equivalents
here:
Brasil Condalia obovata Hook.
Cedar Elm Ulmus crassifolia Nutt.
Coma Bumelia celastrina H. B. K.
Coyotillo ....Karwinskia Humboldtiana (R. & S.) Zucc.
Ebony Pithecolobium flexicaule (Benth.) Coulter
Giant Opuntia Opuntia Lindheimeri Engelm.
Goldenrod Solidagio canadensis canescens Gray.
Guajillo Acacia Berlandieri Benth.
Hackberry Celtis laevigata Wild.
Huisache Acacia farnesiana (L.) Willd.
Lote Condalia obtusifolia (Hook.) Weberb.
Mesquite Prosopis juli flora (Swartz) DeCandolle
Retama Parkinsonia aculeata L.
Soapberry Sapindus Drummondii H. & A.
Sunflower Helianthus sp.
Tepehuaje ....Leucaenia pulverulenta (Schlect) Benth.
Willow Salix 5p.
Yellow top V erbesina encelioides (Cav.) Benth.
and Hook.
Yucca Yucca treculeana Carr.
1. Stenodontes dasystomus Say
Rather common under bark of dead hackberry and occasion-
ally willow at “8” and “10” during April, May, June, September
and November; numerous emergence holes in dead trunk wood
of these trees. Also a few specimens at light in Pharr and Rio
Grande City.
2. Derobrachus geminates Lee.
Six males at light in Rio Grande City during May and a dead
female measuring over seventy millimeters was found at “9” on
June 14. During May and June in the dry uplands north of the
Rio Grande City, these beetles take to wing at dusk and are com-
monly seen against the horizon, but their pursuit is impossible
unless one tangles with the spiny cactus and chapparal. An aber-
rant record was made at Pharr, when a single male was taken at
light on August 7, 1947.
July, 1949]
VOGT TEXAN CERAMBYCIDAE
139
140 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NOl ^
3. Smodicum cucujiforme Say
Two specimens under the bark of dead hackberry at “10” on
April 14, 1946.
4. MALACOPTERUSTENELLUsFab.
Occasionally under bark of dead hackberry at “10” during
March and again in October.
5. Styloxus sp.
Three specimens at lights in Pharr, July 6 and August 4-15,
1947. These are not S. fulleri Horn or S. texanus Schffr.
6. Achryson concolor Lee.
Frequent at lights in Pharr, May, July, and August. Also at
light at “11” on September 20, 1947. Reared in July from dead
cedar elm limbs collected at “10” during June. Also collected dur-
ing December in huisache branches that had been pruned by
Oncideres pustulatus Lee. Determined by Linsley.
7. Achryson suRiNAMUM (L.)
Numerous records under bark of recently killed hackberry,
cedar elm, and mesquite at “9” and “10” during March, April
and May. Also at lights in Pharr during March, April, May, and
August.
8. Gnaphalodes trachyderoides Thoms.
On fresh cut huisache, ebony, and mesquite at “4” and “6”
during May and June, 1946. At lights in Pharr, May through
September. And a single specimen inside a store window at Pharr
on January 8, 1946.
9. Chion cinctus Drury
Two reared in July from soapberry branches from “8” which
had been cut five months before they were caged on April 30,
1947. On February 8, 1946, one was taken on fresh cut willow
and on June 1-10 and October 11, 1946, three were collected at
light in Pharr.
10. Pantomallus ovicollis Lee.
Taken at lights in Pharr May through September.
July, 1949]
VOGT TEXAN CERAMBYCIDAE
141
11. EBURIASTIGMATICACheV.
Frequent under bark of dead hackberry at “10” March through
July and October. Also under bark of dead willow at “8.”
12. Eburia haldemani Lee.
A single specimen under bark of a cedar elm log at “10” on
May 18, 1946.
13. Eburia mutica Lee.
Common at lights in Pharr, April, May, June, and September.
Also two from lights in Rio Grande City on May 24, 1947. And
several under loose bark of hackberry logs at “10.”
14. Eustromula validum Lee.
A single specimen at light near “24” on May 24, 1947.
15. Elaphidion incertum Newn.
Two from under bark of dead willow at “10” on June 30,
1946. Two additional specimens at lights in Pharr during Sep-
tember, 1947.
16. Elaphidion compactum Casey
Five specimens at light in Pharr during May and July.
17. Elaphidion mimeticum Schffr.
Four from under loose bark of dead willow at “8,” May
14-24, 1946. Also at light in Pharr during May and June.
18. AnEPYSYRA TENUE (Lec.)
Two specimens at light at “11” on August 9, 1947.
19. Aneflus sonoranus Casey
A single specimen from decadent lote at “20” on June 14, 1947.
20. Aneflus protensus Lec.
Three specimens on dead branches of decadent mesquite at
“14” and “20,” June 14 - July 4, 1947.
142
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO. 3
21. Anoplium moestum Lee.
At light in Pharr during June, July and August. Also under
bark of hackberry at “10” on July 14, 1946, and on fire killed
Opuntia at “4” on June 16, 1946.
22. Anelaphus (probably truncatus (Hald.)
A single record at light in Rio Grande City on May 24, 1947.
23. PSYRASSA sallei Bates
One specimen beaten from soapberry coppice at “8” on Sep-
tember 1, 1947. Determined by Linsley.
24. PsYRASSA BREVICORNIS Linsley
Four specimens at light at “11,” August 9, 1947. Determined
by Linsley.
25. CoMPSA PUNCTICOLLIS Lec.
A single specimen at light, Pharr, August 4-15, 1947. De-
termined by Linsley.
26. Heterachthes nobilus Lec.
Eight specimens at lights in Pharr April through July, again
in August.
27. Ibidion exclamationis Thoms.
Under bark of dead Pithecolohium pollens (Benth.) Cory and
on fresh cut ebony at “4” during June. Also, at lights in Pharr
during May, June, and August.
28. Obrium maculatum Oliv.
Three reared from the same soapberry branches as Number 9,
emerging on June 2 and June 25, 1947, and several emerged dur-
ing late April, 1946, from the Oncideres-pruned tepehuaje branch
described under 76. At lights in Pharr during May and again
during August and September.
29. Obrium mozinnae Linell
Two specimens beaten from flowers and foliage of brasil on
June 8, 1946 at “4.”
July, 1949]
VOGT TEXAN CERAMBYCIDAE
143
30. Ophistomis laevicollis Bates
Five specimens on flowers of Coma at “9” on October 27, 1946.
31. Leptura gig as Lee.
Two specimens in flight, one in Donna, on May 20, 1946, and
the other near willow tree at “8” on April 7, 1946. Two others
were seen during May, 1947, at “8” flying about willow trees, high
out of reach. Remains of unsuccessful adults have been exposed
by chopping into rotten willow logs, being good evidence that
their larvae bore in dead willow.
32. Callichroma schwartzi Fisher
Frequent on flowers of lote and Cissus incisa (Nutt.) Des
Moulins at “6,” “19,” “22” and “23” April 24 through May 31.
When disturbed this beautiful cerambycid emits a milky white
volatile material having a fragrance similar to butyraldehyde.
33. Callidium texanum Schffr.
Two specimens, from Pharr and McAllen, March 3 and 7, 1947.
Both were on cedar fence posts which had been imported from
northern parts of Texas.
34. Placosternus difficilis Chev.
One of the most common Cerambycids of the area. Numerous
on fresh cut mesquite at “6” and “9” during May and October
and November, often in company with Megacyllene caryae dur-
ing the fall. Frequent on fresh cut ebony at “4” during May,
1946. Swarming over fresh cut hackberry at dusk at “10” on
April 7, 1946. Early in March often seen about waste citrus dumps
near Pharr. At flowers of Koeherlinia spinosa Zucc. and guajillo
at “6” during March. One emerged on September 23, 1946, from
the same mesquite log described below under 35. Several also
reared from a Huisache branch, which had been pruned by Onci-
deres pustulatus, emergence taking place on March 17 and May
9, 1946.
35. Megacyllene caryae Gahan
Frequent on fresh cut mesquite in a clearing at “9” during
October. Eight emerged on September 23-25, 1946, from a mes-
quite log which had been cut ten months previously at “4” but
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXV, NO; 3
not caged until August, 1946. It is interesting to compare the
seasonal occurrence of this species at this locality and in the
East where it is distinctly an early spring form.
36. Neoclytus mucronatus (Fab.)
Collected in numbers on fresh cut hackberry at “10” during
March, July and October. Adults cut from old hackberry logs at
“10,” March 9 through June 30, 1946. Eight emerged early in
July from dead cedar elm limbs collected at “10” on June 31,
1946. Common on decadent retama at “7” on June 14, 1946, and
frequently observed on this host thereafter. This cerambycid was
the only insect observed affecting retama except for the Bos-
trychids, which are impartial borers in dead wood.
37. Neoclytus acuminatus hesperus Linsley
Three collected on fresh cut Pithecolobium pollens (Benth.)
Cory at “2” on August 31, 1946.
38. Neoclytus abbreviatus Schffr.
During April, 1946, five were collected from weakened Bac-
charis neglecta Nutt, six miles southwest of Pharr. A week before,
also observed on fresh cut branches of the same host at “9.” A
single specimen emerged on June 2, 1947, from dead soapberry
branches collected at “10.”
39. Tetranodus niveicollis Linell
A single female swept from a weedy tomato field adjacent to
Palm Grove at “2” on May 25, 1946.
40. Euderces exilis Casey
Frequent beating mesquite, brasil, soapberry, huisache and
huisachillo {Acacia tortuosa (L.) (Willd.) at “4,” “8” and “9”
during March, April and June. Two emerged June 2, 1947, from
dead soapberry branch collected at “10.”
41. Rhopalophora laevicollis Lee.
Four specimens on fresh cut ebony and one on fresh cut
mesquite at “4” on May 26 and June 2, 1946. Also on fresh cut
mesquite at “9” on October 13, 1946, and on brasil at “4” on
June 8, 1947. One specimen on flowers of Baccharis neglecta
Nutt, at “2” on September 30, 1946.
(continued)
1
FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS
P E N C
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
PENCO* BHC (Benzene Hexachloride) Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.
D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use hy dust manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.
W-12 Wettahle Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.
PENCO DB-50 — micron-sized dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustable and free-flowing. Can be used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended by recognized diluent manufacturers.
PENCO WB-50 — micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting agents. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.
PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettahle micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and barn sprays, live-
stock dips.
PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.
PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.
PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.
PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.
PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed -killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.
PENPHOS (P arathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.
PENPHENE*— Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.
KRYOCIDE* — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.
*Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.
F or further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division
PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON
Los Angeles Tacoma Portland, Ore.
11
f
I
I For your crops
I For your profits
I
I The "Niagara” name on Spray or Dust is your best
I assurance of Protection from the pests and
I diseases that attack your crops. Here’s why . . .
I # "Niagara" Products are made fresh every season, and
I fresh materials kill the bugs!
I # "Niagara" Products are manufactured by the most.ad-
I vanced methods, with equipment specifically designed for the
I purpose.
I # "Niagara" Products are produced to the most exacting
I laboratory standards and are thoroughly tested in the field.
I # "Niagara" Products are the result of many years of
I experience in the field of pest control by a company concen-
I tratlng primarily on the production of agricultural insecticides
I and fungicides. And experience counts!
I
NIAGARA CHEMICAL
DIVISION
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Richmond, California • Home Office: Middleport, New York
Jacksonville and Pompano, Florida • New Orleans, Louisiana ■ Greenville, Miss.
Harlingen, Texas • Mt. Vernon, Washington
Canadian Associate. Niagara Brand Spray Co., .Ltd • Burlington, Ontario
> 'T
• • •
ARATHANE
Formerly CR-1639
Results of tests over several years show this new chemical to
be an unusually effective miticide.
Both dormant and summer applications have given effective
control of motile forms and egg stages of European Red Mite,
Two-Spotted Mite, Citrus Red Mite, Pacific Mite, Brown Mite,
and Willamette Mite.
ARATHANE also shows promising fungicidal qualities as well
as some interesting insecticidal possibilities.
Preliminary toxicological studies indicate ARATHANE to be
of a low order of mammalian toxicity.
A summary of results of experimental work with ARATHANE
is available for research and extension workers. Copies will be
sent upon request.
Experimental quantities of ARATHANE formulations are avail-
able for 1949 trials.
We welcome your inquiries.
CHEMICALS FOR
INDUSTRY
1
1
1
1
ROHM e HAAS
COM PAM Y
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
V
/
N
ri
u.
ms
?Fhemicals^
z'
SINCE
1885
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
* Sulphur
* Insecticides
« Fertilizers
® Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave.
P. O. Box 1 669
Fresno, California
Phone Fresno 2-41 1 3
vi
FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.
FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive
Send for
Free Booklet
on "FRIANITE
qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.
FRIANITE improves insecticides... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.
FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.
CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS
^^Producers of FRIANITE" FRIANT * CALIFORNIA
Aiake fofwulatims
ejfectiw afu^ east/
TREM and TREX
EMULSIFIERS and SOLUBILIZERS
emulsifies solutions in which the custom-
ary DDT solvents have been used.
llJhiiAtiAiBQUMiU to provide concentrates without
solvents which can be readily diluted with water to
form non-settling, clear solutions.
nvPWHHniiiraHH
dissolves as high as 50% of
Toxaphene, and following water dilution gives stable
emulsions ready for immediate field use. Also provides
excellent emulsions wi th solvent solutions of Toxaphene.
■■■■■lAiilliliiljiafl to provide high concentration
emulsible insecticide formulations with kerosene.
TENLO-10 for HETP
to give better wetting characteristics,
increased coverage and control.
for emulsifying solvent solu-
tions of various organic insecticides and herbicides
wherein special properties are desired in finished
formulation.
Write for samples and descriptive literature
CHEMICAL
COMPANY
lOOa. SIXTEENTH STjSAN FRANCISCO • CALIFORNIA
Vlll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA
CHLORDANE volatility gives this
chemical an outstanding advantage
for application on row crops as well
as orchards and fruits.
<
Chi or done
The Toxicant that gives control of the
following chewing and sucking insects:
ANTS
GRASSHOPPERS
SOIL INFESTING INSECTS
LEAF MINERS
Chlordane also a leading
toxicant for Orchards,
Truck Crops and
Strawberry Pests.
Chlordane is formulated into emul-
sifiable concentrates, wettable pow-
ders and dusts by leading insecti-
cide manufacturers. Read the label
and make sure it contains chlor-
dane. Write for technical bulletins
and data.
HYMAN CpimfiaHif*
DENVER, COLORADO
WESTERN SALES OFFICE
25 Beale Street
San Francisco, Calif.
*Manufacturers of
OCTA-KLOR (T.M. Reg.
U. S. Pat. Oft) Chlordane
X
^elif OH ( jOPOIj J) PfoolucU
RES. u.s.PAT.Orr.
Deenate* DDT Insecticides Zerlate* Fungicide
Marlate* 50 Methoxychlor Insecticide Copper-A Compound
Lexone lO-GW Insecticide
Grasselli* Lead Arsenate
NuRexform* Lead Arsenate
Krenite* Dinitro Spray
Parmone* Fruit Drop Inhibitor
Fermate* Fungicide
Paraate* Fungicide
Flotation Sulfur Paste
Lime Sulfur Solution
Dry Lime Sulfur
Sulforon*
Sulforon* X
Zinc Sulfate
Du Pont Spreader-Sticker
Better Things for Better Living . . . Through Chemistry
E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS & CO. (Inc.)
Grasselli Chemicals Department'
WILMINGTON 98, DELAWARE
'•■Reg. Trade Mark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., (Inc.)
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Cost of Author’s Reprints
Copies
2*
4*
8*
12*
16*
24*
32*
Cover
25 $2.10
$3.15
$ 5.60
$ 8.75
$11.20
$17.50
$22.40
$ 4.20
50
2.45
3.85
6.65
10.50
13.30
21.00
26.60
4.90
100
2.80
4.55
7.70
12.25
14.40
24.50
30.80
5.95
200
3.50
5.60
9.10
14.70
18.20
29.40
36.40
7.35
300
4.20
6.65
10.50
17.15
21.00
34.30
42.00
8.75
400
4.90
7.70
11.90
19.60
23.80
39.20
46.80
10.15
500
5.60
8.75
13.30
22.05
26.60
44.10
53.20
11.55
*Niimber of pages.
COLLOIDAL Z-1
SPREADER AND DEPOSIT BUILDER
FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY
Colloidal Products Corporation
Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920
2598 Taylor Sf. San Francisco 11, Calif.
WARD'S OFFERS A COMPLETE
SERVICE FOR THE ENTOMOLOGIST
Since 1862 , Ward’s has been a leader in the Natural Science fields.
Ward’s serves the entomologist with equipment of the finest quality,
and many items made in Ward’s own cabinet shop are your guarantee
of the finest quality. Extensive Life Histories and Collections are
available for comprehensive study purposes; a new Color Slide series
of butterflies. North American and Exotic, plus color slides on moths.
The world-wide collecting service of Ward’s affords opportunity to
purchase many rare entomological specimens for collectors. Write
for free catalogs:
COLOR SLIDES, Butterflies and Moths
NORTH AMERICAN MOTHS, EXOTIC BUTTER-
FLIES
SPECIAL INSECT LISTS, LIFE HISTORIES AND
COLLECTIONS
ENTOMOLOGICAL EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
WARD’S natural science est., inc.
^ Serving the Natural Sciences Since 1862
3000 Ridge Road East • Rochester 9, New York
ReG. us. PAT. OFT
This familiar shield
symbolizes a matchless
combination of values
maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these ORTHO
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, make
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.
has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plus
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stocked
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassed
for convenience, availability and speed.
has behind it nearly half -a- century of field experience and scientific
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practical
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, time
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.
offers a full range of both general and specialized products — and
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.
continues to forge ahead in research ... is a leader in the develop-
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better.
CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP.
Richmond, Fresno, Sacramento, San Jose, Whittier, California • Oklahoma City, Okla. •
Kansas City, Mo. • Orlando, Florida • Elizabeth, N. J. • Lyndonville, N. Y. •
South Haven, Michigan • Portland, Oregon.
eric m. fisher
Vol. XXV October, 1949 No. 4
THE
Pan -Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
JENSEN, THE IDENTITY OF HEMITRIOZA WASHINGTONIA
AND APHALARA PUNCTELLUS 146
LANHAM, SUBSPECIFIC NAMES FOR TWO COMMON PACIFIC
COAST ANDRENA 147
CHAMBERLIN, A SOUTH AMERICAN BUPRESTID TAKEN
IN CALIFORNIA 160
ESSIG, A NEW APHID ON LETTUCE 161
LINSLEY, A NEW SPECIES OF STIZOCERA FROM FLORIDA.. 163
DOUTT, SYNOPSIS OF NORTH AMERICAN ANAPHOIDEA... 166
STEYSKAL, SEPSIDAE FROM THS AUSTRALASIAN REGION 161
HOYT, FLEBOTOMUS IN CALIFORNIA 171
COLE, THE ANTS OF BIKINI ATOLL 172
VOGT, CERAMBYCIDAE FROM THE LOWER RIO GRANDE VALLEY 176
FENDER, STUDIES IN THE CANTHARIDAE, IV.._ 186
TILDEN, BIOLOGY OF PSELLIOPUS SPINICOLLlS_ 190
FURMAN, OBITUARY NOTICE— WILLIAM BRODBECK HERMS... 192
San Francisco, California
1949
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. C. Van Dyke E. G. LiNsr,EY, R. L. Usingeb E. S. Ross
Associate Editor Editors Assistant Editor
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insec* taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be ad-
dressed to the editors, 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
California. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of
address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be
addressed to the treasurer, R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco 18, California
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
FOURTH SERIES
VOLUME XXIV
Contributions Toward a Knowledge of the Insect Fauna of Lower California
1. Introductory Account, by A. E. Michelbacher and E. S. Ross. Pp. 1-20, pis. 1-3.
February, 1942 $0.25
2. Coleoptera: Cerambycidae, by E. Gorton Linsley. Pp. 21-96, pis. 4-5. Feb., 1942...- .75
3. Coleoptera; Buprestidae, by Edwin C. Van Dyke. Pp. 97-132, pis. 6-7. Mar., 1942 .35
4. Neuroptera: Myrmeleonidae, by Nathan Banks. Pp. 133-152, pi. 8. March, 1942 20
5. Symphyla, by A. E. Michelbacher. Pp. 1.53-160, pi. 9. March, 1942 , .15
6. Diptera: Culicidae, by Thomas H. G. Aitken. Pp. 161-170. June, 1942 20
7. Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Pp. 171-288, pis. 10, 11 1.50
Order from CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, SAN FRANCISCO 18, CALIFORNU
PACIFIC
DISCOUCRV
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
■ 1l»WklVlll
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES
WEED KILLERS
SOIL & SPACE
FUMIGANTS
Entered as second class paS'ttey, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at San
Francisco, California, tmder Act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
VOL. XXV, No. 4 October, 1949
THE IDENTITY OF HEMITRIOZA WASHINGTONIA
KLYVER AND APHALARA PUNCTELLUS VAN DUZEE
(Homoptera: Psyllidae)
By D. D. Jensen
University of California, Berkeley
Klyver (1930) described as Hemitrioza washingtonia a single
male psyllid collected at Toppenish, Washington. The writer has
examined this specimen, mounted on a slide, in the collection of
Stanford University. It proves to be a species of Calophya rather
than Hemitrioza and is typical of the genus in all of its charac-
ters. It is readily distinguishable from Hemitrioza by the very
large and conspicuous pterostigma, by other venational charac-
ters and by the very short antennae. Hemitrioza sonchi Crawf.
still remains the only species known in that genus.
Of the previously described species of Calophya, C. washing-
tonia is most closely related to C. nigripennis (Riley) . The bright
yellow thorax and genal processes of nigripennis, however, serve
to distinguish it readily from washingtonia which, according to
Klyver, is uniform medium brown over the entire body. A species
closely related to washingtonia has been collected by the writer in
southern California and will be described in a later paper.
Van Duzee (1923) described as new, three species of psyllids
{Aphalara mera, A. punctellus, and A. nupera) collected by the
Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of
California. The writer (1945) reported that the species described
as A. mera is Heteropsylla texana Crawford.
Recent examination of the other two species described by Van
Duzee revealed that nupera was placed correctly in Aphalara
where it resembles A. pulchella Crawford, and that punctellus
is a synonym of Aphalaroida inermis Crawford.
The following comments are given to supplement the descrip-
tions published for this species by Crawford and by Van Duzee.
The body does not have conspicuous glandular hairs except on
the distal portions of the vertex and a few on the pleuron in front
of the wings. The proctiger of the male genitalia is 0.34 mm.
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Fig. 1. Aphalaroida inermis Crawford. Inner surface
of male forcep.
long, simple, straight, with the margins converging slightly to-
ward the rounded apex. Most of the basal two-thirds of the an-
terior face of the proctiger is bare. The distal portion is covered
with short but dense pubescence. The forceps are approximately
one-half as long as the proctiger and somewhat pyriform in lateral
view (Fig. 1), the caudal margin being convexly rounded and
the cephalic margin concave in outline. The apex is broadly
rounded except for the anterior portion which is produced ceph-
alad and slightly mesad as a thumb-like lobe. The medial portion
of the apex bears a narrow, medially produced flange on the
inner face. Setae are sparse on the outer surface, but common
and conspicuous on the mesal face of the forceps, the largest
arising primarily near the cephalic margin.
Literature Cited
Jensen, D. D. 1945. Notes pn the synonymy, nymphs and distribu-
tion of Heteropsylla texana Crawford. Pan-Pac. Ent. 21:74-76.
Klyvek, F. D. 1931. New records and two species of Chermidae
from British Columbia and Washington, with biological notes.
Pan-Pac. Ent. 8:11-17.
Van Duzee, E. P. 1923. Expedition of the California Academy of
Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921. (The Hemiptera).
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4) 12:199-200.
October, 1949]
LANHAM ANDRENA
147
SUBSPECIFIC NAMES FOR TWO COMMON
PACIFIC COAST ANDRENA
(Hymenoptera : Andrenidae)
By Urless N. Lanham
Department of Zoology, University of Michigan
Collectors on the Pacific Coast have long recognized that the
representative of Andrena cressonii Robertson found there dif-
fered from the typical form, the almost complete lack of tergal
hair bands in both sexes giving it an appearance very different
from that of the eastern cressonii. Several names have been ap-
plied to A. cressonii, but none of these can be used as a sub-
specific name for the far western form. The type localities of
these are from the Rocky Mountains eastward, and, although two
{bridwelli Cockerell and dubia Robertson) represent variations
which have face markings in the male approaching the condition
which is normal in the Pacific Coast form, the characteristically
infasciate condition of the terga of the latter is not found in un-
worn eastern specimens.
Andrena cressonii infasciata Lanham, new subspecies
Female. Like typical cressonii, but differing in the following
details: only short lateral patches of hair present on terga 2-4,
although 4 with a very sparse band of hair medially; clypeus
duller, more coarsely reticulate, punctures near middle more close-
ly crowded.
Length, approximately 10 mm.; anterior wing, 8.5 mm.
Male. Terga without apical hair bands; sculpture of frons
coarser than in typical cressonii; clypeus with entire apical mar-
gin black, lower margin of yellow not neatly defined at middle of
clypeus as in typical cressonii, lateral yellow face marks not nearly
reaching to bases of antennae, only about one-third as large as
in typical cressonii.
Length, approximately 9 mm.; anterior wing 7 mm.
Holotype, female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. No. 6132) : 4 mi.
N. W. Orinda, Calif., 27 March, 1948, Brassica (C. C. and U. N.
Lanham). Allotype, male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. No. 6133):
same data as holotype. Paratypes: 3 females, 3 males, same data
as holotype (except one male from Salix) ; Berkeley, Calif., 11
March, 1947, Brassica, 1 female ( J. W. MacSwain) , 27-30 March,
1948, 1 female, 8 males (P. D. Hurd, U. N. Lanham), 6 April,
1948, Brassica, 2 males, (P. D. H.) , 16 May, 1948, Pyracantha,
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
1 female (P. D. H.) ; 8 mi. E. of Pinole, Calif., 23 March, 1947,
swept from mixed Brassica and Ranunculus, 19 females, 6 males
(P. D. Hurd, C. C. and U. N. Lanham) ; Saranap, Calif., 20
March, 1948, 1 female, 6 males (U. N. L.) ; Danville, Calif., 20
March, 1948, 14 males (U. N. L.). All of these localities are on
the east side of San Francisco Bay; some are east of the Berkeley
Hills. Additional specimens, not included in the paratype series,
are from the following localities: Black’s Mtn., Lassen Co., Calif.,
13 June, 1941, 2 females (P. D. H.) ; Big Spring, Shasta Co.,
Calif., 23 May, 1941, 1 female; Yosemite Valley, Calif., 16 June,
1935, 1 female (E. G. Linsley). I have seen specimens referable
to this subspecies from Riverside, California and Washington
State; the extent of its range eastward is not known to me at
present.
A. cressonii infasciata appears to be of somewhat larger aver-
age size than cressonii from Illinois. There is some variation in
the development of the tergal bands, but the present subspecies
almost never has the hair band on tergum 3 even approaching
completeness, while it is usually complete in females of the typi-
cal form. The entire apical margin of the clypeus is black in all
males of the paratype series of A. c. infasciata, and one male
(not stylopized) lacks yellow face marks entirely; other specimens
show intermediate degrees of loss of face markings. The rather
uncommon eastern A. duhia Robertson and A. hridweili Cockerell
have the face with yellow markings similarly restricted (apical
margin of clypeus black) ; since these names were based on male
specimens, and no constantly differing females have been recog-
nized in the eastern fauna, at present it seems best to regard
these as synonyms of cressonii Robertson. Conclusive evidence of
neither geographic races nor sibling species has yet been demon-
strated in cressonii from the Rocky Mountains eastward. Because
of the appreciable amount of convergent variability in the eastern
and western forms, the lack of differences in the male genitalia,
and the fact that they are apparently allopatric, infasciata is given
only subspecific rank. A. cressonii cressonii has been seen from
Boulder, Colorado, and the Atlantic Coast near Washington,
D. C.; the type locality is Carlinville, Illinois.
Andrena osmioides benitonis Lanham, new subspecies
This is a dark form of osmioides, in which the hairs of the
head are mostly black, instead of all white, as in the typical form.
October, 1949]
LANHAM ANDRENA
149
Female. Like nominate osmioides, except for the following dif-
ferences in coloration of the pubescence: hair of head dark brown-
ish-black, except that hairs about bases of antennae are somewhat
lighter, although dusky; some dusky hairs at sides of propodeum;
hairs of all segments of front legs black, hind tibial scopa black.
Length, approximately 11 mm.; anterior wing, 9.5 mm.
Male. Appears to be exactly like nominate osmioides, except
that there are a few dusky hairs at the extreme lateral margins
of the face. Length, about 9.5 mm.; anterior wing, 7.5 mm.
Holotype, female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. No. 6134) : Pin-
nacles National Monument, San Benito Co., Calif., 24 April,
1948, Cryptantha (P. D. Hurd). Allotype, male (Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent. No. 6135) : same data as holotype. Paratypes: 1 female,
2 males, same data as holotype; Pinnacles, Calif., 25 March, 1940,
Cryptantha, 5 females (E. G. Linsley) ; Jamesburg, Monterey Co.,
Calif., 22 March, 1940, 16 females (E. G. Linsley). Additional
specimens referable to this subspecies, but not included in the
paratype series, are 18 females from San Antonio Valley, Santa
Clara Co., Calif., 20 April, 1948 (Ray F. Smith).
This subspecies is a more northern representative of osmioides,
the typical form having been described from Claremont, Cali-
fornia. Numerous individuals from Riverside, California, all had
the pubescence of the head entirely white. There is slight varia-
tion in coloration in the paratype series of A. o. henitonis, an
occasional specimen having nearly white hairs on the front fem-
ora or having the scopal hairs more or less white. The series from
San Antonio Valley, approximately 75 miles north of the type
locality of henitonis, are uniformly with dark heads and legs, and
perhaps have the lower pleural hairs darker than do the Pin-
nacles or Jamesburg specimens. Three specimens of osmioides
seen from the region north of San Francisco Bay indicate that
the form occupying that area may be one which continues the
trend to dark coloration northward, since they had not only the
hair of the head and legs, but also that of the pleura black. Very
few specimens have been seen from the western foothills of the
Sierras, on the eastern edge of the Central Valley, but a single
female from Auburn, Placer Co., Calif., has only a few black
hairs on the face, and the pubescence elsewhere has a strong red-
dish tinge ; it is possible that another subspecies occupies this area.
I am indebted to the authorities in charge of the California
Insect Survey collection at the University of California, Berkeley,
for the loan of material; paratypes of the new subspecies are to
be found in that collection.
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
A SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF BUPRESTIDAE
TAKEN IN CALIFORNIA
>
(Coleoptera)
By W. J. Chamberlin
Oregon S,tate College, Corvallis
Among some beetles recently submitted for determination was
a very striking specimen belonging to the genus Chrysobothris.
Being quite familiar with practically all indigenous species be-
longing to this genus and being unable to recognize the species
and finding that it did not fit into either Horn’s or Fisher’s key,
the specimen was sent to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke. He reports the
specimen to be Chrysobothris amabilis Lap. & Gory which is
known from Brazil, Venezuela and Guiana in South America.
The species has not previously been reported from the United
States and was probably introduced in wood from South Amer-
ica.
The specimen is labeled San Bernardino, California (Insect-
ary) 23 December 1941. Ed Appel.
The species somewhat resembles C. geminata Lee. but is smaller
(Length 16.5 mm.) clypeus faintly, broadly emarginate; thorax
smooth, coppery green with coppery red triangular splotches at
the humeri ; elytra shining greenish blue with the fovea near the
base deep, nearly circular and brilliant green, similar foveae more
shallow and slightly larger near center of each elytron; posterior
foveae divided into two brilliant green irregular spots. Elytra
widest near the humeral angles with a green spot and coarsely
serrate more than one-third from the tips which are separately
prolonged into a spine; each elytron with one very evident costa
extending from tip of elytron nearly one-half to base. Shining
green beneath; tibia and extremities of femora coppery red. Last
ventral (evidently a female) edges entire, neither interrupted
nor serrate. A very evident narrow, high, keel, or carina extends
from the margin to the base, less elevated near the latter. Posterior
margin with deep serration somewhat similar to C. aerea Chev.
(Horn, 1886, fig. 176).
Reference
Horn G. H. 1886. A monograph of the species of Chrysobothris
inhabiting the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 13:65-124,
plates II- VII, figs. 1-247.
October, 1949]
ESSIG LETTUCE APHID
151
A NEW APHID ON LETTUCE
(Homoptera)
By E. 0. Essig
University of California, Berkeley
A yellowish-green aphid was collected in large numbers from
the flowering stalks and seed heads of cultivated lettuce, Lactuca
sativa L., at Parma, Idaho, September 25, 1947 and July 23,
1948, by Dr. H. C. Manis and Professor W. F. Barr of the Uni-
versity of Idaho, who furnished all of the specimens herein de-
scribed. Dr. H. C. Manis reports that these may be the same as
the unknown species of aphid which caused rather severe damage
to seed lettuce in the Parma region in 1927. The 1949 infestation
is considerably less than those of 1947 and 1948.
Since receiving these specimens reports of this same species
have been received from Professor Miriam A. Palmer, who re-
ported a heavy infestation on lettuce in her garden at Boulder,
Colorado, in October, 1947. The Colorado specimens were com-
pared with specimens collected in Idaho and are the same species.
Dr. F. C. Hottes has also reported receiving specimens of the
same species from Dr. Herbert H. Ross, Illinois Natural History
Survey, Urbana, Illinois, who collected them on lettuce in that
state in July or September, 1948.
Macrosiphum barri Essig, new species
(Fig. 1)
Alate viviparous female. Type. Head, thorax, antennae, black
excepting bases of IV, V, and VI, which are pale; tips of femora,
tibiae, and all of the tarsi, black. Knobbed hairs on abdomen as
illustrated. Antennae with 13-13 circular sensoria nearly in a
straight line on segment III. Length of segments: III, 0.57 mm.;
IV, 0.38 mm.; V, 0.33 mm.; VI, 0.61 mm.; (base 0.15 mm. - 0.46
mm.). Cornicles cylindrical, somewhat enlarged at base and apical-
ly; slightly reticulated and constricted near tip. Arrangement of
spines on head, antennae, and genital plate; on the rostrum; and
base of the hind leg as indicated in the enlarged drawing. Wings
with veins slightly pigmented close to margins; radial sector sharp-
ly curved and not extending to tip of wing; 2nd fork of media
about midway from base to tip of wing.
Apt&rous viviparous female. Paratype. Pale yellowish or green-
ish throughout; rather slender; with short, curved, knobbed hairs
arranged in 6 rows on the dorsum and a marginal row on each
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Fig. 1 — Macrosiphum barri Essig. Alate and apterous viviparous
females with details of heads, cornicles, setae, caudas, rostrum,
anal plate, and base of hind leg of apterous female.
(Drawing by Frieda Abernathy).
October, 1949]
ESSIG LETTUCE APHID
153
side of the abdomen and a few also on the antennae. Antennal
segments I, II, III, tips of IV and V, and all of VI; the cornicles,
cauda, and tarsi dusky; lateral tubercles on prothorax and ab-
domen, Arrangement of spines and sensoria on head and antennae
as shown in enlarged drawing. Segment III of antenna with 3
to 5 circular sensoria in a row on basal half (see Figure 1).
Length of antennal segments: III, 0.54 mm.; IV, 0,34 mm.; V, 0.31
mm.; VI, 0.61 mm.; (base 0.15 mm. + unguis, 0.46 mm.). Corn-
icles nearly cylindrical, wide at bases, with flaring rim, somewhat
reticulated near tips; length 0.46 mm. Cauda relatively slender,
base swollen, tapering to a narrower median constriction, pointed;
with about 8 hairs; length 0.32 mm.
Length of body 2 mm.
The type and 22 other alates and 22 apterae were studied and
are preserved in diaphane on 15 glass microscopic slides. The
type and certain paratypes are in the author’s collection. Para-
types have also been presented to Professor Barr, University of
Idaho, to the U. S. National Museum and to the California Acad-
emy of Sciences.
This species appears to be quite distinct from related species
in this country and elsewhere.
From Macrosiphum dirhodum (Walker) it may be separated
by the relatively shorter antennal segments, more secondary sen-
soria in the apterae and fewer in the alates and also by longer
rostral hairs. It differs from M. scariola (Nevsky) {Acyrthosi-
phon) by the darker appendages and fewer sensoria in all forms
and by the longer cauda.
Paratypes show considerable variation in the number of sec-
ondary sensoria in the alatae: from 11-17, and in the apterae:
from 2-8. In the latter, the sensoria appear to divide into two as
often shown by 3 on one side and 6 on the other.
A NEW SPECIES OF STIZOCERA FROM FLORIDA
( C oleopter a : Cer amby cidae )
By E. Gorton Linsley
University of California
Gounelle has broadened and redefined Stizocera Serville to
include a number of species which differ from the genotype in
having the pronotum more or less tuberculate laterally. The fol-
lowing is a Stizocera in the sense of Gounelle.
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Stizocera floridana Linsley, new species
Female: Form elongate, narrow, subcylindrical, slightly flat-
tened above; surface polished, pale rufo-testaceous, elytra testa-
ceous, eyes black. Head very sparsely punctate, nearly glabrous,
a fine longitudinal groove between antennal tubercles; antennae
extending a little more than two segments beyond apex of elytra,
segments three to eight or nine finely, longitudinally carinate,
three to seven or eight spinose at apex, the spines stout, prominent,
diminishing gradually in length, scape 3.4 x as long as broad, a
little shorter than third segment (8.5:9.5), second segment one and
one-half times as long as broad, subequal in width at base and
apex, sides obtusely tuberculate at middle, dorsal surface with a
pair of rounded subbasal tubercles ; integument almost impunctate,
with a few scattered long erect hairs, especially at sides; scutellum
very finely, inconspicuously pubescent, the pubescence denser along
posterior margin; prosternum deeply transversely impressed at
middle, convex anteriorly, intercoxal process narrow between the
coxae, arcuately declivous, apex expanded and emarginate. Elytra
more than three and one-half times as long as pronotum, nearly
three and one-half times as long as basal width; surface sparsely,
irregularly punctate on disk, more densely at sides, with scattered,
suberect yellowish hairs; apices separately emarginate, bispinose,
outer spine longer and more definitely spiniform.
Legs elongate, sparsely clothed with long, suberect pale hairs;
femora abruptly clavate and pedunculate, intermediate pair ob-
tusely bidentate at apex, posterior pair acutely bidentate or sub-
spinose at apex; tibiae longitudinally carinate. Abdomen almost
impunctate, with a few scattered suberect hairs; fifth sternite
broadly truncate at apex. Length 13 mm., breadth 2.7 mm.
Type, female, Morco, Florida, April 17, 1912, and one para-
type, female, April 15, 1912, both in the collection of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History.
This is the first species of Stizocera known from the United
States, although five species are known from the West Indies in-
cluding one each from the Cayman Islands, Jamaica, Haiti, and
Puerto Rico. The present species is more closely related to the
West Indian forms than to those now known from Mexico. From
insulana (Gahan) and caymanensis Fisher it differs in having
the tibiae carinate, from vanzwaluwenburgi Fisher in the elon-
gate pronotum, short elytral spines, and from all three species in
the arrangement of the dorsal pronotal callosities. 5. dozieri
Fisher and S. poeyi Chevr. are differently colored and otherwise
distinct from florid ana.
October, 1949]
DOUTT — ANAPHOIDEA
155
A SYNOPSIS OF NORTH AMERICAN ANAPHOIDEA
(Hymenoptera : Mymaridae)
By Richard L. Doutt^
Division of Biological Control, University of California
The mymarid genus Anaphoidea is probably of cosmopolitan
distribution for species have been described from Europe, Africa,
Australia, North America, and the West Indies. Two species have
been utilized in biological control projects, and an appreciable
reduction in the numbers of the eucalyptus weevil, Gonipterus
scutellarus Gyll., followed the introduction of Anaphoidea nitens
into South Africa from Australia (Clausen, 1940) .
The published host records confined the genus to species of
weevils until Bakkendorf (1934) reared^, conotracheli (Girault)
from the eggs of a Chrysomelid and also from the eggs of a Dyti-
scid, Agabus sp. An entirely new host record, which extends the
host range of the genus to the Hemiptera [Gerris sp.) is intro-
duced in this paper.
Recent collections made in California indicate that the genus
is by no means an uncommon element in the faunal pattern of
the pacific slope, and four new species are described herein.
Anaphoidea conferta Doutt, new species
Female. Length 0.55 mm. General body color very dark brown.
Eyes fuscous. Trochanters, femora, tibiae, tarsi except metatarsal
segments pallid testaceous; metatarsi darker. Forewings fumated
except for clear area extending longitudinally through wing blade
center, expanding distally. Another clear area beneath anterior
portion of venation. Posterior wings fumated, slightly maculate.
Antennae inserted high on face. Structure as in Fig. 1. Scape
strongly convex ventrally. Pedicel half length of scape. Funicle
unusual for genus, segments short, subglobular to quadrate. Fun-
icle segment 1 small, subglobular. Funicle 3 largest funicle seg-
ment, a third longer than wide, longer and broader than segment
2. Funicle segment 4 wider than long. Funicle segments 5, 6
slightly longer than wide, subequal to segment 3. Club longer
than last 3 funicle segments considered together; nearly twice
funicle width. Club divided, distal segment longer than basal seg-
ment.
’Assistant Entomologist in the Agricultural Experiment Station.
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Head about as wide as long, without distinct sculpturing.
Sparsely covered with setae, alveoli pallid, conspicuous.
Thorax normal for genus, mostly smooth; faint reticulation
on parapsides and scutum. Faint striations on scutellum. Parap-
sidal sutures distinct.
Forewings as in Fig. 2. Relatively long considering body size.
Longest marginal cilia somewhat longer than greatest wing width.
About 10 lines of discal cilia at greatest wing width. Posterior
wings with complete row of discal cilia near caudal margin. Similar
row of 10-12 cilia near distal half of cephalic margin.
Trochanters two segmented, femora somewhat swollen. Fore-
tibial spur not forked. Tarsal segments short, basitarsi barely
longer than segment 2.
Abdomen ovoid, scarcely longer than wide, sparsely covered
with long setae. Ovipositor not projecting beyond apex of abdomen,
nor produced anteriorly beneath thorax.
Male. Unknown.
Described from single specimen mounted in gum damar.
Holotype, female, collected by sweeping native vegetation at
Oakville, California, on May 3, 1948 (R. L. Doutt).
Type deposited in collection of the Division of Biological Con-
trol, University of California.
The antennal characters, particularly the expanded scape and
the subglobular funicle segments, serve readily to distinguish
conferta from all other North American species.
Anaphoidea gerrisophaga Doutt, new species
Female. Length 0.50 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, antennae of
brown color. Legs, somewhat lighter. Margin of forewings fumated.
Posterior wings fumated. Eyes deep red, nearly black. Ocelli red.
Antennae inserted high on face, general conformation as in
Fig. 1. Scape, pedicel of equal width; funicle segment one small,
normal for genus; segment 2 smaller than 3; segments 5, 6 some-
what longer and wider than segment 2. Club divided, segments
subequal; club wider than scape.
Head about as wide as long; distinctly broader than thorax.
Frontovertex reticulate, bearing 4 distinct, erect setae as viewed
frontally; another pair of setae located near upper margin of
each eye. Eyes slightly hispid. Ocelli large. Mandibles with 3
large, coarse, equal teeth.
Pronotum with 4 large curved setae. Mesoscutum with 2 promi-
nent setae, each near anterior portion of respective parapsidal
suture. Each axilla with single seta.
Forewings very narrow, fig. 2, unusual for genus, nearly
parallel sided with no marked expansion distally. Tibial spur of
foreleg bifid, basitarsus longer than following segment.
October, 1949]
DOUTT ANAPHOIDEA
157
Abdomen long, oval, nearly twice longer than wide. Ovipositor
barely projecting beyond apex of abdomen, not produced anteriorly
beneath thorax.
Male. Unknown.
Figure 1. Antennae of new species of Anaphoidea from California.
Described from two specimens mounted in gum damar, on
individual slides. Holotype, female, reared from eggs of Gerris
sp., Lake Britton, Shasta County, California, on June 29,
1947 (R. L. Usinger). Paratype, female, collected on window,
El Cerrito, California, on June 11, 1948 (R. L. Doutt).
Holotype and paratype in collection of Division of Biological
Control, University of California.
158
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
This species is characterized by the very narrow forewings
which are nearly parallel sided and lack any marked distal ex-
pansion. The prominent setae on thorax and frontovertex to-
gether with the large ocelli also serve to separate gerrisophaga
from other American species. The Gerris host record is unique for
the genus.
Anaphoidea longiclava Doutt, new species
Female. Length 0.45 mm. Color variation in specimens exam-
ined ranged from pallid brown to dark brown. Forewings mostly
hyaline, slightly fumated in band near apex of venation and
around distal wing margin. Eyes black, ocelli red.
Antennae inserted high on face, form as in Fig. 1. Scape con-
vex ventrally, with slight reticulate sculpturing. Scape, pedicel
of equal width. Funicle segment 1 small, segments 2, 4 subequal,
smaller than segment 3. Segment 5 subequal to 3. Segment 6 of
same length as segments 2, 4 but wider. Club elongate, divided,
somewhat wider than funicle, distal segm.ent longer than basal
segment.
Head about as wide as long. Area posterior to ocelli with reticu-
late sculpturing, face and frontovertex nearly smooth.
Thorax normal for genus, nearly smooth but scutellum finely
striate, scutum with faint reticulations anteriorly. Legs normal,
foretibial spur curved, bifid. Basitarsi about equal in length to
following segments, not distinctly longer. Forewings of moderate
width, fig. 2. Posterior wings with sparse row of discal cilia near
cephalic margin and more complete row near caudal margin.
Abdomen ovoid, distinctly shorter than thorax, dorsal surface
with transverse rows of long conspicuous setae. Ovipositor slightly
produced forward beneath thorax, ovipositor barely projecting
from apex of abdomen.
Male. Unknown.
Described from two specimens mounted in gum damar on
individual slides. Holotype, female, collected by sweeping native
vegetation at Morgan Hill, California, on July 2, 1947 (R. L.
Doutt) . Paratype, female, collected by sweeping Salix sp. at Rio
Nido, California, on May 28, 1947.
Holotype and paratype deposited in collection of Division of
Biological Control, University of California.
The species longiclava is easily separated from conotracheli
by the narrow club, the relatively more elongate funicle segments,
and by lacking a marked projection of the ovipositor beneath the
thorax.
October, 1949]
DOUTT — ANAPHOIDEA
159
Anaphoidea brunnea Doutt, new species
Female. Length 0.46 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen dark brown.
Legs, antennae somewhat lighter. Forewings hyaline except for
indistinct fumation near venation and along distal portion of
cephalic margin. Posterior wings with slight maculation. Eyes,
ocelli black.
0.5 in HI.
Figure 2. Wing outlines of new species of Anaphoidea from Calif.
Antennae inserted high on face. Scape not strongly convex
ventrally, fig. 1. Pedicel slightly wider than scape, wider than
funicle. Funicle segment 1 small, segment 2 longest, narrowest
funicle segment. Funicle segment 4 distinctly smaller than 3 or 5.
Segments 3, 5, 6 subequal. Club divided, widest antennal structure
equal in length to funicle segments 5, 6, combined.
Head somewhat longer than wide. Thorax mostly smooth with
barely perceptible striations. Fore femora more swollen than middle
or hind femora. Spur of foretibia curved, bifid at tip. Basitarsus
of foreleg distinctly longer than subsequent segment. Basitarsi
of middle and posterior legs barely longer than subsequent seg-
ments. Forewings of moderate width. Fig. 2. Posterior wings with
a row of discal cilia near distal portion of wing blade center; a
sparse row of discal cilia near cephalic margin, another complete
row on caudal margin.
Abdomen much shorter than thorax, ovoid. Ovipositor distinctly
produced forward beneath thorax.
Male. Unknown.
Described from four specimens mounted in gum damar on
individual slides. Holotype, female, and 2 female paratypes col-
lected by sweeping native vegetation at Forestville, Sonoma
County, California, on April 16, 1947 (R. L. Doutt). One para-
type female collected on window, El Cerrito, California, on March
6, 1948 (R. L. Doutt). Holotype and 2 paratypes deposited in
collection of Division of Biological Control, University of Cali-
fornia. One paratype deposited in U. S. National Museum.
160
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
In comparison with calendrae and conotrachelP this species is
easily differentiated by the second funicle segment which is dis-
tinctly longer than segment 3. The forewings are relatively broad-
er than those of calendrae.
Key to North American Anaphoidea
Females
1. Funicle segments except segment 1 distinctly longer
than wide 2
- Funicle segments subglobular or quadrate, scape
strongly convex ventrally conferta Doutt
2. Funicle segment 2 distinctly longer than segment 3 3
- Funicle segment 2 not distinctly longer than 3, may
be equal to 3 4
3. Funicle segment 2 narrowest funicle segment, seg-
ment 4 smaller than ail segments except 1. Species
brown, moderate size brunnea Doutt
- Funicle segment 2 no slenderer than other segments ;
cephalic tibiae yellow, body black,
large species sordidata Girault^
4. Forewings quite narrow, more or less parallel sided
without marked distal expansion, see fig. 2. Funicle 2
distinctly shorter than 3 gerrisophaga Doutt
- Forewings of moderate width, normal, if narrow
then funicle 2 subequal to 3 5
5. Basitarsi distinctly longer than following segments.
Funicle segment 2 nearly equal to segment 3. Funicle
segment 6 shorter than any segment except
segment 1 calendrae Gahan
- Basitarsi not distinctly longer than following segments 6
6. Ovipositor strongly produced anteriorly beneath
thorax conotracheli (Girault)^
- Ovipositor not strongly produced anteriorly beneath
thorax longiclava Doutt
Literature Cited
Bakkendorf, 0. 1933-34. Biological investigations on some Danish
Hymenopterous egg-parasites, especially in Homopterous eggs,
with taxonomic remarks and descriptions of new species. Ent.
Meddel., 19:1-134.
Clausen, C. P. 1940. Entomophagous Insects. McGraw-Hill Book
Co., Inc. 688 pp.
-The author wishes to acknowledge the generous loan of specimens for study
by C. F. W. Muesebeck and A. B. Gahan of the U. S, National Museum.
®No specimens of sordidata examined, data in key taken from literature.
^Girault (Private publication) synonymized pullicrura Girault and luna
Girault with conoU-acheli (Girault).
October, 1949] steyskal — ^Australasian sepsidae
161
SEPSIDAE FROM THE AUSTRALASIAN REGION
(Diptera)
By George C. Steyskal
Grosse He, Michigan
Two small collections of Sepsidae, made respectively by Clif-
ford 0. Berg and Jean Laffoon while they were engaged in mal-
aria control work with the armed forces during the recent war,
were generously turned over to the writer for determination, and
an interesting lot of regional material belonging to the United
States National Museum was also made available through the
kindness of Curtis W. Sabrosky. Study of the material has
brought to light two new species and one new subspecies, some
synonymy, and some distributional data from little known areas.
Key to the Australasian Genera of the Family Sepsidae
(Mesopleural bristle always present, although small in Toxopoda
and Perochaeta. The Formosan genus Myrmecosepsis Kertesz
[1914, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 12:244], not included below, was
placed in the Chloropidae by its describer, but Hennig [1941:
131] has listed it with the Sepsidae; it is an almost wingless fly
with long, erect, quill-like bristles on the dorsum).
1 (2). First and second basal cells of wing united; orbital
bristles lacking; abdomen constricted behind second ter-
gite; abdominal macrochaetae present
Australosepsis Malloch
2 (1). First and second basal cells separated 3
3 (4) Thorax and abdomen dull black; abdomen with silvery
pruinose bands; abdominal tergites lacking bristles and
setae; humeral bristle minute; outer verticals (postocu-
lars) lacking; one pair of DC*; lower margin of face
projecting; middle femora of male bent in middle
Toxopoda Macquart
4 (3). Body usually shining, at least on parts of pleura; micro-
setae present, and often macrochaetae on abdomen 5
6 ( 12 ) . A pair of strong orbital bristles present ; abdomen lacking
macrochaetae except at tip, not or but slightly constricted
behind second tergite; always only one DC; wings not
spotted 6
♦The following abbreviations are used : DC - dorsocentral bristles of meso-
notum ; PV - post vertical bristles; fp - hind crossvein {transfer sa posterior e).
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
6 (7). PV lacking; one or two strong acrostichals behind the
suture; humeral bristle present; preapical tibial bristles
evident on middle and hind legs; male hind tibiae with
dorsal slit or “cicatrix” Xenosepsis Malloch
7 (6). PV present; no strong acrostichals 8
8 (9). Humeral bristle lacking; vibrissae duplicate; male fore
tibiae with ventral emargination bearing in its middle a
broad, scraper-like tooth Decachaetophora Duda
9 (8). Humeral present; only one well developed vibrissa 10
10 (11). Wings distinctly gray; genal bristle strong; male hypo-
pygium with forked lateral processes; fourth sternite
tufted; female fore femora with a small anteroventral
bristle at apical third Parameroplius Duda
11 (10). Wings hyaline or scarcely gray; genal bristle indistinct
or lacking; male hypopygial processes simple, cruciate,
with dense, long hairs and bristles on convex side; fore
femora of female anteroventrally with four bristles {M.
beckeri) or without bristles {M. sauteri)
Meroplius Rondani
12 (5). Orbital bristles lacking or very small; abdomen with or
without preterminal macrochaetae, strongly constricted
behind second tergite; usually two DC; wing with or
without spots 13
13 (14). numerals and postoculars lacking; no wing spots; one
DC; abdomen without macrochaetae; male with peculiar
lateral processes on fourth sternite Perochaeta Duda
14 (13). numerals and postoculars present; wing spot present at
tip of second vein or apically or wing unmarked or
marked basally only 15
15 (16). Front, thorax, and legs with long hair; one DC; no
abdominal macrochaetae Lasionemopoda Duda
16 (15). Front without hair; two DC (except in some species of
Sepsis) ; wing spot and abdominal macrochaetae present
or not ^ 17
17 (18). Abdomen of the male always, and often of the female
also, with distinct macrochaetae; wing spot, if present,
only in vicinity of vein 2 Sepsis Fallen
18 (17). Abdomen of both sexes without distinct macrochaetae, al-
though sometimes with somewhat stronger hairing of the
tergal margins and with strong anal bristles; wing dark-
ened along costa basally and sometimes with apical spot
19
19 (20). Wings blackened only at base; sternopleura shining ante-
roventrally Dicranosepsis Duda
20 (19). Wings with spot at or near tip; sternopleura wholly or
partly pruinose Parapalaeo sepsis Duda
October, 1949] steyskal — Australasian sepsidae
163
The description of Xenosepsis Sydney ensis Malloch (1925:
315) is insufl&cient to distinguish it from the generitype of Pseud-
omeroplius Duda {P. acrostichalis Duda, 1926a':ll), the only
point of difference being in the number of strong acrostichals. The
latter genus is therefore considered synonymous.
The writer cannot distinguish two categories of generic rank
in Parapalaeosepsis and Poecilopterosepsis: he accordingly con-
siders the latter synonymous on the basis of page priority (Duda
1926a :42 and 43 resp.). The generitype of Parapalaeosepsis is
Sepsis plebeia De Meijere, the sole originally included species.
The known species, together with two new species and one new
subspecies, may be separated in the male sex as in the following
table. The species are characteristically New Guinean. Those ex-
amined by the writer (P. apicalis, P. hasifera, P. lajjooni, and P.
mesopla) have a single distinct, posteriorly curved bristle at the
apex of each hind coxa, weak and short in P. mesopla, but strong
in the others.
Key to Males of the Genus Parapalaeosepsis
1 (2). Middle basitarsi compressed, much broader than second
tarsal joint and furnished with scales; claspers pointed
(Amboina; Aru Is.; New Guinea) P. hasifera Walker
2 (1). Middle basitarsi slender, cylindrical, not greater in di-
ameter than second joint 3
3 (4). Middle femora armed beneath with strong spinules pro-
jecting apicad at an angle of 45° from tuberculiform
bases; wings with median cloud (New Guinea)
P. mesopla Steyskal
4 (3). Middle femora not armed as above; wings without median
cloud 5
5 (6). Middle basitarsi partly black; crossveins as far apart as
1.5 times length of tp; a basally directed spinule present
between the two longer apically directed ones posteroven-
1928:119]; Matema Id., Santa Cruz Group [Curran 1936:
31]; New Guinea; Lesser Sunda Is.; India; Ceylon; For-
mosa) P. plebeia De Meijere
6 (5). Middle basitarsi wholly yellowish, at most narrowly
blackish at tip; crossveins not farther apart than length
of tp 7
7 (8). Fore tibiae distinctly emarginate medially; wing spot
large, extending to or nearly to fourth vein; claspers
spatulate at tip (New Guinea; Solomon Is.)
P. apicalis De Meijere
8 (7). Fore tibiae not emarginate; wing spot smaller 9
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
9 (10). Wing spot large, extending from before tip of second
vein to or shortly beyond third vein; claspers cultriform
P. laffooni Steyskal
a. Wing spot filling out tip of submarginal cell, extending
into first posterior cell (New Hebrides)
P. laffooni laffooni
b. Wing spot roundish, not filling out tip of submarginal
cell, extending only to third vein (New Caledonia)
P. laffooni nonmeae Steyskal
10 (9). Wing spot consisting of a band from before middle of
second costal section to beyond end of third vein; claspers
? (New Guinea) P. limhata De Meijere
In the course of the writer’s work on the material listed below
he came to certain conclusions regarding synonymy of some of
the species. He was pleased to find that Hennig, who admirably
figured some of the diagnostic parts, came to similar conclusions
in his work on the Lesser Sunda Islands material (1941a). The
writer has used the distinctions tabulated below in making his
determinations in the genus Sepsis.
Key to the Australasian Species of the Genus Sepsis*
1 (10). Wing entirely without spot at end of second vein; ptero-
pleura sometimes pruinose 2
2 (5). Sternopleura anteroventrally strongly shining, not prui-
nose 3
3 (4). Abdomen rugulose, dully shining; middle tibiae with a
strong bristle dorsally at the apical sixth; pteropleura
partly pruinose ; hind femora with a distinct ventral
bristle near base; male fore femora with a very strong
tooth-like projection slightly apicad of middle bearing a
few crowded stubby spinules, closely apicad of which is a
secondary tubercle bearing only small and weak bristles;
male fore tibiae simple, straight or sinuate, unarmed;
male hind femora clavate
S', indica Wiedemann (S. spectabilis De Meijere)
4 (3). Abdomen scarcely rugulose transversely and strongly
shining; middle tibiae at most with a small subapical
bristle; pteropleura wholly shining; male fore femora
with stout bristle at middle (mid-spine), immediately
apicad of which is a rather broad tubercle bearing several
stubby spinules; male fore tibiae sinuate below, armed
with- a curved row of spinules in basal half; male hind
femora not clavate S. lateralis Wiedemann
6 (2) Sternopleura wholly pruinose 6
♦Some species of Walker and Brunetti remain unelucidated.
October, 1949] steyskal — ^Australasian sepsidae
165
6 (7). Pteropleura pruinose; abdomen shining; male fore fem-
ora and tibiae of S. indica type
S. trivittata Bigot; S. decipiens De Meijere
Hennig (1941a :146) considered S. trivittata a syno-
nym of iS. indica, and the writer suspects likewise of S.
decipiens, but he lacks material.
7 (6). Pteropleura shining; male fore femora with a mid-spine,
apicad of which is a more or less distinct tubercle; male
fore femora armed with a row of spinules basiventrally....
: 8
8 (9). Male fore femora ventrally beyond the mid-spine with a
large yellow apically spinulate process; male fore tibiae
postero-apicad of the row of spinules with a short, thorn-
like process; hypopygial processes slender and short
S. tuberculata Duda
9 (8). Male femora with a broad low hump furnished with sev-
eral rather large spinules apicad of mid-spine; male fore
tibiae basally with a short row of spinules immediately
followed by a bare roundish swelling; hypopygial pro-
cesses longer and stouter S. coprophila De Meijere
10 (1). Wings with a more, or less distinct spot or spots in vicin-
ity of end of second vein or directly over same; ptero-
pleura shining 11
11 (12). Sternopleura wholly pruinose; only one DC, rarely with
weak second one; male fore femora of S. punctum type,
with a small apically directed process in the emargina-
tion; hypopygial process short and broad
S. latif creeps Duda
12 (11). Sternopleura at least anteroventrally shining; two well
developed DC 13
13 (14). Distal section of third and fourth veins distinctly con-
vergent; spot at tip of second vein unusually small and
roundish; cheeks approximately as wide as third antennal
joint; hind femora without bristles; male fore femora
without anterobasal hairy patch, with a few spinules be-
low in apical third; hypopygial processes with a small
anterior tubercle, apicad of which they are curved fore-
ward C-wise S. thoracica Rob.-Desv.
14 (13). Distal section of third and fourth veins almost parallel;
male fore femora with anterobasal patch of hair, with-
out spinules below in apical third 15
15 (16). Wing tip, except the veins, whitish, the dark spot elon-
gate, diffuse, cheeks half as wide as third antennal joint;
male hind femora with anterodorsal preapical bristle
S. alhopunctata Lamb
16 (15). Wing tip not whitish; cheeks approximately as wide as
third antennal joint; male hind femora without bristles....
S. barbata Becker
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Notes on Material Examined
Australosepsis niveipennis Becker
SOLOMON IS. : New Georgia, September 4 (C. 0. Berg).
NEW HEBRIDES: Espiritu Santo, Segond Channel, November 4,
1943. ( J. Laffoon) .
Duda (1926:31) referred this species to his genus Saltelliseps.
In the previous year Malloch (1925:514) described Australosep-
sis fulvescens and a variety atratula, which are apparently the
same as Becker’s species. Malloch suggested the specific and stat-
ed the generic synonymy (1928:307; 1928a :611), and Hennig
(1941a: 146) has made the combination. The males of our mater-
ial are nearly all of a yellowish or reddish color, while the females
are black. A similar condition is found in A. tenella De M. (v.i.).
A. niveipennis is known from several localities in Africa (Moroc-
co, Egypt, Abyssinia, Togo), Formosa, Lesser Sunda Is., Philip-
pine Is., and Australia.
Australosepsis tenella De Meijere
PHILIPPINE IS. : Los Banos, Luzon (Baker) ; Puerto Princesa, Pal-
awan, August 12, (R. C. McGregor), both in USNM.*
Hennig (1941 a: 146) found the proportion of red to black
males to be 45:12. Our material is approximately in that propor-
tion also, but intermediates make it difi&cult to make a numerical
statement. The species is known from Ceylon, Singapore, Lesser
Sunda Is., Philippine Is., Formosa, and New Caledonia.
Dicranosepsis bicolor Wiedemann
SUMATRA: Blang Rakal, NGS SI Exp. 1937 (Mann), in USNM.
PHILIPPINE IS. : Manila, October, 1924 (R. C. McGregor, Robert
Brown) ; Limay, Bataan (R. C. McGregor) ; Puerto Princesa,
Palawan, August 12, 1925 (R. C. McGregor), all in USNM.
RYUKYU IS.: Okinawa Id., June 22 to July 12, 1945 (W. G. Field,
F. N. Young), in USNM.
MARIANA IS. : Point Oca, Guam, May, 1945 (G. E. Bohart and J.
L. Gressitt) ; Asan, Guam, Jan. 31, 1948, near carabao dung
(K. L. Maehler) ; Inarajan, Guam, December, 1947, on cara-
bao dung, all in USNM.
*United States National Museum.
October, 1949] steyskal — Australasian sepsidae
167
NEW GUINEA: Cyclops Mts., 1000 ft. (J. Laffoon) ; Finschhafen,
November 9, 1944 (D. G. Hall), in USNM.
SOLOMON IS. : Guadalcanal, September 10, 16, November, 1944
(C. 0. Berg) ; New Georgia (Berg).
NEW HEBRIDES: Espiritu Santo, Segond Channel, August, 1944 (J.
Laffoon) .
It has not been feasible to distinguish any of the many named
“varieties” in the present material. The distinctions cited by Duda
(1926:47; 1926a:54) apparently occur within populations; all
forms, for example, are cited from Formosa (cf. also Hennig
1941:131). Hennig (1941a:146) considered it advisable to treat
them as “Formen einer Art.”
The species is known from India to Formosa and southward
to New Guinea, but apparently not yet from Australia. Curran
(1936:32) recorded it as Sepsis javanica De M. from San Cristo-
val Island in the Solomons and Matema Island in the Santa Cruz
group.
Lasionemopoda hirsuta De Meijere
AUSTRALIA : Botany Bay and Blawarra, New South Wales (H.
Peterson), in USNM.
An easily recognized species thus far recorded only from
Botany Bay, Sydney, Parramatta, and Como, all in New South
Wales.
Parapalaeo SEPSIS APiCALis De Meijere
(Figure la)
NEW GUINEA: Finschhafen, April 9, 1944 (E. S. Ross), in Cali-
fornia Acad. Sci.
SOLOMON IS. : Guadalcanal (C. 0. Berg); l.c., November, 1944
(J. Laffoon), in USNM.
The reasons for referring this species to Parapalaeo sepsis have
been given above. The species has been previously found only in
New Guinea (S. E. Paumomu River and Astrolabe Bay) .
Parapalaeo SEPSIS basifera Walker
NEW GUINEA: Cyclops Mts., 1000 ft., March, 1945 (J. Laffoon),
in USNM.
Known from Amboina, Aru Is., and New Guinea (Paumomu
River) .
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Parapalaeosepsis lafFooni Steyskal, new species
(Figure lb, c)
■ Male and Feinale — Leng:th 3.4 mm. Very similar to P. apicalis
De M. and P. limbata De M., differing as shown in the foregoing
key. Purple-black in color, except parts of the legs as follows:
fore legs as far as middle of third tarsal joint; middle and hind
legs as far as basal fourth of femora, the transition to black rather
gradual; apical fourth of middle tibiae, also with gradual transi-
tion; middle tarsi to middle of third joint; these parts yellowish.
Middle basitarsi equal in length to remainder of tarsi, slender and
cylindrical. Sternopleura strongly pruinose except on the shining
lower anterior aspect. Posterior half of pteropleura also pruinose.
Wings hyaline except small basal area and large apical brown area,
as in figure.
A B c
Wing of Parapalaeosepsis apicalis DeM., male showing extent
of apical spot in A) P. apicalis DeM., male; B) P. laffooni n. sp.,
male; C) P. laffooni n. sp., female.
Male — Hypopygium with cuitriform processes, rather sharply
pointed at tip. Fore femora and tibiae in posterior view very simi-
lar to those of P. basif era Wlk., as figured by Duda (1926a: 105,
pi. VIII, fig. 68a), the anterior face with two small, more distinct
setulae near base, slightly basad of middle with one large and two
moderate postero ventral spines (the latter of which are half as
long as the former) and one antero ventral spine nearly as long as
the large postero ventral. Fore tibiae not emarginate medially.
Holotype, male, New Hebrides, Espiritu Santo Island,
Segond Channel, July, 1944, no. 143 (Jean Laffoon), and Allo-
type, female, same data, no. 138, in USNM, type no. 58802;
Paratypes, same data, nos. 135, 138, 139, one pair in the author’s
collection, the remainder in the collection of Jean Laffoon.
Parapalaeosepsis laffooni noumeae Steyskal, new subspecies
Male and Female — Similar to the typical form, but with a re-
duced wing spot. In the male the spot barely attains the third
vein posteriorly and toward the wing tip only shortly beyond the
tip of vein 2, leaving an appreciable area in the tip of the sub-
October, 1949] steyskal — ^Australasian sepsidae
169
marginal cell hyaline. The wing spot of the female is but very
slightly smaller than in the typical subspecies.
Holotype, Allotype, and four female Paratypes, New Cale-
donia, Noumea, July 24, 1944 (Wilfred Crabb) , no. 58803 in
USNM.
Parapalaeosepsis mesopla Steyskal, new species
Male — Length 5.1 mm. An aberrant species, distinguished as
in the foregoing key.
General color black. Fore legs yellow, except for rather brown-
ish femora and two black ultimate tarsal joints. Hind femur grad-
ually becoming yellowish in the basal fifth and middle tibiae also
a little brownish toward tip. Only a basal part of one middle basi-
tarsus is preserved; this and the basal two joints of the hind tarsi
are yellowish. Face also rather yellowish. Antennae beyond the
first join missing.
Mesonotal disc brownish pruinose, humeri, propleura, stripe
above the fore coxae, lateral aspect of sternopleura, and the entire
pteropleura, bluish white pruinose. Hypopygium (well turned in)
yellowish.
Wings hyaline, costal cell and root area blackish, a diffuse light
brown cloud over tp and extending into submarginal cell, wing tip
from before second vein to beyond fourth vein broadly dark brown,
membrane between the median cloud and the brown tip whitish.
Fore femora straight above, below sloping in a straight line to
each end from a neatly median group of four rather small spines
on a tiny tubercle. Fore tibiae straight, somewhat tumid in apical
two-fifths, where they are furnished with many fine erect hairs,
some of which are also present on all joints of fore tarsus. Middle
femora equal in length to hind, but a little heavier and furnished
below with a double row of short but stout spinules placed on
tuberculiform bases and directed approximately 45° apicad. Apical
two-fifths of middle tibiae bearing on ventral and posterior sur-
faces a group of about 16 macrochaetae, each about as long as
diameter of tibia.
Apparent first abdominal segment with a pair of strong lateral
bristles and a group of ten rather long dorsal ones. Abdomen some-
what collapsed apically, but shining and furnished with coarse
hairs and at least a pair of strong macrochaetae on the dorsum of
hypopygium.
Holotype, male, Cyclops Mts., New Guinea, 1000 ft., March,
1945 (Jean Laffoon), in USNM, type no. 58804.
Sepsis albopunctata Lamb
NEW HEBRIDES : Espiritu Santo, Segond Channel, January 2, July
August, 1944 (J. Laffoon) ; l.c., September, 1944 (K. L.
Knight) , in USNM.
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Sepsis hirti femur Malloch (1925:312) is apparently synony-
mous. The species is known from Eastern Africa, Madagascar,
Seychelles Is., Australia (New South Wales) , and Lesser Sunda Is.
Sepsis indica Wiedemann
PHILIPPINE IS: Los Banos (Baker); Manila; Limay, Bataan; Si-
lang, Cavite (all R. C. McGregor), all in USNM; Puerto Prin-
cesa, Palawan, August 12, 1925 (R. C. McGregor), in USNM.
The writer agrees with Hennig (1941:146) that S. spectahilis
De Meijere is synonymous and believes it likely that S. trivittata
Bigot and S. decipiens De Meijere may be also. Curran (1936:31)
recorded a single female of S. spectahilis from Bellona Id. in the
Solomons. Other records place it as widespread in the Australasian
region east to New Guinea and the Philippine Is.
Sepsis lateralis Wiedemann
RYUKYU IS. :Okinawa Id., 1945 (W. D. Field), in USNM.
PHILIPPINE IS.: Manila (Robert Brown) , in USNM.
The species is a widespread one in the Mediterranean region
and the Near East, Africa, Madagascar, India, China, Formosa,
and New Guinea.
Sepsis tuberculata De Meijere
PHILIPPINE IS. : Victorias, Occ. Negros, September 19, 1927 (W.
D. Pierce) ; Puerto Princesa, Palawan (R. C. McGregor) , both
in USNM.
Known from Ceylon, Java, Formosa, Australia (North Queens-
land) , and Lesser Sunda Is.
Toxopoda nitida Macquart
SUMATRA: Brastagi, May (F. J. Meggitt), in USNM.
NEW GUINEA: Finschhafen, September 9, 1944 (D. G. Hall), in
USNM.
SOLOMON IS. : New Georgia; Guadalcanal (C. 0. Berg).
The writer believes that this is the only known species of T oxo-
poda and that T. atrata Malloch (1928:308; 1928a: 611) is a
synonym. It is known from North and Central Africa, India,
China, Formosa, Philippine Is., Lesser Sunda Is., and Australia
(Queensland) .
It seems pertinent to mention that no Sepsidae have been
October, 1949]
HOYT — FLEBOTOMUS
171
recorded in the British Museum’s monumental work on the insects
of Samoa and that Bezzi (1928) recorded none from Fiji.
Bibliography
Bezzi, M.
1928. Diptera Brachycera and Athicera of the Fiji Islands. 220
pp. British Mus. Nat. Hist.
Curran, C. H.
1936. The Templeton Crocker Expedition to Western Polynesian
and Melanesian Islands, 1933. No. 30 — Diptera . . . Proc. Cali-
fornia Acad. Sci. (4) 22 (1) :l-66, pis. 1, 2.
Dud A, 0.
1926. Monographic der Sepsiden . . . Ann. naturhist. Mus. Wien
39:1-153, 1 folding chart, pis. 1-7.
1926a. do., l.c. 40:1-110, pis. 1-9.
Hennig, W.
1941. Verzeichnis der Dipteren von Formosa . . . Ent. Beihefte
aus Berlin-Dahlem 8: i-iv, 1-239.
1941a. Dipteren von Kleinen Sunda-Inseln. III. Piophilidae und
Sepsidae . . . Arbeiten morph, tax. Ent. aus Berlin-Dahlem 8
(3) :145-149.
Malloch, J. R.
1925. Notes on Australian Diptera, vii . . . Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 50:311-340.
1928. do., xiv . . . l.c. 53:295-309.
1928a. do., xvii . . . l.c. 53:598-617.
ANOTHER RECORD OF FLEBOTOMUS IN CALIFORNIA
(Diptera: Psychodidae)
In September of 1947 two specimens of the genus Flehotomus
were taken within my residence at 960 Vermont Street, San Jose,
Santa Clara County, California. Both specimens were given to
Dr. M. A. Stewart of the University of California. On May 24,
1948, another specimen was caught flying to a lamp in my apart-
ment. Using the descriptions given by Mangabeira, 0. F. and P.
Galindo (The Genus Flehotomus in California, American Journal
of Hygiene 40(2) : 182-195, 3 pi. 1944) this specimen, a male,
was determined to be Flehotomus vexator Coq., previously re-
corded from creek beds and ground squirrel holes in Alameda
and Contra Costa Counties. — Charles P. Hoyt, Stanford Uni-
versity, California.
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
THE ANTS OF BIKINI ATOLL, MARSHALL ISLANDS^
(Hymenoptera)
By a. C. Cole
Department of Zoology and Entomology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville
During July and August, 1947, the writer was a member of
the Bikini Scientific Resurvey Staff which made extensive studies
of Bikini Atoll. In addition to collecting insects in general, the
writer made a special effort to obtain and study representatives of
all of the kinds of ants nesting on the islets.
Physical environmental conditions on Bikini Atoll are not par-
ticularly inducive to the maintenance and dissemination of ant
colonies. The small size of the islets, together with the broad
expanses of coral sand, the poor soil of the vegetated areas, and
the inundation of many parts during severe storms are not favor-
able for extensive colonization by ants.
No species was present in any great abundance, either in
colonies or in individuals, and ants were not a conspicuous ele-
ment of the insect population. The ants nested in the soil, in or
beneath detritus, in decayed and dry coconuts, and beneath the
loose bark of dead trees. Few arboreal nests were found although
many of the ants foraged on trees and shrubs. The most abundant
and conspicuous component of the ant fauna was Iridomyrmex
anceps (Roger) . This species was taken on all of the well vegetat-
ed islets and even on Rokar Island with its scanty vegetation. In
general the species of ants found on any one of the vegetated
islets were those which also inhabited the other vegetated islets,
although the proportions of nests of the different species varied
somewhat. Most of the ants of Bikini Atoll are tramp species
which have a wide distribution in Micronesia.
The various species and subspecies collected are the following
ones the determinations of which have kindly been made by Dr.
M. R. Smith:
^Contribution no. 26, Dept, of Zoology and Entomology, Univ. of Tenn.
October, 1949]
COLE ANTS OF BIKINI
173
1. OdONTOMACHUS HAEMATODA (L.)
Rather numerous colonies were found nesting in soil in shaded
areas beneath fallen coconut trees and loose stumps on Bikini,
Namu, Enyu, and Prayer Islands. Males and females were in some
of the nests from mid- July until mid-August. During this period
some nests contained only workers and males whereas other
nests contained only workers and females. The males took to the
air almost immediately after having been exposed and flew away.
The females scurried to cover but did not fly. No colony was
large; the most populous ones contained only about 50 workers.
The workers foraged slowly on the open soil during overcast days
and early morning and late evening hours. When disturbed they
moved rapidly.
2. Monomorium destructor (Jerdon)
Several colonies of these tiny ants were collected from within
fallen coconuts on Bikini, Namu, and Enyu islands. Workers and
multiple queens were in the nests.
3. Monomorium floricola (Jerdon)
This species was rather well represented on Bikini Island
where it nested within the shells of fallen coconuts. It was less
common but occupied the same habitat on Enyu, Namu, and
Prayer islands.
4. Monomorium pharaonis (L.)
Only two nests were found and these were in the soil beneath
fallen pandanus fruit on Bikini Island.
5. Pheidole sp.
Numerous workers of an unidentified species were taken as
they were running on shaded soil of Namu Island. Soldiers were
not collected and the nest was not found.
6. Tetramorium simillimum (F. Smith)
Isolated workers were taken on Bikini, Enyu, and Prayer is-
lands but nests were not found.
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXV, No. 4
7. Tapinoma melanocephalum (Fabricius)
Numerous workers were collected from trunks of trees on
Bikini, Enyu, and Prayer islands.
8. Tapinoma sp.
A single nest of what might possibly be T. indicum Forel was
found beneath loose bark of a tree on scantily vegetated Rokar
Island.
9. Iridomyrmex anceps (Roger)
This proved to be the most common ant on the islets. The work-
ers construct in the sandy soil of open areas crater nests with
usually a single, large, irregular, basal opening. A few nests with
two or three openings were observed. The craters averaged ap-
proximately 6 inches in diameter. Colonies were populous and
the workers very active. Brood was located in chambers about
7 inches below the nest entrance. Males were in the nests in mid-
July. Workers were found running on the soil and up and down
tree trunks. Nests were taken on Bikini, Enyu, Namu, Prayer,
and Rokar islands.
10. Paratrechina (Nylanderia) bourbonica Forel
Isolated workers were taken on Bikini and Enyu islands. They
were running on the ground.
11. Paratrechina LONGicoRNis (Latr.)
Workers were collected from foliage on Bikini, Enyu, Namu,
and Prayer islands.
12. Camponotus reticulatus bedoti Emery
Workers were found running rapidly on tree trunks and limbs
on Enyu and Namu islands.
13. Camponotus irritans chloroticus Emery
Numerous large colonies were observed on Bikini, Enyu,
Namu, and Prayer islands. Most of the nests were beneath fallen
coconut palms and under rotting stumps in rather open areas
with moderate sunshine. Those ants which nested beneath stumps
burrowed into the stumps and placed their brood in the burrows.
Brood was often found in abundance between the dry fronds of
fallen coconut trees. The workers are very aggressive. Males and
females were in the nests during July.
October, 1949]
VOGT CERAMBYCIDAE
175
NOTES ON CERAMBYCIDAE FROM THE LOWER
RIO GRANDE VALLEY, TEXAS
(Coleoptera)
By George B. Vogt
University of Maryland, College Park
(Continued from page 144)
42. Rhopalophora angustata Schffr.
Two specimens from flowers of Monarda sp. at “3” on April
13, 1946. Another specimen at flowers of Baccharis neglecta Nutt,
at “2” on September 30, 1946.
43. Ornithea mexicana Sturm
A single specimen under loose bark of a dead standing hack-
berry at “10” on April 28, 1947. Determined by Linsley.
44. Stenosphenus lugens Lee.
Frequent on flowers of goldenrod and Baccharis neglecta Nutt,
at “2” during late September, 1946. Also two on flowers of yellow
top at “8” on November 10, 1946. Three emerged on August 28,
1946, from the same Oncideres pruned tepehuaje branch de-
scribed under 76.
45. Stenosphenus dolosus Horn
Not uncommon during September on flowers of goldenrod,
sunflower, and yellow top at “2,” “8” and three and one-half
miles west of Santa Rosa. Three specimens were also taken on
March 31, 1946, from a huisache fence post at “10.”
46. Ancylocera bicolor Oliv.
Five specimens during April, July and September from “2,”
Pharr, and six miles southwest of Pharr. Three were on huisache,
one on Baccharis neglecta Nutt, and one on fresh cut tepehuaje.
47. Elytroleptus divisus Lee.
Frequent on flowers of coyotillo and to a lesser extent on
flowers of lote at “6,” “9,” “22,” and “23” during April and May.
A single record from coyotillo at “9” on July 4, 1946.
48. Crioprosopis rimosus Buq.
The larval work of this large colorful species is rather easily
detected and is widespread in mesquite trees over the area. The
adult beetles, however, are seldom seen unless they be chopped
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
out of their galleries before emergence. The following observations
were made on the habits of the advanced developmental stages
of this beetle.
The maturing larva lives in a spacious gallery in the sap wood,
mostly less than one inch beneath the bark. The galleries vary in
form but are usually straight, about twelve inches in length, and
in places their width is about twice that, or more, of the in-
habiting larva. Frass, fecula, and sap are cleaned from the walls
of the gallery and voided through a small opening to the outside
which is always kept plugged against the ubiquitous ants. It is
these tailings which the collector should look for. During July,
August, and September they are passed in conspicuous quantities.
Openings to most galleries were observed near the bases of small
to medium-sized mesquite (one and one-half to eight inches in
diameter), the galleries often extending underground in roots in
the case of smaller trees. But some characteristic work was noted
in branches of large trees.
During October the larva enlarges the disposal opening to
form an emergence hole which is then plugged tightly with the
same type of wood shavings which are used within the gallery
to form a pupation chamber. Observations in mid- January showed
the larvae still to be in a prepupal stage. No further check was
made until late March and April when pupae and teneral beetles
were found in the galleries.
The following material is in the writer’s collection. Fifteen
specimens cut from second growth mesquite on April 27, 1947,
and held individually for three weeks to harden. During this hold-
over time some of the females oviposited. One specimen emerged
from a caged tree on May 15. Nine other caged trees were unpro-
ductive due to marauding animals which ripped open the plastic
screen, presumably in seeking the emerged beetles for food. One
specimen also cut from huisache on April 22. A number of other
infested huisache were noted at this locality. All of the above
material was taken at locality ‘7” which was the most heavily
infested area observed, with about ten per cent of the trees bear-
ing 1-3 larvae. Infested trees were also observed at “5,” “16” and
“17” as well as in the towns of Pharr, San Juan, Donna and Weslaco.
The large exit holes left behind the emerging beetles are soon
obliterated by wound growth of the tree which undergoes most
of its trunk growth during May and June. The vigor of the tree
seems unaffected by these borers.
October, 1949]
VOGT CERAMBYCIDAE
177
49. Stenaspis solitaria Say
Common on live mesquite at “19,” “20,” “21” and “22” during
May and June, 1947. Larvae which are believed by the writer to
be of this species were found in small living branches of mesquite
and guajillo at “20” and one mile south of “18” respectively.
These larvae live in long, straight, clean galleries which have
openings at regular intervals. These openings serve for waste
disposal and possibly for ventilation since they are unplugged.
In this connection it is interesting to note that the slender cylin-
drical larva has its terminal segment strongly sclerotized and
roughened, obviously as a protection against ants which have free
access to the gallery. In the case of the co-tribal larva, Criopro-
sopis rimosus, which consistently plugs its gallery opening, the
terminal segment is unmodified.
Unfortunately rearing of the larvae in branches cut in No-
vember failed, apparently due to the death of the wood. How-
ever, Dr. Anderson considers the larva to be probably a Stenaspis
though it is unlike any in the U. S. National Collection.
50. Stenaspis insignis Csy.
Twelve male and one female specimens of this little known
species were collected at flowers of coma at “9,” October 20
through November 23, 1946.
51. Tylosis oculatus Lee.
Three specimens on September 29, 1946, from Ahutilon sp.
(probably A. indicum L.) growing along the roadside three and
one-half miles west of Santa Rosa. Four specimens on November
10, 1946, from Abutilon sp. (probably A. incanum (Lind.) grow-
ing along a canal bank at “8.”
52. Plionoma suturalis Lee.
Frequent at flowers of coma and at fresh cut mesquite in a
clearing at “9” during October and November, 1946. An aberrant
record was made at “4” on May 26, 1946, when a specimen was
taken on fresh cut brush.
53. Taranomis bivittata Dup.
Common on flowers of coma at “9” during October and No-
vember, and on flowers of mesquite and Acacia rigidula Benth.
at “5,” “6,” “7” and “9” February 16 through April 24, 1946.
Also on goldenrod at “2” on September 28 and one specimen on
flowering brasil at “9.”
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
54. Mannophorus laetus Lee.
Common on sunflower and yellow top growing on the roadside
at “14” and three and one-half miles west of Santa Rosa during
late September and October, 1946. Also two specimens from
flowers of guajillo and lote at “22” during May, 1946.
55. Dendrobias mandibularis Serv.
Eight specimens on goldenrod at “2” on September 28,
1946. Six on Croton punctatus Jacq. and Amaranthus sp. in a
weedy tomato field at “2” on June 15 and 22, 1946. One on wil-
low post and one on ceniza {Leucophyllum texanum Benth.) in
Pharr on April 29 and May 3, 1946. One in flight in clearing
at “4” on July 27, 1946. Two in copula on fresh cut ebony in
clearing three and one-half miles west of Santa Rosa on Sep-
tember 22, 1946. One on Baccharis neglecta Nutt. 14 miles east
of Raymondsville on November 30, 1946.
56. Lissonotus flavocinctus puncticollis Bates
Numerous records on decadent and fresh cut huisache at “6”
and “7” May 19 - June 9, and November 10-17, 1946. One
emerged on August 28, 1946, from a huisache branch from “6”
which had been pruned by Oncideres pustulatus. Also five speci-
mens, in company with numbers of 55, on goldenrod at “2” on
September 28, 1946.
57. Parmenosoma griseum Schffr.
Frequent beating Yucca cut during winter of 1946 in a clear-
ing at “22,” April 12 through September 20, 1947. Two under
dead giant Opuntia branches at “22” on September 20, 1946. Five
beaten from bases of Agave heterocantha Zucc., which had
flowered the previous spring, at “17,” November 23, 1946 and
March 16, 1947.
58. Moneilema armatum Lee.
This species was found exclusively in the dry uplands (“14,”
“16,” “17,” “18,” “21,” “22” and “23”) where it occurred in
fair abundance the year round on living as well as diseased and
dead giant Opuntia. During the warmer seasons, these beetles
were found mostly on the upper branches of living cacti where
they often were seen feeding on the joints. They were found fre-
quently also on tasajillo {Opuntia leptocaulis D. C.), and on one
occasion early in March a teneral specimen was chopped from
October, 1949]
VOGT CERAMBYCIDAE
179
its pupal cell in viznaga {Echinocactus texensis HopfEer) .
Moneilema larvae, apparently of this species, on several oc-
casions have been chopped from the trunks of giant Opuntia
in the uplands. In late October, 1946, the writer had his first
experience with larval Moneilema while overturning felled cac-
tus at “14.” Larvae were found under the joints and seemed to
be associated as much with the coarse soil beneath as with the
joints themselves leading to the writer’s first impression that these
Cerambycid larvae were subterranean in habit. This initial idea,
while offset by subsequent observations, may be true to some
extent and possibly explain the peculiar papillate ampulae pos-
sessed by these larvae.
59. Moneilema ulkei Lee.
This species was found the year round being not uncommon in
the Lower Valley at “4” and “5” but rather scarce in the dry
uplands at “12,” “16,” “17” and “18.” This beetle was always
found associated with giant Opuntia, being taken under dead and
fresh-cut cactus lying on the ground and on the upper joints
of living cactus, sometimes feeding. On numerous occasions this
species was found to feign death with the appendages rigidly ar-
ranged in a curious and characteristic manner as follows. Anten-
nae extended forward, hind legs outstretched and directed partially
backwards, middle legs direeted straight backward between the
hind legs, and the front legs outstretched anteriorly. M. armatum
and Parmenosoma griseum were observed never to latisimulate in
such a characteristic manner.
60. Cyrtinus pygmaeus (Hald.)
Two specimens, one swept from succulent vegetation at “10”
on March 9, 1946; another on dead soapberry branch at “8” on
April 5, 1947.
61. Thry ALLIS UNDATUS Chev.
Frequent on fresh dead tepehuaje at “2.” Also several emerged
on April 1 and May 8, 1946, from the same Oncideres pruned
tepehuaje branch described under 76. A single specimen was taken
at “10” on July 6, 1946, from fresh felled hackberry remote from
any tepehuaje.
62. Lagochirus procerus Casey
On July 5, 1947, two males beaten from a yucca cut during
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
winter of 1946 in a clearing at “22.” Both these specimens are
small, measuring only 14.5 and 17.0 mm. in length.
63. Leptostylus gibbulosus Bates
Dr. J. N. Knull has examined some of the writer’s specimens
and considers them co-specific with his L. monki described from
Donna, Texas. However, gibbulosus is used here since, as Mr.
Fisher has pointed out to the writer, the material agrees well
with Bates’ description. This identification seems plausible in
view of three similar specimens in the U. S. National Collection
from Tampico and Chiapas, Mexico, which serve to bridge the
gap between the Texas records and similar material from Central
and South America which Bates describes as the habitat of his
gibbulosus. The specimens in the U. S. National Collection and
the material listed below show this species to be rather constant
in form and markings.
The writer found this species in nature only as larvae de-
veloping in the fruit of soapberry. A study of several dozen infest-
ed fruit led to the following observations. The larva develops
for the most part in the course of entirely consuming the oily con-
tents of the seed (similar in properties to Brazilnut) which the
young larva enters by way of the placenta. For the purpose of
disposing of its fecula produced while developing in the seed,
the larva probably maintains an opening through the hard endo-
carp at or near the site of attachment to the placenta. At least,
before pupating the larva has eaten through the very hard endo-
carp and severed the placenta. Possibly by the activity of the
larva, the freed stone is rotated somewhat and the larva cuts al-
most through the exocarp before retreating into the hollow stone
to pupate. The stone seems to be fixed into place by the large
amount of fecula and frass which has been removed from the
interior.
From 1,161 fruit collected at “8” and “10” the writer reared
288 beetles and found 57 of the fruit to have been infested by un-
successful larvae. All fruit was gathered from the ground on the
following dates: December 1, 1946, January 16, February 23, and
March 30, 1947. Emergence took place during December, 1946,
and between March 11 and May 15, 1947. The fruit was held in
Mason jars indoors. It is not felt that this method materially
affected the time of emergence of the beetles since indoor tem-
peratures in this case did not seem significantly different from
October, 1949]
VOGT CERAMBYCIDAE
181
outdoor temperatures. This belief is supported by the fact that
five beetles emerged from fruit within two weeks after being
gathered on March 30. Also on December 1, 1946, numerous
windfallen fruit were observed to bear fresh emergence holes.
The above stated emergence dates are out of phase with the
seasonal development of the soapberries. Since the flowers do
not open until late May at this locality, it would seem that beetles
emerging early in the spring oviposit on developing flower buds
or would have to live at least a month before being able to ovi-
posit on developing fruit. It was believed that oviposition might
take place on last year’s fruit much of which still hangs in some
of the trees during April and May: but on August 25, 400 such
fruit were collected and examined with nothing but the previous
year’s damage being found.
Although the writer was unable to determine the natural where-
abouts of the parent beetles, small larvae were found infesting
fallen, mostly premature fruit on August 25.
In the course of studying the Leptostylus three species of para-
sites were reared which seemed to be primary in nature. One of
these, a Chalcidoid, represented by a single specimen has been
lost, but the other two have been determined, one by Mr. C. F. W.
Muesebeck as Heterospilus n. sp. (Braconidae) and the second
Mr. A. B. Gahan has indentified as Eurytoma sp. (Chalcidae).
The five specimens of the former species emerged from a single
mature Leptostylus larva. The four specimens of Eurytoma
emerged singly from mature larvae and in one case from a ten-
eral beetle which had not yet emerged. Also reared from the soap-
berry fruit are a number of moths which Mr. Carl Heinrich has
determined as Myelois venipars Dyar (Phycitidae) . Their larvae
mine the fleshy exocarp of the soapberries. A series of Encyrtid
parasites reared from one of these larvae are considered as being
of a new genus and new species by Mr. Gahan.
64. Astylidius leiopinus Csy.
Three specimens comparing well with the type of this species
were taken at the lights in Pharr May 4, June 13 and August
4-15, 1947.
65. Leiopus wilti Horn
Two specimens from mesquite branches at “20,” May 3 and
May 24, 1947. Another on dead mesquite at “4” on June 15, 1947.
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
66. Leiopus texanus Csy.
Three on dead tepehuaje branch at “5” on April 21, 1946. One
beaten from mesquite at “9” on April 14, 1947. Two on huisache
branch, pruned by Oncideres pustulatus, at “3” on April 13, 1946.
One on foliage of Mimosa Lindheimeri Gray at “2” on July 3,
1946. And one at light in Pharr September 6-18, 1947.
67. Leiopus houstoni Csy.
Six specimens at light in Pharr, April, August, and September.
Three on branches of decadent or dead huisache at “3,” “6,” and
“13” during April and May. Two beaten from brasil at “4” on
June 8, 1947. One on fresh cut hackberry at “10” on June 30,
1946. One on fresh cut granjeno {Celtis pallida Torr.) six miles
southwest of Pharr on July 12, 1946.
68. Lepturges sp. probably confluens Hald.
Seven from on or under bark of dead hackberry at “10” on
May 5 and July 6 and 14, 1946. One beaten from huisache and
one on tepehuaje at “2” on June 29 and May 4, 1946. Nine at
light in Pharr, May 1 through June 15 and September 1-25, 1947.
69. Lepturges sp. near confluens Hald.
Pupae and teneral adults beaten from fallen dead yucca at “22”
on August 10, 1947; and adults beaten from yucca at “12” on
September 27, 1947. One at light in Pharr on August 25, 1947,
and another on September 6-18, 1947.
70. Dectes latitarsus Csy.
One on sunflower at “6” on April 21, 1946, and one on gold-
enrod at “2” on August 31, 1946.
71. Ecyrus dasycerus texanus Schffr.
Eight specimens; four from dead and dying mesquite at “7,”
“8,” and “9,” one from decadent huisache at “7” and three
from lights at Pharr; March and June through August.
72. Pygmaeopsis viticola SchfEr.
One swept from weeds along canal bank at Pharr by Mr. J. U.
McGuire on September 1, 1947. Another at light in Pharr on
July 17, 1946.
October, 1949]
VOGT CERAMBYCIDAE
183
73. Callipogonus cornutus (Linsley)
A single specimen taken in flight near decadent willow branch-
es, April 15, 1947.
74. Desmiphora hirticollis (Oliv.)
Ten specimens of this beautiful species were found feeding
on terminal shoots of Mexican olive {Cordia hoisseri D. C.) at
“4” on June 15 and again on September 6 and 13, 1947. A single
specimen at light in Pharr on October 24, 1946.
75. Lochmaeocles cornuticeps cornuticeps (Schffr.)
A single deformed female emerged during late August, 1946,
from the same onciderine pruned branch of tepehuaje as de-
scribed below under 76. Also, four specimens from the lights at
Pharr, one on May 1, 1947, two on September 16, 1946, and
one on August 15, 1947.
76. Oncideres pustulates Lee.
This is the saw beetle, familiar to all people of South Texas.
This insect or its work was found at all localities in Hidalgo and
Cameron Counties, being always associated with huisache, tepe-
huaje, and Mimosa Lindheimeri Gray. The adult beetles begin
to appear in mid- August and remain through November. For ovi-
position they girdle branches ranging in size from one to two and
one-half inches in diameter with the larger branches being confined
apparently to tepehuaje which is composed of softer wood. In this
area the beetle undergoes a two year life cycle. Hearings have been
made from a tepehuaje branch collected at “2” which measured
2 Vz inches in diameter, representing a remarkable feat of girdling.
Also rearings were made from huisache branches collected at
“6” and from branches of Mimosa Lindheimeri Gray measuring
only Vz to % inches in diameter and collected in a floodway near
“4.” This Mimosa, which is a small bushy shrub, was also ob-
served to be infested by these beetles at “2.” In all cases of the
rearings, the branches had been girdled about 16 months before
they were collected or spotted early in April, 1946. It is inter-
esting to note that the beetles which emerged from the small
Mimosa branches are fully as large as those which developed
from the large tepehuaje branch.
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXV, No. 4
77. Oncideres cingulatus (Say)
Frequently found pruning small branches of huisache and
mesquite at “1,” “4,” “6,” “13,” “18” and “20” during Septem-
ber and October. Occasionally collected during May, June and
July. Also, pruned branches, apparently the work of this species,
found on ebony and guajillo.
78. Ataxia hubbardi Fisher
Rather common at the lights in Pharr. May through June and
again August through October. A single specimen at light at
“11” on September 20, 1947.
79. Ataxia crypta Say
Three specimens at light in Pharr, one on May 4, 1946, and
two on August 23-31, 1946. Another on coyotillo at “22” on June
24, 1947.
80. HiPPOPSIS LEMNISCATA (Fab.)
Two at light in Pharr, May 2 and September 6, 1947.
81. Dorcasta cinerea (Horn)
One specimen on dead yellow top at “9” on October 20, 1946.
Also at light in Pharr during September and October.
82. Mecas cineracea Csy.
On March 23, 1946, five specimens were swept from a pure
stand of Helenium microcephalum D. C. growing in a dry resaca
at “10.”
83. Tetraopes femoratus Lee.
Five specimens taken in Pharr on a small species of milkweed
which was widespread in alleys and vacant lots of the town,
October 8, 1946.
Selected References
Linsley, E. G. and Martin, J. 0.
1933. Notes on Longicorns from Subtropical Texas. Ent, News
44:178-83.
Schaeffer, Charles F.
1908. List of Longhorns of Texas and Arizona. Bull. Brook. Inst.
1:325-52.
October, 1949
FENDER
lANTHARIDAE
185
STUDIES IN THE CANTHARIDAE IV
(Coleoptera)
By Kenneth M. Fender
McMinnville, Oregon
PODABRUS COMES Lec. veiSUS PoDABRUS PRUINOSUS Lec.
The validity of Podabrus pruinosus Lec. and its variety diversi-
pes Fall is questionable. The only characters that differentiate
this from Podabrus comes Lec. are the color of the legs and of the
head behind the eyes. The male genitalia would indicate that
these are the same species. A long series from diverse areas shows
all of the intermediate stages between the two. The difficulty, at
least in the Willamette Valley of Oregon, lies in diverse emer-
gence of the species. Podabrus comes is the first to emerge in
this region. P. pruinosus and the variety diversipes commence to
emerge soon after P. comes has started to wane. This condition
is not infallable but occurs more frequently than not. Upon
several occasions the author has run into pure colonies of each
species. For these latter two rather weak reasons, it is considered
inadvisable at this time to change the present accepted status of
these two species.
Podabrus brunneus Fender
This species was described from the Huachuca Mountains of
Arizona and was known only by the holotype and allotype. Dr.
H. A. Scullen of Oregon State College collected a female of this
species in the Santa Catalina Mountains of Arizona on July 22,
1942, extending the known range to those mountains.
Podabrus vandykei Fender, new species
Head yellow in front of eyes, piceous behind ; antennae piceous,
the first two and the basal half of the third segments pale ; palpi
flavous, the apices of the last segment piceous. Pronotum flavous.
Scutellum and elytra piceous to pale yellowish. Body beneath pice-
ous, the mouth parts, head medially and thorax pale, sides and
apices of ventral abdominal segments narrowly pale. Pubescence
cinerous. Length 8.5 to 10 mm.
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Male. Head wider than pronotum, finely sparsely punctate in
front of eyes save for an occasional coarse puncture near the apex
of the clypeus; coarsely punctured behind, these punctures sparse
near the eyes, becoming quite closely punctate at the constriction
of the neck. Antennae rather stout, extending only to the middle
of the elytra, second and third segments equal, these slightly
shorter than the other segments. Pronotum shining, subquadrate,
the anterior angles oblique, the sides parallel from the anterior
angles to about the basal half then converging slightly to the hind
angles which are prominent; the pronotal base concave; surface
finely sparsely punctate, becoming more coarsely closely so anterior
to the elevations; median excavation rather deep, the elevations
evenly rounded ; there is no median impressed line. Elytra sparsely
punctured basally, becoming finely rugose apically. Pubescense
sub-erect and thick. Body beneath finely closely punctate; seventh
ventral with a median impressed line. Claws of the front and
middle legs finely cleft, of the hind legs toothed.
Female. Similar to the male. Antennae shorter, reaching to
about the basal third of the elytra. Pronotum slightly transverse.
All claws toothed.
Holotype: male, Forest Home, San Bernardino Co., Calif.,
VI-14-28 collected by E. C. VanDyke; placed in the California
Academy of Sciences. Allotype: female, Lytle Creek, San Ber-
nardino Co., Calif., VI-8-28, collected by E. C. VanDyke, in the
California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes: (2) same data as
holotype but one collected VI-13-28: (1) Bull Frog Lake, Fresno
Co., Calif., 10600 feet, VII-10-10, collected by E. C. VanDyke;
(3) Bubbs Creek Canyon, Kings River, Fresno Co., Calif., VII-8-
10, collected by E. C. VanDyke; (2) Shaver Lake, Calif., III-
21-37.
The San Bernardino County specimens have the elytra piceous
while those from Shaver Lake and Fresno County are yellow.
There seems to be no character other than the elytral coloration
for separating these. The genitalia are similar. Podabrus van-
dykei and P. simplex Lee. are the only members of group IV^
that have the pronotum entirely pale. P. simplex is an eastern
species known from Pennsylvania to Massachusetts and Canada.
It is slightly over one half the size of P. vandykei or 5 to 5.5 mm.
and the pronotum is dull and much more closely coarsely punc-
tured; shining and finely sparsely punctate in P. vandykei.
^Pan-Pac. Ent., 25 :29-32. 1949.
October, 1949
FENDER CANTHARIDAE
187
Discodon nigripes Gorham
A male of this species was collected in the Santa Rita Moun-
tains of Arizona, VI-14-42, by Dr. H. A. Scullen and is a new
record for America north of Mexico. Described by Gorham^,
Champion^ records this species from “Mexico, Tepetlapa and
Chilpancingo in Guerrero, Cuernavaca in Morelos, Capulalpam
and Panistlahuaca in Oaxaca; Guatemala, Las Mercedes, Volcan
de Atitlan.”
Discodon ahdominale Schaeffer, described from Arizona is the
only other North American species that might be confused with
D. nigripes. They are both flavous above, D. nigripes having a
broad median black stripe on the pronotum. D. ahdominale has
only the antennae, palpi, apices of femora, tibiae, tarsi and last
two ventral abdominal segments black, whereas D. nigripes has
the antennae and the entire underside including the legs black.
The outer claws of all tarsi are cleft, all inner claws simple in
D. ahdominale. The outer claws of the front feet are broadly .
lobed at base, the outer claws of middle and hind feet cleft and
all inner claws simple in D. nigripes.
Malthodes greeni Fender, new species
Head dark brown, clypeus and ' mandibles yellow, antennae
piceous with the basal two segments pale. Pronotum dark reddish
brown, obscurely paler towards the angles. Scutellum and elytra
piceous. Thorax beneath yellow. Body beneath testaceous, coxae,
trochanters, apices and bases of femora and tibiae and bases of
first tarsal segments pale. Sides of basal five abdominal segments
widely pale, the apex of the seventh ventral pale.
Male. Head wider than the pronotum, eyes large and prominent,
antennae stout, extending beyond the apices of the elytra, second
and third segments sub-equal in length, intermediate segments
about four times as long as wide. Pronotum transverse, margins
rather .widely beaded, sides nearly straight and parallel from
the oblique anterior angles to the basal angles which are obtusely
rounded, the anterior margin nearly straight.
Female. Differs from the male in having smaller eyes, the
antennae shorter, the intermediate segments about two and a half
times as long as wide. The last abdominal segment is dark blackish
brown.
Centr.-Am. Coleopt., 8(2) :80. 1881.
®Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1916 :53.
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Male terminal modifications. Sixth ventral feebly narrowed
apically, very deeply widely emarginate, the base of the emargina-
tion rounded; seventh ventral narrow, elongate, widely forked
nearly to the base of the visible portion of the segment, apices
of the seventh ventral not extending as far as the apices of the
sixth; last dorsal not produced, truncate apically. Figs. 1 & 2.
Fig. 1. Terminal abdominal segments of male of Malthodes
greeni Fender, ventral view. Fig. 2. Same in profile. Fig. 3. Ter-
minal abdominal segments of male of Malthodes alexanderi Fender,
ventral view. Fig. 4. Same in profile.
Holotype: male, Lucedale, Miss., IV-21-30, collected by H.
Dietrich, in the author’s collection. Allotype: female, Lucedale,
Miss., IV-18-30, collected by H. Dietrich, in the author’s collec-
tion. Paratypes: (7) same data as allotype; (5) same data as
holotype; (1) type locality, collected V-8-30 by H. Dietrich.
October, 1949
FENDER — CANTHARIDAE
189
This fine species is dedicated to Mr. J. W. Green, one of our.
most ardent coleopterists. The male terminal modifications are
entirely different from those of any other known North American
species. It may be readily separated from any of our described
species by its very deeply forked seventh ventral, a characteristic
that is approached by no other species.
Malthodes alexanderi Fender, new species
Dark piceous, antennae black; mandibles, margins of pronotum,
bases of trochanters, apices of coxae, last ventral and apex of
last dorsal pale. Pubescence cinereous. Length 3 mm.
Male. Eyes prominent; head wider than thorax, rather finely
granulate punctate; antennae as long as the body, segments two
to four distinctly increasing in length, the intermediate segments
five times as long as wide. Pronotum transverse, anterior angles
rounded, the sides slightly concave, converging to the hind angles
which are abruptly rounded, marginal bead slightly thicker at the
anterior angles, surface finely sparsely punctate. Elytra reaching
to the apex of the fifth abdominal segment, finely sparsely punc-
tured basally, becoming slightly rugose apically.
Female. Unknown.
Male terminal modifications. Last dorsal somewhat produced,
the apex truncate; sixth ventral deeply broadly emarginate, the
base of the emargination evenly rounded; seventh ventral elon-
gate, wide at base, narrowing rapidly to basal two fifths then
feebly narrowed to apex which is sharply rounded ; seventh ventral
in profile obliquely ascending from basal two fifths; just above
seventh ventral an obliquely ascending, straight, spatula shaped
process which in profile appears triangularly clavate; a shorter
spatulate shaped process with the sides rather strongly down-
curved just below last dorsal. Figs. 3 & 4.
Holotype: male, WoNDERLD Trail, Mt. Rainier, Wash., 5800
feet, VIII-1-47, collected by C. P. Alexander, in the author’s col-
lection.
Malthodes alexanderi runs to M. magister Fall in Fall’s key to
California Malthodes^. From that species it may readily be sep-
arated by its more elongate seventh ventral and the presence of
the additional processes. It give me great pleasure to dedicate
this species to its collector who has added many fine specimens to
my collection.
‘Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., Vol. XII, No. 1, pp. 31-42, 1919.
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
OVIPOSITION AND HATCHING OF
PSELLIOPUS SPINICOLLIS CHAMPION
(Heteroptera : Reduviidae)
By J. W. Tilden
San Jose State College, California
A single female of this species was taken on Page Mill Road,
Santa Clara County, California, about three miles from Stanford
University. This specimen was retained alive for forty-nine days
and considerable information concerning it was obtained.
It was found to feed readily on aphids. In feeding, the reduviid
moved slowly and deliberately, apparently locating the prey by
sight. Intended prey was first touched lightly with the raptorial
forelegs, and then seized, and brought into position for the ros-
trum to be inserted. The rostrum was inserted but a short dis-
tance into the tissues of the abdomen of the aphid, and the body
juices were then removed rapidly, the body of the prey shrinking
in the process. In no case was the aphid seen to struggle, nor was
it lifted above the surface of the stem. Of what the usual food of
Pselliopus may consist is not known, but in the laboratory only
aphids were accepted although many other sorts of insects were
offered.
No eggs were laid until after feeding. Eggs were laid in small
groups, several in one day, with a delay of several days between
ovipositions. The first eggs hatched before the second group was
laid, but thereafter, the periods between oviposition were shorter.
The female was captured on June 12, 1947. Five eggs were laid
on June 17, five on July 6, four on July 10, five on July 21, five
on July 24, and two on July 31, on the same day that the female
died. Thus thirty eggs were laid during the forty-nine day period
that the female was kept in the laboratory.
All of these eggs save two were placed on the under surface of
the cloth closure of the container in which the insect was kept.
These two were placed on the under surface of leaves. It would
seem that this species normally oviposits on the lower surface of
leaves, but since the female was attracted to light, it spent a
great deal of time at the top of the vial, which may account for
the tendency to oviposit there. This positive phototropism was
October, 1949] tilden — biology of pselliopus
191
apparent when the container was placed against a dark wall, for
under such circumstances the insect invariably sought the most
highly lighted side of the container.
The eggs are flask-shaped, dark brown, smooth and glossy,
with the circlet of chorionic processes (“seminal cups” of Leuck-
art) white. The operculum is elevated and digitiform, of a beige
color in freshly laid eggs. The eggs measure 1.5 mm. in length, and
the diameter of the thickest part of the base is 0.5 mm. The eggs
are not laid one in contact with the other, but are well separated,
although several are deposited near each other, at a distance of
several millimeters. The exochorion seems to be slight, although it
serves to attach the egg to a surface. The chorion is tough and
resistant.
At hatching, the cap or operculum opens like a lid but remains
attached at one point. The nymph has cephalic spines which may
serve as an egg-breaker, but it is difficult to establish this point
by observation. It was concluded that they do play a part in
eclosion. All appendages are tightly appressed at first. Slow
movements in the vertical plane free long setae which catch on
the edges of the opercular opening and prevent any loss of for-
ward movement. When the nymph is nearly out of the egg, the
appendages are worked free, manipulated until they are firm, and
then the nymph drops to the surface below. None climbed up-
ward. All dropped to the bottom of the container. The newly
hatched nymphs are yellow with red eyes. This darkens to amber
with dark eyes, and the appendages are ringed with black. There
are eight lateral spines, very long and conspicuous, the posterior
two pair larger. There are numerous other setae over the whole
body.
After eclosion, the embryonic membranes protrude from the
egg, giving an immediate clue as to whether or not an egg has
hatched.
The young were fed on aphids, and their behavior was curious.
First instar nymphs of Pselliopus were scarcely so big as some
of the aphids, and were wary about approaching the prey. If the
aphid moved, the reduviid nymphs were startled and retreated,
at times losing balance and falling from the branch. They would
then crawl painstakingly up again, and continue to search care-
fully until another aphid was found. In several instances, young
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
nymphs were observed to insert the rostrum before the prey
was seized with the raptorial legs. Occasionally, the nymph failed
to subdue the aphid on the first attempt, and either tried again or
retreated to another part of the plant.
It was hoped to rear adults from these nymphs, but a necessary
absence from the laboratory caused them to die from lack of food
while they were in the third instar. However, it was found that
the hatching time of the eggs was in most cases thirteen days, and
that the eggs which were laid on June 17 hatched on June 30.
The resulting nymphs underwent ecdysis on July 14, and again on
July 31. The first instar was thus fourteen days in length and of
seventeen days duration for the second instar. It is of interest
to note that all of the eggs seemed fertile although the female
was solitary during her captivity. Fertilization prior to capture
sufl&ced. Thus it seems evident that repeated copulation is not
necessary in this species. All eggs hatched except those that were
preserved for study.
The specific determination is through the kindness of Dr. R. I.
Sailer.
OBITUARY NOTICE
WiRiam Brodbeck Herms
William Brodbeck Herms, Professor Emeritus of Parasitology,
University of California, died suddenly on May 9, 1949, at the
age of 72 years and 7 months. He was born in Portsmouth, Ohio,
on September 22, 1876. In 1902 he received his B.Sc. from Bald-
win Wallace College, followed in 1935 by an Honorary D.Sc.
Among his many activities he will be best remembered as a
leader in the field of Medical Entomology through his teaching,
texts and research. It is a tribute to his boundless enthusiasm for
his work that shortly before his death he had placed in the hands
of the publishers an entirely revised manuscript of his valuable
book, “Medical Entomology.”
His passing is deeply regretted, not only by those associates
and friends who knew him personally but by scientists familiar
with his work throughout the world. — D. P. FuRMAN.
October, 1949]
193
INDEX TO VOLUME XXV*
Acarina, 57
Acmaeodera lucia eburna, 53
Achatina fulica, 46
Achrysocharis, 46
Achryson concolor, 140
surinamum, 140
Aeolothripoidea, 104
Agromyza flaveola, 91
parvicornis, 91
pusilla, 91
subpusilla, 91
Agromyzidae, 45, 91
Anaphoidea brunnea, 159
conferta, 155
gerrisophaga, 156
longiclava, 158
Ancylocera bicolor, 175
Andrena carlini, 33
complexa, 82, 89
cressonii infasciata, 147
cyanura, 35
heterura, 35
hurdi, 33
osmiodes benitonis, 148
regularis, 35
suavis, 89
transnigra, 35
Andrenidae, 82, 89, 147
Aneflus protensus, 141
sonoranus, 141
Anelaphus truncatus, 142
Anepysyra tenue, 141
Anoplium moestum, 142
Anthomyiidae, 45
Apanteles, 27
Aphalara punctellus, 145
Aphalaroida inermis, 146
Aphidae, 13, 83, 151
Aphis, 83
Aphis citricidus, 15
Aphodius rectus, 32
Apoidea*, 33
Astylidius leiopinus, 181
Ataxia crypta, 184
hubbardi, 184
Australosepsis niveipennis, 160
tenella, 166
Baccharis pilularis, 42
Bailey, Orothrips, 104
Bembidion coerulescens, 55
umbraticola, 55
utahensis, 55
vandykei, 55
Black citrus aphid, 16
Blethisa oregonensis, 114
Bohart, G. E., Andrena
fungus, 82
Bohart, R. M., Polistes, 97
Brontispa mariana, 46
longissima javana, 46
selebensis, 46
Brown citrus aphid, 15
Buprestidae, 53, 150
Caicella mysie, 45
Callichroma schwartzi, 143
Callidium texanum, 143
Callipogonus cornutus, 183
Calloglyphus a. longisetosus, 64
longipilus, 58
pananomalus, 61
Camponotus i. chloroticus, 174
reticulatus bedoti, 174
Cantharidae, 29, 185
Carabidae, 49, 55, 113
Carabus vietinghoffi, 114
Cebrio pallidipennis, 52
Cebrionidae, 52
Cerambycidae, 37, 128, 137,
153, 175
Cerceris clypeata, 70
Chamberlin, Buprestidae, 150
Chamberlin, Sirex, 118
Chandler, Stenelmis, 133
Chion cinctus, 140
Chlorosea banksaria, 24
Chrysobothris amabilis, 150
Chrysocharis, 28
Chrysomelidae, 46
Chrysopa, 45
Chyranda cordon, 122
Cicadidae, 37
Cicindela columbica, 113
limbalis eldorensis, 113
Cicindelidae, 113
Clivina fossor, 118
Cole, Bikini ants, 172
Coleoptera, 29, 32, 37, 39, 46, 49,
55, 89, 113, 128, 133, 137,
150, 153, 175, 185
Compsa puncticollis, 142
Crioprosopis rimosus, 175
Curculionidae, 55
Cychrus rickseckeri, 114
Cyrtinus pygmaeus, 179
Dacus dorsalis, 48
Dasymutilla, 45
Dectes latitarsus. 182
Dendrobias mandibularis, 178
Derobrachus geminatus, 138
Desmiphora hirticollis, 183
Dianthidium p. profugum, 129
platyurum, 129
pudicum peninsulare, 130
rossi, 131
Dicranosepsis bicolor, 166
Dioptidae, 35
Diprion polytomum, 37
Diprionidae, 37
Diptera, 41, 45, 48, 71, 91, 161,
171
Discodon nigripes, 187
Dizygomyza, 45
♦New names in bold face, synonTma and homonyms in italics.
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Dorcasta ciilerea, 184
Doutt, Anaphoidea, 155
Erythmelus, 77
Dryopidae, 54
Dyschirius alternatus, 117
subpunctatus, 116
thompsoni, 117
EBuria haldemani, 141
mutica, 141
stigmatica, 141
Ecyrus dasycerus texanus, 182
Elaphidion compactum, 141
mimeticum, 141
Elmidae, 54, 133
Elytroleptus divisus, 175
Empididae, 41
Empimorpha geneatis, 41
Empusa fungus, 82
Ephialtes Ontario, 35
Ergates, 37
Erotylidae, 55
Errata, Vol. XXIV, p. 96
Erythmelus cinctiventris, 78
flandersi, 77
gracilis, 78
io, 81
miridphagus, 80
picinus, 80
psallidis, 80
Essig, Aphids and quick decline,
13
Aphid on lettuce, 151
Euderces exilis, 144
Eulophidae, 27, 28
Eustromula validum, 141
Fender, Aphodius, 32
Cantharidae, 29, 185
Flebotomus vexator, 171
Formicidae, 172
Furman, Herms obituary, 192
Gelechiidae, 42
Gelis. 28
Geometridae, 24
Geophilella americana, 6
Gilpinia hercyniae, 37
Gmelin publication, 83
Gnaphalodes trachyderoides, 140
Gnorimoschema baccharisella,
42
Gracilaria reticulata, 28
Gracilariidae, 27
Haeckeliana brontispae, 46
Hagen, Ichneumonids, 35
Hanseniella vandykei, 6
Hatch, Coleoptera, 113
Hemiptera, 190
Hemitrioza washingtonia, 145
Herms obituary, 192
Hesperiidae, 45
Heterachthes nobilus, 142
Hippopsis lemniscata, 184
Homoptera, 13, 37, 83, 145, 151
Hottes, Gmelin on Aphis, 83
Hoyt, Flebotomus, 171
Hymenoptera, 27, 33, 35, 37, 39,
40, 44, 45, 46, 70, 77, 82, 88,
89, 97, 118, 129, 147, 155, 172
Ibidion exclamationis, 142
Ichneumonidae, 35
Iridomyrmex anceps, 174
Jensen, Psyllidae, 145
Keen, Forest insects of Baja
Calif., 92
Kessel, Empimorpha, 41
Krombein, Pterombrus, 88
Lagochirus procerus, 179
Lange, Agromyzids, 91
Pacific observations, 45
Lanham, Andrena, 33, 147
Lasionemopoda hirsuta, 167
Leech, Canadian Forest Insect
Survey, 37
Leiopus houstoni, 182
texanus, 182
wilti, 181
Leistus ferruginosus, 115
Lepidoptera, 24, 27, 35, 42, 94
Leptidiella brevipennis, 128
Leptostylus gibbulosus, 180
Leptura gigas, 143
Lepturges confluens, 182
Limnephilidae, 119
Limnephilus frijole, 122
lopho, 119
santanus, 120
Linsley, Stizocera, 153
Lissonotus flavocinctus
puncticollis, 178
Lithocolletis agrifoliela, 28
nemoris, 27
Lochmaeocles’cornuticeps, 183
Macrosiphum barri, 151
MacSwain, Stylops, 89
Malacopterus tenellus, 140
Malthodes alexanderi, 189
greeni, 187
Mannophorus laetus, 178
Mecas cineracea, 184
Megachilidae, 129
Megacyllene caryae, 143
Meloe strigulosus, 39
Meloidae, 39
Michelbacher, Symphyla, 1
Middlekauff, Leptidiella, 128
Sawfly larvae, 40
Mollusca, 46
Moneilema armatum, 178
ulkei, 179
Monomorium destructor, 173
floricola, 173
pharaonis, 173
Mutillidae, 45
Myrnaridae, 77, 155
National Research Council, 45
October, 1949]
INDEX TO VOLUME XXV
195
Nebria intermedia, 49
melanaria, 115
Needy tus abbreviatus, 144
acuminatus hesperus, 144
mucronatus, 144
Nesbitt, Mexican mites, 57
Neuroptera, 45
Noctuidae, 35
Nomada, 82
Notiophilus lanei, 114
Obrium maculatum, 142
mozinnae, 142
Odontomachus haematoda, 173
Oligophlebodes ardis, 126
minutus, 126
ruthae, 127
sierra, 127
sigma, 126
Oncideres cingulatus, 184
pustulatus, 183
Ophistomis laevicollis, 143
Ornithea mexicana, 175
Orothrips keeni, 110
kelloggii, 110
raoi, 110
variabilis, 110
yosemitii, 110
Oryctes, 46
Oxyna aterrima, 73
palpalis, 76
utahensis, 73
Pacific Coast Ent. Sec., 36
Field trip, 43
Proceedings, 36
Pacific Science Board, 45
Panscopus remotus, 55
Pantomallus ovicollis, 140
Panurginus, 82
Parapalaeosepsis apicalis, 167
basifera, 167
laffooni, 168
noumeae, 168
mesopla, 169
Paratrechina bourbonica, 174
longicornis, 174
Parmenosoma griseum, 178
Pegomyia, 45
Pheidole, 173
Philocasca oron, 124
Phryganidia califomica, 35
Phytomyza, 45
Placosternus difficilis, 143
Platypodia, 37
Plesispa nipa, 46
reichei, 46
Plionoma suturalis, 177
Podabrus, 29
brunneus, 185
comes, 185
pruinosus, 185
vandykei, 185
Polistes e. lineonotus, 98
hunteri califomicus, 101
h. clarionensis, 102
major slevini, 103
rossi, 99
Prodenia praefica, 35
Promecotheca cumingi, 46
Pselliopus spinicollis, 190
Psychodidae, 171
Psyllidae, 145
Psyrassa brevicornis, 142
sallei, 142
Pterombrus r. hyalinatus, 88
Pygmaeopsis viticola, 182
Quick decline of citrus, 13
Quisenberry, Oxyna, 71
Reduviidae, 190
Rhadine longiceps, 52
rossi, 51
Rhizoglyphinae, 57
Rhizoglyphus mexicanus, 66
m. major, 68
m. minor, 69
Rhopalophora angustata, 175
laevicollis, 144
Rindge, Geometridae, 24
Ross, Limnephilidae, 119
Scaphinotus a, maritimus, 113
merkeli, 113
Scarabaeidae, 32
Schizogenius depressus, 118
peninsularis, 50
Scolia patricialis, 46
procer, 46
Scullen, Cerceris, 70
Scutigerella immaculata, 2
linsleyi, 6
palmonii, 2
Sepsidae, 161
Sepsis albopunctata, 169
indica, 170
lateralis, 170
tuberculata, 170
Simsonia giulianii, 54
Sirex areolatus, 118
Siricidae, 39. 118
Smodicum cucujiforme, 140
Stenaspis insignis, 177
solitaria, 177
Stenelmis calida, 133
Stenodontes dasystomus, 138
Stenosphenus dolosus, 175
lugens, 175
Steyskal, Sepsidae, 161
Stizocera floridana, 154
Stylopidae, 89
Stylops- pacifica, 89
Styloxus, 140
Symphyla, 1
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXV, No. 4
Symphylella essigi, 2
neotropica, 5
simplex, 5
subterranea, 2
Symphylellopsis alba, 6
longiseta, 6
oviceps, 6
Tapinoma indicum, 174
melanocephalum, 174
Taranomis bivittata, 177
Tephritidae, 71
Tetramorium simillimum, 173
Tetranodus niveicollis, 144
Tetraopes femoratus, 184
Tetrastichus brontispae, 46
Therion californicum, 35
Thryallis undatus, 179
Thysanoptera, 104
Tilden, Baccharis fauna, 42
Lepidoptera at light, 94
Tilden (contd.)
Lepidoptera parasites, 27
Pselliopus, 190
Timberlake, Dianthidium, 129
Tiphiidae, 88
Toxopoda nitida, 170
Toxoptera aurantii, 16
Tragidion armatum, 37
Trichoptera, 119
Triplax antica, 55
Tristezia of citrus, 13
Trypetidae, 48
Tylosis oculatus, 177
Underhill, Leptidiella, 128
Van Dyke, Bembidion, 55
Coleoptera, 49
Vespidae, 97
Vogt, Ceram by cidae, 137, 176
Wallacea palmarum, 46
Xylocopa orpifex, 44
Zagrammosoma, 27
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME TWENTY-FIVE
19 4 9
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. LINSLEY and R. L. USINGER, Editors
E. C. VAN DYKE, Associate Editor
E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer
1949
C. D. Duncan
H. H. Keifer
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1950
G. F. Ferris
E. O. Essig, Chairman
1951
M. A. Stewart
E. R. Leach
San Francisco, California
1949
11
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXV
Bailey, S. F.
The genus Orothrips Moulton 104
Bohart, G. E.
A fungus outbreak among bees of the genus Andrena 82
Bohart, R. M.
Notes on North American Polistes 97
Chamberlin, W. J.
Sirex areolatus (Cresson) 118
A South American Buprestid in California 150
Chandler, H. P.
A new Stenelmis from Nevada 133
Cole, A. C.
Ants of Bikini Atoll 172
Doutt, R. L.
The genus Erythmelus in California 77
A synopsis of North American Anaphoidea 155
Essig, E. 0.
Aphids in relation to quick decline and tristezia of citrus 13
A new Aphid on lettuce 151
Fender, K. M.
Studies in the Cantharidae III 29
Aphodius rectus Mots, in Oregon 32
Studies in the Cantharidae IV 185
Furman, D. P.
William Brodbeck Herms 192
Hagen, K. S.
Ichneumonid host records 35
Hatch, M. H.
Coleoptera of the Pacific Northwest I 113
Hottes, F. C.
Notes on a work by Ph. F. Gmelin 83
Hoyt, C. P.
Flebotomus in California 171
Jensen, D. D.
Hemitrioza washingtonia and Aphalara punctellus 145
Keen, F. P.
Forest insects of Baja California 92
Ill
Krombein, K. V.
A new subspecies of Pterombrus rufiventris (Cresson) .... 88
Lange, W. H., Jr.
Notes on the occurrence of Agromyzid flies 91
Lanham, U. N.
Notes on the group of Andrena carlini Ckll. 33
Subspecific names for two Pacific Coast Andrena 147
Linsley, E. G.
A new Stizocera from Florida , 153
MacSwain, J. W.
A new method for collecting male Stylops 89
Michelbacher, A. E.
The ecology of Symphyla 1
Middlekauff, W. and J. Underhill
Leptidiella brevipennis (Muls.) 128
Nesbitt, H. H. S.
Mexican mites of the subfamily Rhizoglyphinae 57
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Proceedings 36
Quisenberry, B. F.
The genus Oxyna in the Nearctic Region 71
Rindge, F. H.
The life history of Chlorosea banksaria Sperry 24'
Ross, H. H.
Western Limnephilidae 119
Scullen, H. A.
Cerceris clypeata Dahlbom 70
Steyskal, G. C.
Sepsidae from the Australasian Region 161
Tilden, J. W.
Parasites of Microlepidoptera 27
Diurnal Lepidoptera at light 94
Biology of Pselliopus spinicollis Champion 190
Timberlake, P. H.
Dianthidium of Baja California 129
IV
Van Dyke, E. C.
New species of North American Coleoptera 49
Notes on Bembidion 56
Vogt, G. B.
Cerambycidae from the Lower Rio Grande Valley 137, 175
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXV
No. 1. March 17, 1949.
No. 2. May 25, 1949.
No. 3. July 29, 1949.
No. 4. November 25, 1949.
1
FOR YOUR AGRICULTURAL NEEDS
P E N C O'
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
PENCO* BHC (Benzene Hexachloride) Technical — unusually high Gamma Isomer
content of 36% for the insecticide manufacturer.
D-12 Dust Base — has exceptionally high Gamma Isomer content of 12%.
For use by dust manufacturers in the formulation of finished agricultural
insecticides.
W-12 Wettable Base — 12% Gamma Isomer. For use in water suspension
sprays. Contains superior wetting and depositing agents.
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — fine granulated powder of uniform high quality. Set-
ting point 89° C. minimum.
PENCO DB-50 — micron-sized dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT
Technical. Extremely dustable and free-flowing. Can be used with any
non-alkaline diluent recommended by recognized diluent manufacturers.
PENCO WB-50 — micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and special wet-
ting ageiits. Mixes easily with soft or hard water for use as water suspen-
sion spray. Adheres to plant foliage, maintaining residual insecticidal effects.
PENCO CATTLE SPRAY— dry, wettable micron-sized powder containing 50%
DDT, plus suitable quantities of spreading and sticking agents for wet-
ting out hair of animals. Recommended for stock and barn sprays, live-
stock dips.
PENCO EMULSION CONCENTRATE — specially developed concentrate for use as
water emulsion spray where minimum visible residue is desired. Forms
very stable emulsion, contains 3 lb. DDT per gallon, 34% by weight.
PENCO SOLVENT CONCENTRATE — 32.6% DDT concentrate primarily intended
for manufacture of fly sprays. Forms a 5% DDT solution when mixed 1
to 7 with kerosene of proper specific gravity. Leaves almost invisible residue.
PENCO CALCIUM ARSENATE — for economical, effective control of the cotton
boll weevil, cotton leaf worm, cotton boll worm. Sulphur and Paris Green
mixtures also available.
PENCO 2,4-D WEED KILLERS — sensational new selective weed killers giving eco-
nomical control of many broadleaf annual weeds without harming com-
mon grasses, and cereal crops. Does not permanently sterilize soil.
PENITE 6 WEED KILLER — high-test, concentrated sodium arsenite weed -killing
solution for controlling grasses and broadleaf annual weeds. Soil sterilant.
PENPHOS (Parathion) — Pennsalt’s newest organic phosphate insecticide now in
experimental stages. Shows promise for control of various mites, spiders
and aphids. Availability dates to be announced soon.
PENPHENE*— Chlorinated camphene insecticides in concentrations of 20%
and 40%.
KRYOCIDE* — the proven insecticide for control of many chewing insects which
attack orchard and garden crops. The Natural Greenland Cryolite.
*Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.
For further information, write to Agricultural Chemicals Division
PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING COMPANY of WASHINGTON
Los Angeles Tacoma Portland, Ore.
\PENN^^SALT/
11
I
I
I for your crops
I For your profits
I
I The "Niagara” name on Spray or Dust is your best
I assurance of Protection from the pests and
I diseases that attack your crops. Here’s why . . .
I # "Niagara" Products are made fresh every season, and
I fresh materials kill the bugs!
I # "Niagara" Products are manufactured by the most.ad-
I vanced methods, with equipment specifically designed for the
I purpose.
I # "Niagara" Products are produced to the most exacting
I laboratory standards and are thoroughly tested in the field.
I # "Niagara" Products are the result of many years of
I experience in the field of pest control by a company concen-
I trating primarily on the production of agricultural insecticides
I and fungicides. And experience counts!
I
NIAGARA CHEMICAL
DIVISION
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Richmond, California • Home Office: Middleport, New York
Jacksonville and Pompano, Florida • New Orleans, Louisiana • Greenville, Miss;
Harlingen, Texas • Mt. Vernon, Washington
Canadian >\ssociafe. Niagara Brand Spray Co., .Ltd ■ Burlington, Ontario
rOOD MACHINERY
AND CHEMKAl
/thHcuhcih^ . .
ARATHANE
Formerly CR-1639
Results of tests over several years show this new chemical to
be an unusually effective miticide.
Both dormant and summer applications have given effective
control of motile forms and egg stages of European Red Mite,
Two-Spotted Mite, Citrus Red Mite, Pacific Mite, Brown Mite,
and Willamette Mite.
ARATHANE also shows promising fungicidal qualities as well
as some interesting insecticidal possibilities.
Preliminary toxicological studies indicate ARATHANE to be
of a low order of mammalian toxicity.
A summary of results of experimental work with ARATHANE
is available tor research and extension workers. Copies will be
sent upon request.
Experimental quantities of ARATHANE formulations are avail-
able tor 1949 trials.
We welcome your inquiries.
CHEMICALS FOR
INDUSTRY
1
1
ROHM e HAAS
coin PAM V
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
7
/
|ir
V
y
y
y
y
y
CHEMICALS
SINCE
18
85
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF
* Sulphur
* Insecticides
® Fertilizers
® Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California
P. O. Box 1669 Phone Fresno 2-41 1 3
VI
FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi-
num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range
5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes
Frianite easy and effective to use.
FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for
general agricultural application. Superior adhesive
qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is
about 47 lbs. per square foot.
FRIANITE improves insecticides ... makes them
flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a
superior diluent, it is effective and economical to
use anywhere in the United States.
Send for
Free Booklet
on "FRIANITE”
FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant,
California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of
FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S.
CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS CO.
Producers oi FRIANITE'' FRIANT * CALIFORNIA
Vll
USIaiira emulsifies solutions
DDT solvents have been used
n which the custom
solvents which can be readily diluted with water to
form non-settling, clear solutions.
dissolves as high as 50% of
Toxaphene, and following water dilution gives stable
emulsions ready for immediate field use. Also provides
excellent emulsions wi th solvent solutions of Toxaphene.
to provide high concentration
emulsible insecticide formulations with kerosene.
UUlAfiSUAMi to give better wetting characteristics,
increased coverage and control.
iAUk&LUUUi&MJ for emulsifying solvent solu*
tions of various organic insecticides and herbicides
wherein special properties are desired in finished
formulation.
Write for samples and descriptive literature
CHEMICAL
iOO SIXTE
H ST/ SAN EfeiWCIICQijCAOKSgNW
TREX 45 for Texaph'eiiie
A^ke finwulafioHs
^ective and easy
TREM and TREX
EMULSIFIERS and SOLUBILIZERS
Vlll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA
IX
CHLORDANE volatility gives this
chemical an outstanding advantage
for application on row crops as well
as orchards and fruits.
Chi ordane
The Toxicant that gives control of the
following chewing and sucking insects:
ANTS
GRASSHOPPERS
SOIL INFESTING INSECTS
LEAF MINERS
Chlordane also a leading
toxicant for Orchards,
Truck Crops and
Strawberry Pests.
Chlordane is formulated into emul-
sifiable concentrates, wettable pow-
ders and dusts by leading insecti-
cide manufacturers. Read the label
and make sure it contains chlor-
dane. Write for technical bulletins
and data.
juliu>6 HYMAN &
DENVER, COLORADO
WESTERN SALES OFFICE
25 Beale Street
San Francisco, Calif.
L
*Manufacturers of
OCTA-KLOR (T.M. Reg.
U. S. Pat. Off) Chlordane
X
« ^nii]
t> Pfc4uct6
REG. U.S.PAT.Orr.
Deenate* DDT Insecticides
Zerlate* Fungicide
Marlate* 50 Methoxychlor Insecticide
Copper-A Compound
Lexone lO-GW Insecticide
Flotation Sulfur Paste
Grasselli* Lead Arsenate
Lime Sulfur Solution
NuRexform* Lead Arsenate
Dry Lime Sulfur
Krenite* Dinitro Spray
Sulforon*
Parmone* Fruit Drop Inhibitor
Sulforon* X
Fermate* Fungicide
Zinc Sulfate
Parzate* Fungicide
Du Pont Spreader-Sticker
(JIIK
t)
■ts.u.s.FAT.orr.
Better Things for Better Living .
. . Through Chemistry
E. 1. DU PONT DE NEMOURS & CO. (Inc.)
Grasselli Chemicals Department'
WILMINGTON 98, DELAWARE
'!=Reg. Trade Mark of E. 1. du Pont de Nemours & Co., (Inc.)
PAN-PACIFIC ENTDMDLOGIST
Cost of Author’s Reprints
Copies
2*
4*
8*
12*
16*
24*
32*
Cover
25 $2.10
$3.15
$ 5.60
$ 8.75
$11.20
$17.50
$22.40
$ 4.20
50
2.45
3.85
6.65
10.50
13.30
21.00
26.60
4.90
100
2.80
4.55
7.70
12.25
14.40
24.50
30.80
5.95
200
3.50
5.60
9.10
14.70
18.20
29.40
36.40
7.35
300
4.20
6.65
10.50
17.15
21.00
34.30
42.00
8.75
400
4.90
7.70
11.90
19.60
23.80
39.20
46.80
10.15
500
5.60
8.75
13.30
22.05
26.60
44.10
53.20
11.55
"'Niimber of pages.
COLLOIDAL Z-1
SPREADER AND DEPOSIT BUILDER
FOR MAXIMUM INSECTICIDAL AND
FUNGICIDAL EFFICIENCY
Colloidal Products Corporation
Proven Spreaders and Deposit Builders Since 1920
2598 Taylor St. San Francisco 11, Calif.
WARD'S OFFERS A COMPLETE
SERVICE FOR THE ENTOMOLOGIST
Since 1862 , Ward’s has been a leader in the Natural Science fields.
Ward’s serves the entomologist with equipment of the finest quality,
and many items made in Ward’s own cabinet shop are your guarantee
of the finest quality. Extensive Life Histories and Collections are
available for comprehensive study purposes; a new Color Slide series
of butterflies. North American and Exotic, plus color slides on moths.
The world-wide collecting service of Ward’s affords opportunity to
purchase many rare entomological specimens for collectors. Write
for free catalogs:
COLOR SLIDES, Butterflies and Moths
NORTH AMERICAN MOTHS, EXOTIC BUTTER-
FLIES
SPECIAL INSECT LISTS, LIFE HISTORIES AND
COLLECTIONS
ENTOMOLOGICAL EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
WARD’S natural science est., inc.
STumuaSf w Serving the Natural Sciences Since 1862
3000 Ridge Ro^d East • Rochester 9, New York
This familiar shield
symbolizes a matchless
comhination of values
maintains in the field a trained staff of consultants . . . these ORTHO
Fieldmen keep abreast of new products and new methods, make
definite recommendations, help plan pest control programs.
mm
has 8 manufacturing plants and dust mills from coast to coast . . . plus
106 strategically-located warehouses and hundreds of well-stocked
distributors. Result: ORTHO offers a product service unsurpassed
for convenience, availability and speed.
has behind it nearly half-a-century of field experience and scientific
“know-how.” Hence, ORTHO products are pre-tested, practical
products: effective and economical to use in terms of labor, time
and cost. And broadly compatible, one with another.
offers a full range of both general and specialized products — and
provides the advantages of a year-round control program.
continues to forge ahead in research ... is a leader in the develop-
ment and distribution of new pest control products to serve you better.
CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP.
Richmond, Fresno, Sacramento, San Jose, Whittier, California • Oklahoma City, Okla. •
Kansas City, Mo. • Orlando, Florida • Elizabeth, N. J. • Lyndonville, N. Y. • .
South Haven, Michigan * Portland, Oregon.